Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Consolidated Communications

Consolidated Communications

cnsl · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cnsl
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Consolidated Communications
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

(cid:3)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________________ to ________________

Commission file number 000-51446

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
121 South 17th Street, Mattoon, Illinois
(Address of principal executive offices)

02-0636095
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

61938-3987
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (217) 235-3311

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock—$0.01 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Yes (cid:3)(cid:3)No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes (cid:3)(cid:3)No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes (cid:2)(cid:3)No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit and post such files).

Yes (cid:2)(cid:3)No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 
to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-
K. (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a small reporting company. See definitions of “large 
accelerated filer” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Accelerated filer (cid:3)
Large accelerated filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company(cid:3)

Non-accelerated filer (cid:3)
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes (cid:3)(cid:3)No (cid:2)

As  of  June 30,  2016,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  shares  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  was  $1,313,079,194 based  on  the  closing  price  as 
reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The market value calculations exclude shares held on the stated date by registrant’s directors and officers on the assumption 
such shares may be shares owned by affiliates. Exclusion from these public market value calculations does not necessarily conclude affiliate status for any other purpose.

On February 23, 2017, the registrant had 50,605,844 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K  to  the  extent  stated  herein.  Such  proxy  statement  will  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days of  the  registrant’s  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Item 9B.

Other Information

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

PAGE

1

21

30

30

31

31

31

34

36

58

58

58

58

61

61

61

61

61

61

62

66

67

Note About Forward-Looking Statements

PART I

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  encourages  companies  to  disclose  forward-looking  information  so 
that  investors  can  better  understand  a  company’s  future  prospects  and  make  informed  investment  decisions.    Certain 
statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  including  those  relating  to  the  impact  on  future  revenue  sources, 
pending and future regulatory orders, continued expansion of the telecommunications network and expected changes in 
the sources of our revenue and cost structure resulting from our entrance into new communications markets, are forward-
looking statements and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  
These forward-looking statements reflect, among other things, our current expectations, plans, strategies and anticipated 
financial results.  There are a number of risks, uncertainties and conditions that may cause our actual results to differ 
materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  these  forward-looking  statements.  Many  of  these  circumstances  are 
beyond our ability to control or predict.  Moreover, forward-looking statements necessarily involve assumptions on our 
part.  These  forward-looking  statements  generally  are  identified  by  the  words  “believe”,  “expect”,  “anticipate”, 
“estimate,”  “project,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “should,”  “may,”  “will,”  “would,”  “will  be,”  “will  continue”  or  similar 
expressions.  Such  forward-looking  statements  involve known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that 
may  cause  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  and  its 
subsidiaries  (“Consolidated,”  the  “Company,” “we”  or  “our”)  to  be  different  from  those  expressed  or  implied  in  the 
forward-looking  statements.    All  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to  us  or  persons  acting  on  our  behalf  are 
expressly  qualified  in  their  entirety  by  the  cautionary  statements  that appear  throughout  this  report.    A  detailed 
discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from 
such  forward–looking  statements  is  included  in  Part  I  –  Item  1A  –  “Risk  Factors”.  Furthermore,  forward-looking 
statements  speak only  as of  the date  they  are  made.  Except  as required  under federal securities  laws  or  the rules and 
regulations  of  the  SEC,  we  disclaim  any  intention  or  obligation  to  update  or  revise  publicly  any  forward-looking 
statements.  Undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements.

Item 1.  Business.

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware holding company with operating subsidiaries that provide 
integrated communications services in consumer, commercial and carrier channels in California, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, 
Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, Pennsylvania, South Dakota, Texas and Wisconsin.  We were founded in 1894 as 
the Mattoon Telephone Company by the great-grandfather of one of the members of our Board of Directors, Richard A. 
Lumpkin.  After  several  acquisitions,  the  Mattoon  Telephone  Company  was  incorporated  as  the  Illinois  Consolidated 
Telephone Company on April 10, 1924.  We were incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 2002, and through our 
predecessors, we have been providing communications services in many of the communities we serve for more than a 
century.

In addition to our focus on organic growth in our commercial and carrier channels, we have achieved business growth 
and a diversification of revenue and cash flow streams that have created a strong platform for future growth through our 
acquisitions  over  the  last  decade.    Our  strategic  approach  to  evaluating  potential  transactions  includes  analysis  of  the 
market opportunity, the quality of the network, our ability to integrate the acquired company efficiently and the potential 
for  creating  significant  operating  synergies  and  generating  positive  cash  flow  at  the  inception  of  each  acquisition.  
Operating  synergies  are  created  through  the  use  of  consistent  platforms,  convergence  of  processes  and  functional 
management of the combined entities.  We  measure our synergies during the first two years following an acquisition.  
For example, the acquisition of our Texas properties in 2004 tripled the size of our business and gave us the requisite 
scale  to  make  system  and  platform  decisions  that  would  facilitate  future  acquisitions.    The  acquisition  of  our 
Pennsylvania properties in 2007 achieved synergies in excess of $12.0 million in annualized savings, which at the time, 
represented  approximately  20%  of  their  operating  expense.    The  acquisition  of  SureWest  Communications  in  2012 
achieved synergies of $29.5 million during the two years subsequent to the acquisition date.  Our acquisition of Enventis
Corporation (“Enventis”) in October 2014 generated annual operating synergies of approximately $17.0 million during
the first two years subsequent to the acquisition date.  Through these acquisitions, we have positioned our business to 
provide services in rural, suburban and metropolitan markets, with service territories spanning the country.

Through  our  advanced  fiber  optic  network  and  multiple  data  centers,  we  provide  a  wide  range  of  communication 
services  and  products  that  include,  high-speed  Internet  access,  video  services,  voice  services,  private  line  services, 
carrier  grade  access  services,  network  capacity  services,  a  comprehensive  suite  of  cloud  services,  data  center  and 

1 

managed  services,  directory  publishing  and  equipment  sales. Consolidated  is  dedicated  to  turning  technology  into 
solutions, connecting people and enriching how its customers work and live.

Recent Business Developments

Acquisitions

FairPoint Communications, Inc.

On  December  3,  2016,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  and  plan  of  merger  (the  “Merger  Agreement”)  with 
FairPoint Communications, Inc. (“FairPoint”) to acquire all the issued and outstanding shares of FairPoint in exchange 
for  shares  of  our  common  stock.    FairPoint  is  an  advanced  communications  provider  to  business,  wholesale  and 
residential  customers  within  its  service  territory,  which  spans  across  17  states.    FairPoint  owns  and  operates  a  robust 
fiber-based network with more than 21,000 route miles of fiber, including 17,000 route miles of fiber in northern New 
England.  This pending acquisition reflects our strategy to diversify revenue and cash flows amongst multiple products 
and to expand our network to new markets.  The merger is subject to standard closing conditions including the approval 
of  our  stockholders  and  FairPoint’s  stockholders,  the  approval  of  the  listing  of  additional  shares  of  Consolidated 
common  stock  to  be  issued  to  FairPoint’s  stockholders,  required  federal  and  state  regulatory  approvals  and  other 
customary closing conditions.  We expect the merger to close by mid-2017.

Enventis Corporation

On October 16, 2014, we completed our merger with Enventis, an advanced communications provider, which services 
consumer, commercial and wholesale carrier customer channels primarily in the upper Midwest.  The financial results 
for Enventis have been included in our consolidated financial statements as of the acquisition date.  

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report in Part II – Item 8 – “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data” for a more detailed discussion of these transactions.

Available Information

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are 
available  free  of  charge  on  our  website  at  www.consolidated.com,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we 
electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.  Copies are also available free of charge upon request to 
Consolidated  Communications,  Attn:  Vice  President  Investor  Relations  and  Treasurer,  121  S.  17th  Street, 
Mattoon, Illinois 61938.  Our website also contains copies of our Corporate Governance Principles, Code of Business 
Conduct and Ethics and charter of each committee of our Board of Directors.  The information found on our website is 
not part of this report or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.  The public may read and copy any materials 
we  file  with  the  SEC  at  the  SEC’s  Public  Reference  Room at  100  F  Street,  NE,  Washington,  DC  20549  on  official 
business  days  during  the  hours  of  10:00  am  to  3:00  pm.    The  public  may  obtain  information  on  the  operation  of  the 
Public  Reference  Room by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.    The  SEC  maintains  an  Internet  site  that  contains 
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at www.sec.gov. 

Description of Our Business

We  are  an  integrated  communications  services  company  that  operates  as  both  an  Incumbent  Local  Exchange  Carrier 
(“ILEC”)  and  a  Competitive  Local  Exchange  Carrier  (“CLEC”)  dependent  upon  the  territory  served.    We  provide  an 
array of services in consumer, commercial and carrier channels in 11 states, including local and long-distance service, 
high-speed  broadband  Internet  access,  video  services,  Voice  over  Internet  Protocol  (“VoIP”),  custom  calling  features, 
private line services, carrier grade access services, network capacity services over our regional fiber optic networks, data 
center and managed services, directory publishing, equipment sales and cloud data services.  The geographic areas we 
serve are characterized by a balanced mix of growing suburban areas and stable, rural territories.  

We  generate  the  majority  of  our  consolidated  operating  revenue  primarily  from  subscriptions  to  our  video,  data  and 
transport  services  (collectively  “broadband  services”)  to  business  and  residential  customers.    Commercial and  carrier 
services represent the largest source of our operating revenues and are expected to be the primary driver of our growth in 

2 

  
the future.  We continue to focus on commercial and broadband growth opportunities and are continually expanding our 
commercial product offerings for both small and large businesses to capitalize on industry technological advances.  We 
can leverage our fiber optic networks and tailor our services for business customers by developing solutions to fit their 
specific  needs.  We  provide  services  to  a  wide  range  of  commercial  customers  from  sole  proprietors  and  other  small 
businesses to multi-location corporations and telecommunications carriers.  Our business suite of services includes local 
and  long-distance  calling  plans,  hosted  voice  services  using  cloud  network  servers,  the  added  capacity  for  multiple 
phone  lines,  scalable  broadband  Internet,  online  back-up  and  business  directory  listings.    In  addition,  we  recently 
launched a suite of cloud services and an enhanced hosted voice product that increases efficiency and enables greater 
scalability and reliability for businesses.  

For  larger  businesses, we offer data  services  including  dedicated Internet  access  through  our  Metro Ethernet network.  
Wide Area Network (“WAN”) products include point-to-point and multi-point deployments from 2.5 Mbps to 10 Gbps, 
accommodating the growth patterns of our business customers.  Our data centers provide redundant, scalable bandwidth 
over a self-healing fiber-optic backbone that is protected by uninterrupted power supplies and generator back-ups with 
direct connection to broadband.  We also offer wholesale services to regional and national interexchange and wireless 
carriers, including cellular backhaul, dark fiber and other fiber-based transport solutions with speeds up to 100 Gbps.

We market services to our residential customers either individually or as a bundled package.  Our “triple play” bundle 
includes our voice, video and data services.  As the market demands for bandwidth continue to increase as a result of 
consumer  trends  toward  increased  Internet  usage,  our  continued  focus  is  on  enhancing  product  and  service  offerings, 
such  as  our  progressively  increasing  consumer  data  speeds. We  offer  data  speeds  of  up  to  1  Gbps  in  select 
markets.     Where  1 Gbps  speeds  are  not  yet  offered,  the  maximum  broadband  speed  is  100  Mbps,  depending  on  the 
geographic  market  availability.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  approximately  28%  of  the  homes  in  the areas  we  serve 
subscribe to our data service.  Our exceptional consumer broadband speed allows us to continue to meet the needs of our 
customers  and  the  demand  for  higher  speed  resulting  from  the  growing  trend  of  over-the-top  (“OTT”)  content 
viewing.  The availability of 1 Gbps data speed also complements our wireless home networking (“Wi-Fi”) that supports 
our TV Everywhere service and allows our subscribers to watch their favorite programs at home or away on a computer, 
smartphone or tablet.

A discussion of factors potentially affecting our operations is set forth in Part I – Item 1A – “Risk Factors”, which is 
incorporated herein by reference.

Key Operating Statistics

Consumer customers

Voice connections
Data connections
Video connections

Total connections

2016
253,203

457,315
473,403
106,343
1,037,061

As of December 31,
2015
268,934

482,735
456,100
117,882
1,056,717

2014
277,753

503,120
443,489
124,229
1,070,838

3 

Sources of Revenue

The following table summarizes our sources of revenue for the last three fiscal years:

(In millions, except for percentages)
Commercial and carrier:

Data and transport services (includes VoIP)
Voice services
Other 

Consumer:

Broadband (VoIP, data and video)
Voice services

Equipment sales and service
Subsidies
Network access
Other products and services
Total operating revenues

2016

2015

2014

% of
Revenues

$

% of
Revenues

$

% of
Revenues

$

$ 196.7
99.8
12.5
309.0

209.9
55.3
265.2

43.1
48.3
63.8
13.8
$ 743.2

26.5 % $ 187.5
103.0
13.4
12.3
1.7
302.8
41.6

24.1 % $ 123.0
92.6
13.3
11.5
1.6
227.1
39.0

19.4 %
14.6
1.8
35.8

28.2
7.4
35.6

213.6
60.6
274.2

27.5
7.8
35.3

200.8
60.2
261.0

31.6
9.5
41.1

5.8
6.5
8.6
1.9

55.0
56.3
69.7
17.7
100.0 % $ 775.7

7.1
7.3
9.0
2.3

10.0
53.2
70.2
14.2
100.0 % $ 635.7

1.5
8.4
11.0
2.2
100.0 %

The  comparability  of  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  was  impacted  by  the  Enventis  acquisition  that  closed  on 
October 16, 2014, as described above.  Enventis’ results are included in our consolidated financial statements as of the 
date of the acquisition.  The acquisition provides additional diversification of the Company’s revenues and cash flows 
both geographically and by service type.

All  telecommunications  providers  continue  to  face  increased  competition  as  a  result  of  technology  changes  and 
legislative and regulatory developments in the industry.  We continue to focus on commercial growth opportunities and 
are continually expanding our commercial product offerings for both small and large businesses to capitalize on industry 
technological  advances.   In addition, we  expect our  broadband  services  revenue  to  continue  to  grow  as  consumer  and 
commercial  demands  for  data  based  services  increase,  which  will  offset,  in  part, the  anticipated  decline  in  traditional 
voice services impacted by the ongoing industry-wide reduction in residential access lines.

Commercial and Carrier 

Data and Transport Services  

We  provide  a  variety  of  business  communication  services  to  small,  medium  and  large  business  customers,  including 
many services over our advanced fiber network.  The services we offer include scalable high speed broadband Internet 
access  and  VoIP  phone  services,  which  range  from  basic  service  plans  to  virtual  hosted  systems.  Our  hosted  VoIP 
package  utilizes  our  soft  switching  technology  and  enables  our  customers  to  have  the  flexibility  of  employing  new 
telephone  advances  and  features  without  investing  in  a  new  telephone  system.    The  package  bundles  local  service, 
calling  features,  Internet  protocol  (“IP”)  business  telephones  and  unified  messaging,  which  integrates  multiple 
messaging  technologies  into a  single  system  and  allows the  customer  to  receive  and  listen  to  voice  messages  through 
email.

In  addition  to  Internet  and  VoIP  services,  we  also  offer a  variety  of  commercial  data  connectivity  services  in  select 
markets including private line, WAN and Ethernet services to provide high bandwidth connectivity across point-to-point 
and multiple site networks.  Networking services are available at a variety of speeds up to 10 Gbps.  Data center and 
disaster recovery solutions also provide a reliable and local colocation option for commercial customers.  We have also 
recently launched a suite of cloud-based services, which includes a hosted unified communications solution that replaces 
the  customer’s  on-site  phone  systems  and  data  networks,  managed  network security  services  and  data  protection 
services. 

4 

   
   
We  also  offer  wholesale  services  to  regional  and  national  interexchange  and  wireless  carriers,  including  cellular 
backhaul, dark fiber and other fiber transport solutions with speeds up to 100 Gbps.  The demand for backhaul services 
continues to grow as wireless carriers are faced with escalating consumer and commercial demands for wireless data.  

Voice Services  

Voice services include basic local phone and long-distance service packages for business customers.  The plans include 
options  for  voicemail,  conference  calling,  linking  multiple  office  locations  and  other  custom  calling  features  such  as 
caller ID, call forwarding, speed dialing and call waiting. Services can be charged at a fixed monthly rate, a measured 
rate or can be bundled with selected services at a discounted rate.  

Consumer 

Broadband Services

Broadband  services  include  revenue  from  residential  customers  for  subscriptions  to  our  VoIP,  data  and  video 
products.  We  offer  high  speed  Internet  access  at  speeds  of  up  to  1  Gbps,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  network 
facilities that are available, the level of service selected and the location.  Our data service plans also include wireless 
internet access, email and internet security and protection.  Our VoIP digital phone service is also available in certain 
markets  as  an  alternative  to  the  traditional  telephone  line.  We  offer  multiple  voice  service  plans  with  customizable 
calling  features  and  voicemail.    Depending  on  geographic  market  availability,  our  video  services  range  from  limited 
basic service to advanced digital television, which includes several plans each with hundreds of local, national and music 
channels  including  premium  and  pay-per-view  channels  as  well  as  video  on-demand  service.  Certain  customers  may 
also  subscribe  to  our  advanced  video  services,  which  consist  of  high-definition  television,  digital  video  recorders 
(“DVR”) and/or a whole home DVR.  Our Whole Home DVR allows customers the ability to watch recorded shows on 
any television in the house, record multiple shows at one time and utilize an intuitive on-screen guide and user interface.  
Video  subscribers  also have access  to  our TV  Everywhere  service, which  allows  subscriber  access  to  full  episodes  of 
available shows, movies and live streams using a computer or mobile device. 

Voice Services  

We offer several different basic local phone service packages and long-distance calling plans, including unlimited flat-
rate  calling  plans.  The  plans  include  options  for  voicemail  and  other  custom  calling  features  such  as  caller  ID,  call 
forwarding  and  call  waiting.  The  number  of  local  access  lines  in  service  directly  affects  the  recurring  revenue  we 
generate  from  end  users  and  continues  to  be  impacted  by  the  industry-wide  decline  in  access  lines.  We  expect  to 
continue to experience modest erosion in voice connections due to competition from alternative technologies, including 
our own competing VoIP product.  

Equipment Sales and Service 

As  an  equipment  integrator,  we  offered network  design,  implementation  and  support  services,  including  maintenance 
contracts,  in  order  to  provide  integrated  communication  solutions  for  our  customers.   We  sold  telecommunications 
equipment,  such  as  key,  Private  Branch  Exchange  (“PBX”),  IP-based  telephone  systems  and  other  sophisticated 
hardware solutions, and offered support services to medium and large business customers.  Through our acquisition of 
Enventis in 2014, we obtained a leading market relationship with Cisco Systems, Inc. and, as a result, were an accredited 
Master Level Unified Communications and Gold Certified Cisco Partner providing equipment solutions and support for 
business  customers.   Our  strategic  relationship  with  Cisco  as  the  supplier  allowed us  to  deploy  a  wide range  of 
collaboration, data  center  and network  technology  solutions.  We  earned  Cisco’s  Master  Cloud  Builder  Specialization 
and  received  the  Data  Center  Interconnect  designation.    We  maintained numerous  Cisco  specializations  and 
authorizations, as well as partner relationships with EMC, NetApp, VMware and other industry-leading vendors in order 
to provide integrated communication solutions that best fit our customers’ needs.

In  December  2016,  we  completed  the  sale  of our  Enterprise  Services  equipment  and IT  Services  business  (“EIS”)  to 
ePlus Technology inc. (“ePlus”).  As part of the transaction, we entered into a Co-Marketing Agreement with ePlus, a 
nationwide  systems  integrator  of  technology  solutions,  to cross-sell  both  broadband network  services  and  IT  services.  
The  strategic  partnership  will  provide  our  business  customers  access  to  a  broader  suite  of  IT  solutions,  and  will  also 
provide ePlus customers access to Consolidated’s business network services.

5 

   
   
   
   
     
   
   
Subsidies  

Subsidies consist of both federal and state subsidies, which are designed to promote widely available, quality telephone 
service  at  affordable  prices  in  rural  areas.   Subsidies  are  funded  by  end  user  surcharges  to  which  telecommunications 
providers,  including  local,  long-distance  and  wireless  carriers,  contribute  on  a  monthly  basis.    Subsidies  are  allocated 
and distributed to participating carriers monthly based upon their respective costs for providing local service.  Similar to 
access charges, subsidies are regulated by federal and state regulatory commissions.  See Part I – Item 1 – “Regulatory 
Environment”  below  and  Item  1A  –  “Risk  Factors  –  Risks  Related  to  the  Regulation  of  Our  Business”  for  further 
discussion regarding the subsidies we receive”. 

Network Access Services  

Network access services include interstate and intrastate switched access revenue, network special access services and 
end  user  access.  Switched  access  revenue  includes  access  services  to  other  communications  carriers  to  terminate  or 
originate  long-distance  calls on  our  network.  Special  access  circuits  provide  dedicated  lines  and  trunks  to  business 
customers  and  interexchange  carriers.   Certain  of  our  network  access  revenues  are  based  on  rates  set  or  approved  by 
federal and state regulatory commissions or as directed by law that are subject to change at any time.

Other Products and Services

Other  products and  services  include  revenues  from  telephone  directory  publishing,  video  advertising  and  billing  and 
support services.

No customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated operating revenues during the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014.

Wireless Partnerships

In addition to our core business, we also derive a significant portion of our cash flow and earnings from investments in 
five wireless partnerships.  Wireless partnership investment income is included as a component of other income in the 
consolidated statements of operations.  Our wireless partnership investment consists of five cellular partnerships: GTE 
Mobilnet of South Texas Limited Partnership (“Mobilnet South Partnership”), GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited 
Partnership (“RSA  #17”),  Pittsburgh  SMSA Limited  Partnership  (“Pittsburgh  SMSA”),  Pennsylvania  RSA 
No. 6(I) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(I)”) and Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(II)”). 

We own 2.34% of the Mobilnet South Partnership.  The principal activity of the Mobilnet South Partnership is providing 
cellular  service  in  the  Houston,  Galveston  and  Beaumont,  Texas  metropolitan areas.    Because  we  have  a  minor 
ownership  interest  and  cannot  influence operations, we  account for  this  investment  using  the  cost  method.   Income  is 
recognized only upon cash distributions of our proportionate earnings in the partnership.

We own 20.51% of RSA #17, which serves areas in and around Conroe, Texas.  Because we have some influence over 
the  operating  and  financial  policies  of  this  partnership,  we  account  for  the  investment  under  the  equity  method, 
recognizing  income  on  our  proportionate  share  of  earnings.    Cash  distributions  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  in  our 
investment.

San Antonio MTA, L.P., a wholly owned partnership of Cellco Partnership (doing business as Verizon Wireless), is the 
general partner for both the Mobilnet South Partnership and RSA #17. 

We own 3.60% of Pittsburgh SMSA, 16.67% of RSA 6(I) and 23.67% of RSA 6(II), all of which are majority owned 
and operated by Verizon Wireless.  These partnerships cover territories that almost entirely overlap the markets served 
by our Pennsylvania ILEC and CLEC operations.  Because of our limited influence over Pittsburgh SMSA, we account 
for the investment using the cost method.  RSA 6(I) and RSA 6(II) are accounted for under the equity method.

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  we  recognized  income  of  $32.6 million,  $37.0  million  and 
$34.4  million,  respectively,  and  received  cash  distributions  of  $32.1 million,  $45.3  million  and  $34.6  million, 
respectively, from these wireless partnerships.

6 

   
   
Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we employed approximately 1,676 employees, including part-time employees.  We also use 
temporary employees in the normal course of our business.

Approximately 20% of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements as of December 31, 2016.  For 
a  more  detailed  discussion  regarding  how  the  collective  bargaining  agreements  could  affect  our  business,  see  Part I - 
Item 1A – Risk Factors – “Risks Relating to Our Business”.

Sales and Marketing

The key components of our overall marketing strategy include:

(cid:2) Organizing our sales and marketing activities around our consumer, commercial and carrier customers;

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Positioning ourselves as a single point of contact for our customers’ communications needs;

Providing  customers  with  a  broad array  of  voice,  data  and  video  services  and  bundling  these  services 
whenever possible;

Identifying  and  broadening  our  commercial  customer  needs  by  developing  solutions  and  providing 
integrated service offerings;

Providing excellent customer service, including 24/7 centralized customer support to coordinate installation 
of new services, repair and maintenance functions;

(cid:2) Developing and delivering new services to meet evolving customer needs and market demands; and

(cid:2)

Leveraging history and brand recognition across all market areas.

We  currently  offer  our  services  through  call  centers,  our  website,  communication  centers  and  commissioned  sales 
representatives.    Our  customer  service  call  centers  and  dedicated  sales  teams  serve  as  the  primary  sales  channels  for 
consumer, business and carrier services.  Our sales efforts are supported by direct mail, bill inserts, newspaper, radio and 
television advertising, public relations activities, community events and website promotions.

We market our services both individually and as bundled services, including our triple-play offering of voice, data and 
video  services.    By  bundling  our  service  offerings,  we  are  able  to  offer  and  sell  a  more  complete  and  competitive 
package of services, which we believe simultaneously increases our average revenue per user (“ARPU”) and adds value 
for the consumer.  We also believe that bundling leads to increased customer loyalty and retention.

Network Architecture and Technology

We  have  made  significant  investments  in  our  technologically  advanced  telecommunications  networks  and  continue  to 
enhance and expand our network by deploying technologies to provide additional capacity to our customers.  As a result, 
we are able to deliver high-quality, reliable data, video and voice services in the markets we serve.  Our wide-ranging 
network and extensive use of fiber provide an easy reach into existing and new areas.  By bringing the fiber network 
closer  to  the  customer  premises,  we  can  increase  our  service  offerings,  quality  and  bandwidth  services.    Our  existing 
network  enables  us  to  efficiently  respond  and  adapt  to  changes  in  technology  and  is  capable  of  supporting  the  rising 
customer  demand  for  bandwidth  in  order  to  support  the  growing  amount  of  wireless  data  devices  in  our  customers’
homes and businesses. 

Our networks are supported by advanced 100% digital switches, with a fiber network connecting in all but one of our 
exchanges.  We continue to enhance our copper network to increase bandwidth in order to provide additional products 
and services to our marketable homes.  In addition to our copper plant enhancements, we have deployed fiber-optic cable 
extensively throughout our network, resulting in a 100% fiber backbone network that supports all of the inter-office and 
host-remote links, as well as the majority of business parks within our service areas.  In addition, this fiber infrastructure 

7 

provides  the  connectivity  required  to  provide  video  service, Internet  and  long-distance  services to  all  Consolidated 
residential  and  commercial customers.    Our  fiber  network  utilizes  fiber-to-the-home  (“FTTH”)  and  fiber-to-the-node 
(“FTTN”) networks to offer bundled residential and commercial services.  

We operate fiber networks which we own or have entered into long-term leases for fiber network access.  At December 
31, 2016, our fiber-optic network consisted of approximately 14,160 route-miles, which includes approximately 4,565
miles  of  fiber  network  in  Minnesota  and  surrounding  areas,  approximately  4,130 miles  of  fiber  network  in  Texas, 
approximately 1,800 route-miles of fiber-optic facilities in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area, approximately 1,815 miles 
of fiber network in Illinois, approximately 1,085 route-miles of fiber optic facilities in California that cover large parts of 
the greater Sacramento metropolitan area and over 765 route-miles of fiber optic facilities in Kansas City that service the 
greater Kansas City area, including both Kansas and Missouri.  In 2014, we expanded our commercial services into the 
greater Dallas/Fort Worth market, utilizing our existing carrier-class fiber network in this area.  This network previously 
was  used  to  serve  our  wholesale  and  carrier  customers.    With  the  expansion  of  the  network,  we  began  offering  fiber 
based  services  including  dedicated  Internet  access,  wide  area  network services and  hosted private  branch  exchange
(iPBX) to commercial customers in this market.  

Through  our  extensive  fiber  network,  we  are  also  able  to  support  the  increased  demand  on wireless  carriers  for  data 
bandwidth.  In all the markets we serve, we have launched initiatives to support fiber backhaul services to cell sites.  As 
of December 31, 2016, we had 1,271 cell sites under contract with 1,119 connected and 152 scheduled for completion in 
2017. 

Business Strategies

Diversify revenues and increase revenues per customer

We  continue  to  transform  our  business  and  diversify  our  revenue  streams  as  we  adapt  to  changes  in  the  regulatory 
environment  and  advances  in  technology.    As  a  result  of  acquisitions,  our  wireless  partnerships  and  increases  in  the 
demand  for data services, we  continue  to reduce our reliance  on  subsidies  and  access revenue.    Utilizing our  existing 
network  and  strategic  network  expansion  initiatives,  we  are  able  to  acquire  and  serve  a  more  diversified  business 
customer base and create new long-term revenue streams such as wireless carrier backhaul services.  We will continue to 
focus on growing our broadband and commercial services through the expansion and extension of our fiber network to 
communities  and  corridors  near  our  primary  fiber  routes  where  we  believe  we  can  offer  competitive  services  and 
increase market share.

We also continue to focus on increasing our revenue per customer, primarily by improving our data market penetration, 
increasing the sale of other value-added services and encouraging customers to subscribe to our service bundles.

Improve operating efficiency

We continue to seek to improve operating efficiency through technology, better practices and procedures and through 
cost containment measures.  In recent years, we have made significant operational improvements in our business through 
the centralization of work groups, processes and systems, which has resulted in significant cost savings and reductions in 
headcount.    Because  of  these  efficiencies,  we  are  better  able  to  deliver  a  consistent  customer  experience,  service  our 
customers in a more cost-effective manner and lower our cost structure.  We continue to evaluate our operations in order 
to  align  our  cost  structure  with  operating  revenues  while  continuing  to  launch  new  products  and  improve  the  overall 
customer experience.

Maintain capital expenditure discipline

Across  all  of  our  service  territories,  we  have  successfully  managed  capital  expenditures  to  optimize  returns  through 
disciplined  planning  and  targeted  investment  of  capital.    For  example,  investments  in  our  networks  allows  significant 
flexibility  to  expand  our  commercial  footprint,  offer  new  service  offerings  and  provide  services  in  a  cost-efficient 
manner  while  maintaining  our  reputation  as  a  high-quality  service  provider.    We  will  continue  to  invest  in  strategic 
growth  initiatives  to  expand  our  fiber  network  to  new  markets  and  customers  in  order  to  optimize  new  business, 
backhaul and wholesale opportunities.

8 

Pursue selective acquisitions

We  have  in  the  past  taken,  and  expect  to  continue  to  take  in  the  future,  a  disciplined  approach  in  pursuing  company 
acquisitions. When we evaluate potential transactions, important factors include:

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

The market;

The quality of the network;

The ability to integrate the acquired company efficiently;

Existence of significant potential operating synergies; and

The transaction will be cash flow accretive from day one.

We believe all of the above criteria will be met in connection with our expected acquisition of FairPoint in 2017.  In the 
long  term,  we  believe  that  this  transaction  will  give  us  additional  scale  and  will  better  position  us  financially, 
strategically and competitively to pursue additional acquisitions.

Competition

The telecommunications industry is subject to extensive competition, which has increased significantly in recent years.  
Technological advances have expanded the types and uses of services and products available.  In addition, differences in 
the regulatory environment applicable to comparable alternative services have lowered costs for these competitors.  As a 
result,  we  face  heightened  competition  but  also  have  new  opportunities  to  grow  our  broadband  business.    Our 
competitors  vary  by  market  and  may  include  other  incumbent  and  competitive  local  telephone  companies;  cable 
operators offering video, data and VoIP products; wireless carriers; long distance providers; satellite companies; Internet 
service providers and in some cases new forms of providers who are able to offer a broad range of competitive services.  
We expect competition to remain a significant factor affecting our operating results and that the nature and extent of that 
competition will continue to increase.  See Part I - Item 1A – “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Our Business”.

In  recent  years,  competition  in  our  incumbent  service  areas  has  increased  significantly.    Except  for  the  traditional 
multichannel  video  delivery  business, which  requires  significant  capital  investment  to  serve  customers,  the  barriers to 
entry  are  not  high  and  technology  changes  force  rapid  competitive  adjustments.    Depending  on  the  market  area,  we 
compete  against  AT&T  and  a  number  of  other  carriers,  as  well  as  Comcast,  Time  Warner,  Mediacom,  Armstrong, 
Suddenlink  and  NewWave  Communications,  in  both  the  commercial  and  consumer  markets.    Google  also  recently 
launched data and video services in a limited, but growing, number of service areas including the Kansas City market.  
Our  competitors  offer  traditional  telecommunications  services  as  well  as  IP-based  services  and  other  emerging  data-
based  services.  Our  competitors  continue  to  add  features  and  adopt  aggressive  pricing  and  packaging  for  services 
comparable to the services we offer.

We  continue  to  face  significant  competition  from  wireless  and other  fiber  data  providers  as  the demand  for  substitute 
communication services, such as wireless phones and data devices, continues to increase.  Customers are increasingly 
foregoing traditional telephone services and land-based Internet service and relying exclusively on wireless service.  In 
addition, the expanded availability for free or lower cost services, such as video over the Internet, complimentary Wi-Fi 
service  and  other  streaming  devices  has  increased  competition  among  other  providers  including  online  digital 
distributors for our video and data services.

In  most  cases,  we have  entered  the  cable  television  service  markets  as  the operator of  a  second (or  subsequent)  cable 
system.    Therefore,  we  face  the  challenge  of  drawing  customers  away  from  the  incumbent  cable  service  provider. 
Similarly, the possession of comparatively greater size and scale can give an incumbent cable competitor an advantage 
in both access to and pricing of the program content needed to operate a cable television business.  Our competitors, in 
some cases, possess significantly greater size and scale than we do.  In order to meet the competition, we have responded 
in  part  by  introducing new  services  and  service  bundles,  offering  services  in  convenient  groupings  with  package 
discounts and billing advantages, providing excellent customer service and by continuing to invest in our network and 
business operations.

9 

In  our  rural  markets,  services  are  more  costly  to  provide  than  service  in  urban  areas  as  a  lower  customer  density 
necessitates higher capital expenditures on a per-customer basis.  As a result, it generally is not economically viable for 
new entrants to overlap existing networks in rural territories.  Despite the barriers to entry, rural telephone companies 
still  face  significant  competition  from  wireless  and  video  providers  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  competitive  telephone 
companies.

Our  other  lines  of  business  are  subject  to  substantial  competition  from  local,  regional  and  national  competitors.    In 
particular,  our  wholesale  and  transport  business  serves  other  interexchange  carriers  and  we  compete  with  a  variety  of 
service providers including incumbent and competitive local telephone companies and other fiber data companies.  For 
our business systems products, we compete with other equipment providers or value added resellers, network providers, 
incumbent and competitive local telephone companies and with cloud and data hosting service providers.

We  expect  that  competition  in  all  of  our  businesses  will  continue  to  intensify  as  new  technologies  and  changes  in 
consumer behavior continue to emerge.

Regulatory Environment

The  following  summary  does  not  describe  all  existing  and  proposed  legislation  and  regulations  affecting  the 
telecommunications  industry.    Regulation  can  change  rapidly,  and  ongoing  proceedings  and  hearings  could  alter  the 
manner  in  which  the  telecommunications  industry  operates.    We  cannot  predict  the  outcome  of  any  of  these 
developments, nor their potential impact on us.  See Part I – Item 1A – “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Regulation 
of Our Business”.

Overview

Our revenues, which include revenues from such telecommunications services as local telephone service, network access 
service  and  toll  service,  are  subject  to  broad  federal  and/or  state  regulation  and  are  derived  from  various  sources, 
including: 

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Business and residential subscribers of basic exchange services;

Surcharges mandated by state commissions;

Long-distance carriers for network access service;

Competitive access providers and commercial customers for network access service; and

Support payments from federal or state programs.

telecommunications 

the 
The 
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Telecommunications Act”), federal and state regulators share responsibility for 
implementing  and  enforcing  statutes  and regulations  designed  to  encourage  competition  and  to  preserve  and  advance 
widely available, quality telephone service at affordable prices. 

to  extensive  federal,  state  and 

local  regulation.  Under 

is  subject 

industry 

At  the  federal  level,  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  (“FCC”) generally  exercises  jurisdiction over  facilities 
and services of local exchange carriers, such as our rural telephone companies, to the extent they are used to provide, 
originate  or  terminate  interstate  or  international  communications.  The  FCC  has  the  authority  to  condition,  modify, 
cancel,  terminate  or  revoke  our  operating  authority  for  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  federal  laws  or  FCC  rules, 
regulations and policies.  Fines or penalties also may be imposed for any of these violations. 

State regulatory commissions generally exercise jurisdiction over carriers’ facilities and services to the extent they are 
used  to  provide,  originate  or  terminate  intrastate  communications.  In  particular,  state  regulatory  agencies  have 
substantial  oversight  over  interconnection  and  network  access  by  competitors  of  our  rural  telephone  companies.  In 
addition, municipalities and other local government agencies regulate the public rights-of-way necessary to install and 
operate networks.  State regulators can sanction our rural telephone companies or revoke our certifications if we violate 
relevant laws or regulations. 

10

   
   
   
   
Federal Regulation

Our rural telephone companies and competitive local exchange companies must comply with the Communications Act 
of 1934, which requires, among other things, that telecommunications carriers offer services at just and reasonable rates 
and on non-discriminatory terms and conditions.  The 1996 amendments to the Communications Act (contained in the 
Telecommunications Act  discussed below)  dramatically  changed,  and  likely  will  continue to  change,  the  landscape  of 
the industry.

Removal of Entry Barriers

The Telecommunications Act imposes a number of interconnection and other requirements on all local communications 
providers.    All  telecommunications  carriers  have  a  duty  to  interconnect directly  or  indirectly  with  the  facilities  and 
equipment of other telecommunications carriers.  Local exchange carriers, including our rural telephone companies, are 
required to:

(cid:2) Allow other carriers to resell their services;

(cid:2)

Provide number portability where feasible;

(cid:2) Ensure dialing parity, meaning that consumers can choose their default local or long-distance telephone 

company without having to dial additional digits;

(cid:2) Ensure that competitors’ customers receive non-discriminatory access to telephone numbers, operator 

service, directory assistance and directory listings;

(cid:2) Afford competitors access to telephone poles, ducts, conduits and rights-of-way; and

(cid:2) Establish reciprocal compensation arrangements with other carriers for the transport and termination of 

telecommunications traffic.

Furthermore,  the  Telecommunications  Act  imposes  on  incumbent  telephone  companies  (other  than  rural  telephone 
companies that maintain their so-called “rural exemption” as our subsidiaries do) additional obligations to:

(cid:2) Negotiate interconnection agreements with other carriers in good faith;

(cid:2)

Interconnect their facilities and equipment with any requesting telecommunications carrier, at any 
technically feasible point, at non-discriminatory rates and on non-discriminatory terms and conditions;

(cid:2) Offer their retail services to other carriers for resale at discounted wholesale rates;

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Provide reasonable notice of changes in the information necessary for transmission and routing of services 
over the incumbent telephone company’s facilities or in the information necessary for interoperability; and

Provide, at rates, terms and conditions that are just, reasonable and non-discriminatory, for the physical 
collocation of other carriers’ equipment necessary for interconnection or access to unbundled network 
elements (“UNEs”) at the premises of the incumbent telephone company.

Access Charges

On November 18, 2011, the FCC released its comprehensive order on intercarrier compensation and universal service 
reform.    See  “FCC  Access  Charge  and  Universal  Service  Reform  Order”  below  for  detailed  discussion  on  the  FCC 
order.

A  significant  portion  of  our  rural  telephone  companies’  revenues  come  from  network  access  charges  paid  by  long-
distance and other carriers for using our companies’ local telephone facilities for originating or terminating calls within 
our service areas.  The amount of network access revenues our rural telephone companies receive is based on rates set or 
approved by federal and state regulatory commissions, and these rates are subject to change at any time.

11

Intrastate network access charges are regulated by state commissions.  The FCC order on intercarrier compensation and 
universal  service  reform  required  state  access  charges  to  mirror  interstate  access  charges,  and  as  of  July 1,  2013,  all 
switched intrastate access charges mirror interstate access charges.

The  FCC  regulates  the  prices  we  may  charge  for  the  use  of  our  local  telephone  facilities  to  originate  or  terminate 
interstate and international calls.  The FCC has structured these prices as a combination of flat monthly charges paid by 
customers  and  both  usage-sensitive  (per-minute)  charges  and  flat  monthly  charges  paid  by  long-distance  or  other 
carriers.

The FCC regulates interstate network access charges by imposing price caps on Regional Bell Operating Companies and 
other  large  incumbent  telephone  companies.    These  price  caps  can  be  adjusted  based  on  various  formulas,  such  as 
inflation and productivity, and otherwise through regulatory proceedings.  Incumbent telephone companies, such as our 
local telephone companies, may elect to base network access charges on price caps, but are not required to do so.  All of 
our incumbent telephone companies have elected for price cap regulation.

We  believe  that  price  cap  regulation  gives  us  greater  pricing  flexibility  for  interstate  services,  especially  in  the 
increasingly competitive special access segment.  It also provides us with the potential to increase our net earnings by 
becoming more productive and introducing new services.  As we have acquired new properties, we have converted them 
to federal price cap regulation.

Traditionally,  regulators  have  allowed  network  access  rates  for  rural  areas  to  be  set  higher  than  the  actual  cost  of 
terminating or originating long-distance calls as an implicit means of subsidizing the high cost of providing local service 
in rural areas.  Following a series of federal court decisions ruling that subsidies must be explicit rather than implicit, the 
FCC adopted reforms  in 2001 that reduced per-minute network access charges and shifted a portion of cost recovery, 
which historically was imposed on long-distance carriers, to flat-rate, monthly subscriber line charges imposed on end-
user  customers.    While  the  FCC  also  increased  explicit  subsidies  to  rural  telephone  companies  through  the  Universal 
Service  Fund,  the  aggregate  amount  of  interstate  network  access  charges  paid  by  long-distance  carriers  to  access 
providers, such as our rural telephone companies, has decreased and may continue to decrease.

Unlike the federal system, California, Illinois and Minnesota do not provide an explicit subsidy in the form of a universal 
service fund for companies of our size.  Therefore, while subsidies from the Federal Universal Service Fund offset the 
decrease in revenues resulting from the reduction in interstate network access rates, there was no corresponding offset 
for the decrease in revenues from the reduction in California and Illinois intrastate network access rates.  In Minnesota, 
Pennsylvania and Texas, the intrastate network access rate regime applicable to our rural telephone companies does not 
mirror the FCC regime, so the impact of the reforms was revenue neutral.

In  recent  years,  carriers  have  become  more  aggressive  in  disputing  the  FCC’s  interstate  access  charge  rates  and  the 
application  of  access  charges  to  their  telecommunications  traffic.    We  believe  these  disputes  have  increased,  in  part, 
because advances in technology have made it more difficult to determine the identity and jurisdiction of traffic, giving 
carriers an increased opportunity to challenge access costs for their traffic.  For example, in September 2003, Vonage 
Holdings Corporation filed a petition with the FCC to preempt an order of the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission 
asserting jurisdiction over Vonage.  The FCC determined that it was impossible to divide Vonage’s VoIP service into 
interstate and intrastate components without negating federal rules and policies.  Accordingly, the FCC found it was an 
interstate service not subject to traditional state telephone regulation.  While the FCC order did not specifically address 
whether intrastate access charges were applicable to Vonage’s VoIP service, the fact that the service was found to be 
solely interstate raises that concern.  We cannot predict what other actions other long-distance carriers may take before 
the FCC or with their local exchange carriers, including our rural telephone companies, to challenge the applicability of 
access charges.  Due to the increasing deployment of VoIP services and other technological changes, we believe these 
types of disputes and claims are likely to increase.

Unbundled Network Element Rules

The unbundling requirements have been some of the most controversial provisions of the Telecommunications Act.  In 
its initial implementation of the law, the FCC generally required incumbent telephone companies to lease a wide range 
of  UNE’s  to  CLECs.    Those  rules were  designed  to  enable  competitors  to  deliver  services  to  their  customers  in 
combination  with  their  existing  networks  or  as  recombined  service  offerings  on  a  UNE  platform  (“UNE-P”),  which 

12

allowed  competitors  with  no  facilities  of  their  own  to  purchase  all  the  elements  of  local  telephone  service  from  the 
incumbent and resell them to customers.  These unbundling requirements, and the duty to offer UNEs to competitors, 
imposed substantial costs on the incumbent telephone companies and made it easier for customers to shift their business 
to  other  carriers.    After  a  court  challenge  and  a  decision  vacating  portions  of  the  UNE  rules,  the  FCC  issued  revised 
rules in  February 2005  that  reinstated  some  unbundling  requirements  for  incumbent  telephone  companies  that  are  not 
protected by the rural exemption, but eliminated the UNE-P option and certain other unbundling requirements.

Each of the subsidiaries through which we operate our local telephone businesses is an incumbent telephone company 
and  provides  service  in  rural  areas.    As  discussed  above,  the  Telecommunications  Act  exempts  rural  telephone 
companies from certain of the more burdensome interconnection requirements.  However, the Telecommunications Act 
provides  that  the  rural  exemption  will  cease  to  apply  to  competing  cable  companies  if  and  when  the  rural  carrier 
introduces video services in a service area, in which case, a competing cable operator providing video programming and 
seeking  to  provide  telecommunications  services  in  the  area  may  interconnect.    Since  each  of  our  subsidiaries  now 
provide video services in their major service areas, the rural exemption no longer applies to cable company competitors 
in  those service  areas.    Additionally,  in  Texas,  the  Public  Utilities  Commission  of  Texas  (“PUCT”)  has  removed  the 
rural  exemption  for  our  Texas  subsidiaries  with  respect  to  telecommunications  services  furnished  by  Sprint 
Communications, L.P. on behalf of cable companies.  Our ILEC subsidiaries in California, Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota and 
Pennsylvania still have the rural exemption in place. We believe the benefits of providing video services outweigh the 
loss of the rural exemptions to cable operators.

Under its current rules, the FCC has eliminated unbundling requirements for ILECs providing broadband services over 
fiber  facilities,  but  continues  to  require  unbundled  access  to  mass-market  narrowband  loops.    ILECs  are  no  longer 
required  to  unbundle  packet  switching  services.    In  addition,  the  FCC  found  that  CLECs  generally  are  not  at  a 
disadvantage at certain wire center locations in regard to high bandwidth (DS-1 and DS-3) loops, dark fiber loops and 
dedicated  interoffice  transport  facilities.    However,  where  a  disadvantage  persists, ILECs  continue  to  be  required  to 
unbundle loops and transport facilities.

The FCC rules regarding the unbundling of network elements did not have an impact on our Illinois and Pennsylvania 
ILEC operations because these ILECs have rural exemptions.  Our CLEC operations were not significantly affected by 
the 2005 changes to the UNE rules because they use their own switching for business customers that are served by high 
capacity loops.  Our Pennsylvania CLEC has a commercial agreement with Verizon that sets the terms of the pricing and 
provisioning  of  lines  previously  served  utilizing  UNE-P,  including  Verizon  switching  service.    Less  than  5%  of  our 
Pennsylvania  CLEC  access  lines  are  provisioned  utilizing  this  commercial  arrangement.    Although  the  costs  for  this 
arrangement  will  increase  over  time  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  our  relatively  low  use  of  Verizon’s 
switching and our ability to migrate some of the lines to alternative provisioning sources will limit the overall impact on
our current cost structure.  The CLEC has experienced moderate increases in the overall cost to provision high-capacity 
loops, interoffice transport facilities and dark fiber as a result of the FCC’s changes to unbundling requirements for those 
facilities.  In December 2012, our subsidiary Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc. (“CCES”), entered 
into a 5-year wholesale special access agreement with AT&T, which moved us off of the UNE platform, reduced costs 
and gave us greater flexibility.  This agreement applies to our CLEC operations in California, Illinois, Kansas, Missouri 
and Texas.

In 2006, Verizon filed a petition requesting that the FCC refrain from applying a number of regulations to the Verizon 
operations in six major metropolitan markets, including the Pittsburgh market area.  Among other things, Verizon urged 
the FCC to forbear from applying loop and transport unbundling regulations, claiming there was sufficient competition 
in the Pittsburgh market to mitigate the need for these rules.  The FCC denied Verizon’s petition in December 2007, but 
a  federal  court  of  appeals  remanded  this  decision  to  the  FCC  for  further  analysis  in  2009.    If  the  FCC  grants  this 
remanded petition or any similar forbearance petitions in markets in which our CLEC operates, our cost to obtain access 
to  loop  and  transport  facilities  would  increase  substantially  for  the  5%,  or  less,  of  the  lines  provisioned  under  the 
commercial  agreement  discussed  above.    In  2013,  AT&T  filed  to  amend  its  interstate  access tariff  with  the  FCC  to 
eliminate the 5-year term discounts on its special access services.  We filed a petition to reject AT&T’s filing, and on 
December 9, 2013, the FCC suspended AT&T’s filing pending investigation.  The FCC has not yet issued a ruling in this 
matter.  

13

Promotion of Universal Service

In general, telecommunications service in rural areas is more costly to provide than service in urban areas.  The lower 
customer  density  means  that  switching  and  other  facilities  serve  fewer  customers  and  loops are  typically  longer, 
requiring  greater  expenditures  per  customer  to  build  and  maintain.  By  supporting  the  high  cost  of  operations  in  rural 
markets,  Universal  Service  Fund  (“USF”)  subsidies  promote  widely  available,  quality  telephone  service  at  affordable
prices  in  rural  areas.  Revenues  from  federal  and  certain  states’  USFs  totaled  $48.4 million,  $56.3 million  and  $53.2 
million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In  order  for  an  eligible  telecommunications  carrier  (“ETC”)  to  receive  high-cost  support,
the  USF/Intercarrier 
Compensation (“ICC”)  Transformation  Order requires  states  to  certify  annually  that  USF  support  is  used  only  for  the 
provision, maintenance and upgrading of facilities and services for which the support is intended.  States, in turn, require 
that ETCs file certifications with them as the basis for the state filings with the FCC. Failure to meet the annual data and 
certification deadlines can result in reduced support to the ETC based on the length of the delay in certification.  Each of
our rural telephone companies has been designated as an ETC. For calendar year 2013, the California state certification 
was  due  to  be  filed  with  the  FCC  on  or  before  October 1,  2012.  We  were  notified  in  January 2013  that  SureWest 
Communications  (“SureWest”)  did  not  submit  the  required  certification  to  the  California  Public  Utilities  Commission 
(“CPUC”) in time to be included in its October 1, 2012 submission to the FCC.  In January 2013, we filed a certification 
with the CPUC and filed a petition with the FCC for a waiver of the filing deadline for the annual state certification. In 
February 2013,  the  CPUC  filed  a  certification  with  the  FCC  with  respect  to  SureWest.  In  October 2013,  the  Wireline 
Competition Bureau of the FCC denied our petition for a waiver of the annual certification deadline.  In November 2013, 
we applied for a review of the decision made by the FCC staff by the full Commission.  Management is optimistic that 
the Company may prevail in its application to the Commission and receive USF funding for the period January 1, 2013 
through June 30, 2013 based on the change in SureWest’s USF filing status caused by the change in the ownership of 
SureWest,  the  lack  of  formal  notice  by  the  FCC  regarding  this  change  in  filing  status,  the  fact  that  SureWest  had  a 
previously filed certification of compliance in effect with the FCC for the two quarters for which USF was withheld and 
the FCC’s past practice of granting waivers to accept late filings in similar situations. However, due to the denial of our 
petition by the Wireline Competition Bureau and the uncertainty of the collectability of previously recognized revenues, 
in December 2013 we reversed $3.0 million of previously recognized revenues until such time that the Commission has 
the  opportunity  to  reach  a  decision  on  our  application  for  review.    In  October  2016,  the  FCC  denied  our  request  for 
review and, in December 2016, we filed a petition for review of this denial with the United States Court of Appeals for 
the District of Columbia Circuit.  The proceeding is currently pending.

FCC Access Charge and Universal Service Reform Order

In  November 2011,  the  FCC  released  a  comprehensive  order  on  access  charge  and  universal  service  reform  (the 
“Order”).  The access charge portion of the Order systematically reduces minute-of-use-based interstate access, intrastate 
access and reciprocal compensation rates over a six to nine year period to an end state of bill-and-keep, in which each 
carrier  recovers  the  costs  of  its  network  through  charges  to  its  own  subscribers,  rather  than through  intercarrier 
compensation.  The reductions apply to terminating access rates and usage, with originating access to be addressed by 
the FCC in a later proceeding.  To help with the transition to bill-and-keep, the FCC created two mechanisms.  The first 
is an Access Recovery Mechanism (“ARM”) which is funded from the Connect America Fund (“CAF”), and the second 
is an Access Recovery Charge (“ARC”) which is recovered from end users.  The universal service portion of the Order 
redirects support from voice services to broadband services, and is now called the CAF.  The initial release of the Order 
mandated that, in order to receive CAF funding, carriers must agree to provide broadband capability to 100% of their 
customer base at a minimum speed of 4 Mbps downstream and 1Mbps upstream.  

In the Order, holding companies with price cap study areas and rate of return study areas are mandated to move each of 
their interstate rate of return study areas to price cap for universal service purposes only.  The intercarrier compensation 
rules will keep rate of return study areas under the rate of return intercarrier compensation transitions plan and the price 
cap study areas under the price cap intercarrier compensation transition.

In 2012,  CAF Phase I was  implemented, which  froze  USF  support  to price  cap  carriers until  the  FCC  implemented  a 
broadband  cost  model  to  shift  support  from  voice  services  to  broadband  services.  The  Order  also  modified  the 
methodology used for ICC traffic exchanged between carriers.  The initial phase of ICC reform was effective on July 1, 
2012, beginning the transition of our terminating switched access rates to bill-and-keep over a seven year period, and as 

14

a result, our network access revenue decreased approximately $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million during 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively.  

In December 2014, the FCC released a report and order that addressed, among other things, the transition to CAF Phase 
II funding for price cap carriers, the acceptance criteria for CAF Phase II funding and the annual reporting requirements, 
and  the  introduction  of  CAF  Phase  III.  For  companies  that  accept  the  CAF  Phase  II  funding,  there  is  a  three  year 
transition  period  in  instances  in  which  their  current  CAF  Phase  I  funding  exceeds  the  CAF  Phase  II  funding.  If  CAF 
Phase  II  funding  exceeds  CAF  Phase  I  funding,  the  transitional  support  is  waived  and  CAF  Phase  II  funding  begins 
immediately.  Companies  are  required  to  commit  to  a  statewide  build  out  requirement  to  10  Mbps  downstream  and  1 
Mbps upstream in funded locations. We accepted the CAF Phase II funding in August 2015.  The annual funding under 
CAF Phase I of $36.6 million was replaced by annual funding under CAF Phase II of $13.9 million through 2020.  With 
the sale of our Iowa ILEC in 2016, this amount was further reduced to $11.5 million through 2020. The acceptance of 
funding at the lower level for CAF Phase II will transition over a three year period, beginning in August 2015, at the 
rates of 75% of the CAF Phase I funding level in the first year, 50% in the second year and 25% in the third year.

The annual reporting requirements include (i) filings of annual certifications that the carrier is both meeting its public 
interest obligations and is offering comparable broadband rates and (ii) the filing of a Service Quality Improvement plan. 
The initial plan must be filed by July 1, 2016, with progress reports filed every year thereafter.  The plan must include, 
among other things, the total amount of CAF Phase II funding used to fund capital expenditures in the previous year and 
certification that the carrier is meeting the required interim deployment milestones. 

State Regulation

California

The CPUC has the power, among other things, to establish rates, terms and conditions for intrastate service, to prescribe 
uniform systems of accounts and to regulate the mortgaging or disposition of public utility properties.

In an ongoing proceeding relating to the New Regulatory Framework, the CPUC adopted Decision 06-08-030 in 2006, 
which  grants  carriers  broader  pricing  freedom  in  the  provision  of  telecommunications  services,  bundling  of  services, 
promotions  and  customer  contracts.  This  decision  adopted  a  new  regulatory  framework,  the  Uniform  Regulatory 
Framework (“URF”), which among other things (i) eliminates price regulation and allows full pricing flexibility for all 
new  and  retail  services,  (ii) allows  new  forms  of  bundles  and  promotional  packages  of  telecommunication  services, 
(iii) allocates all gains and losses from the sale of assets to shareholders and (iv) eliminates almost all elements of rate of 
return  regulation,  including  the  calculation  of  shareable  earnings.  In  December 2010,  the  CPUC  issued  a  ruling  to 
initiate  a  new  proceeding  to  assess  whether,  or  to  what  extent,  the  level  of  competition  in  the  telecommunications 
industry is sufficient to control prices for the four largest ILECs in the state.  Subsequently, the CPUC issued a ruling 
temporarily  deferring  the  proceeding.  When  the  CPUC may  open  this  proceeding  is  unclear  and on hold  at  this  time. 
The  CPUC’s  actions  in  this  and  future  proceedings  could  lead  to  new  rules and  an  increase  in  government 
regulation.  The Company will continue to monitor this matter.

Illinois

Our Illinois rural telephone company holds the necessary certifications in Illinois to provide long-distance and payphone 
services.    We  are  required  to  file  tariffs  with  the  Illinois  Commerce  Commission  (“ILCC”) or  post  written  service 
offerings on its website, but generally can change the prices, terms and conditions stated in its tariffs on one day’s notice, 
with prior notice of price increases to affected customers.  Our CLEC services are not subject to any significant state 
regulations in Illinois.

Our Illinois rural telephone company is certified by the ILCC to provide local telephone services.  This entity operates as 
a  distinct  company  from  a  regulatory  standpoint.  As  described  below,  Consolidated  Communications  of  Illinois 
Company (formerly known as Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company) (“CCIL”) has elected the option under Illinois 
law to have its rates, terms and conditions of service subject to market regulation, meaning it is regulated by competition
in  the  market.    Although,  as  explained  above,  the  FCC  has  preempted  certain  state  regulations  pursuant  to  the 
Telecommunications Act, Illinois retains the authority to impose requirements on our Illinois rural telephone company to 
preserve  universal  service,  protect  public  safety  and  welfare,  ensure  quality  of  service  and  protect  consumers.    Our 
Illinois rural telephone company has not had a general rate proceeding before the ILCC since 1983.

15

The  Illinois  General  Assembly  has  made  major  revisions  and  added  significant  new  provisions  to  the  portions  of  the 
Illinois  Public  Utilities  Act  governing  the  regulation  and  obligations  of  telecommunications  carriers  on  a  number  of 
occasions since 1985.  In 2007, the Illinois legislature addressed competition for cable and video services and authorized 
statewide  licensing  by  the  ILCC  to  replace  the  existing  system  of  individual  town  franchises.    This  legislation  also 
imposed substantial state-mandated consumer service and consumer protection requirements on providers of cable and 
video  services.    The  requirements  generally  became  applicable  to  us  on  January 1,  2008,  and  we  are  operating  in 
compliance with the law.  Although we have franchise agreements for cable and video services in all the towns we serve, 
this statewide franchising authority will simplify the process in the future.  In July 2016, we notified the ILCC and the 
municipalities  with  which  we  have  cable  and  video  franchise agreements  that  we  will  be  filing  with  the  ILCC  for 
statewide  franchising  authority  in  2017.    In  2010,  the  Illinois  General  Assembly  passed  Public  Act  96-0927,  which 
updates  the  telecommunications  statute,  allowing  ILECs,  beginning  January 1,  2011,  to  elect  deregulation  of  local 
services.  The Governor of Illinois signed the bill into law on June 15, 2010.  CCIL elected this option effective April 1, 
2014.  Under this option, CCIL’s rates for local services became “competitive” and no longer subject to rate of return 
regulation,  and  certain  other  service  quality  obligations  are  reduced.    CCIL is  obligated  to  make  certain  basic  local 
exchange service packages available to customers.  Public Act 96-0927 also specified that local exchange carriers may 
not charge intrastate access rates at levels higher than their interstate access rates.  In June 2013, the Illinois legislature 
The  current 
the 
approved  additional  amendments  making  minor  changes 
telecommunications statute is currently scheduled to sunset July 1, 2017.

telecommunications  statute. 

to 

Texas

Our  Texas  rural  telephone  companies  are  each  certified  by  the  PUCT  to  provide  local  telephone  services  in  their 
respective territories.  In addition, our Texas long-distance  and transport subsidiaries are registered with the PUCT as 
interexchange carriers.  The transport subsidiary has also obtained a service provider certificate of operating authority 
(“SPCOA”)  to  better  assist  the  transport  subsidiary  with  its  operations  in  municipal  areas.    Recently,  to  assist  with 
expanding services offerings, CCES also obtained a SPCOA from the PUCT.  While our Texas rural telephone company 
services are extensively regulated, our other services, such as long-distance and transport services, are not subject to any 
significant state regulation.

Our  Texas  rural  telephone  companies  operate  as  distinct  companies  from  a  regulatory  standpoint.    Each  is  separately 
regulated by the PUCT in order to preserve universal service, protect public safety and welfare, ensure quality of service 
and  protect  consumers.    Each  Texas  rural  telephone  company  must  file  and  maintain  tariffs  setting  forth  the  terms, 
conditions and prices for its intrastate services.

Currently, both of our Texas rural telephone companies have immunity from adjustments to their rates, including their 
intrastate network access rates, because they elected “incentive regulation” under the Texas Public Utilities Regulatory 
Act  (“PURA”).    In  order  to  qualify  for  incentive  regulation,  our  rural  telephone  companies  agreed  to  fulfill  certain 
infrastructure requirements.  In exchange, they are not subject to challenge by the PUCT regarding their rates, overall 
revenues, return on invested capital or net income.

PURA prescribes two different forms of incentive regulation in Chapter 58 and Chapter 59.  Under either election, the 
rates,  including  network  access  rates,  an  incumbent  telephone  company  may  charge  for  basic  local  services  generally 
cannot  be  increased  from  the  amount(s) on  the  date  of  election  without  PUCT  approval.  Even  with  PUCT  approval, 
increases  can  only  occur  in  very  specific  situations.    Pricing  flexibility  under  Chapter  59  is  extremely  limited.    In 
contrast,  Chapter  58  allows  greater  pricing  flexibility  on  non-basic  network  services,  customer-specific  contracts  and 
new services.

Initially,  both  of  our  Texas  rural  telephone  companies  elected  incentive  regulation  under  Chapter  59  and  fulfilled  the 
applicable infrastructure requirements, but they changed their election status to Chapter 58 in 2003, which gives them 
some pricing flexibility for basic services, subject to PUCT approval.  The PUCT could impose additional infrastructure 
requirements or other restrictions in the future, which could limit the amount of cash that is available to be transferred 
from our rural telephone companies to the parent entities. 

In September 2005,  the  Texas  legislature adopted  significant  additional  telecommunications  legislation.   Among other 
things, this legislation created a statewide video franchise for telecommunications carriers, established a framework to 
deregulate  the  retail  telecommunications  services  offered  by  incumbent  local  telecommunications  carriers,  imposed 

16

concurrent  requirements  to  reduce  intrastate  access  charges  and  directed  the  PUCT  to  initiate  a  study  of  the  Texas 
Universal Service Fund.  

Texas Universal Service

The Texas Universal Service Fund is administered by the National Exchange Carrier Association.  PURA, the governing 
law,  directs  the  PUCT  to  adopt  and  enforce  rules requiring  local  exchange  carriers  to  contribute  to  a  state  universal 
service fund that helps telecommunications providers offer basic local telecommunications service at reasonable rates in 
high-cost  rural  areas.    The  Texas  Universal  Service  Fund  is  also  used  to  reimburse  telecommunications  providers  for 
revenues lost for providing lifeline service.  Our Texas rural telephone companies receive disbursements from this fund.  
Our Texas ILECs receive two state funds, the small and rural incumbent local exchange company plan High Cost Fund
(“HCF”) and the high cost assistance fund (“HCAF”).  The HCF is a line-based fund used to keep local rates low.  The 
rate is applied on all residential lines and up to five single business lines.  The amount we receive from the HCAF is a 
frozen monthly amount that was originally developed to offset high intrastate toll rates.

In  September 2011,  the  Texas  state  legislature  passed  Senate  Bill  No. 980/House  Bill  No. 2603  which,  among  other 
things, mandated the PUCT to review the Universal Service Fund and issue recommendations by January 1, 2013 with 
the intent to effectively reduce the size of the Universal Service Fund.  This would be accomplished by implementing an 
urban  floor  to  offset  state  funding  reductions  with  a  phase-in  period  of  four  years.  The  PUCT  recommended  that 
(i) frozen  line  counts  be  lifted  effective  September 1,  2013  and  (ii) rural  and  urban  local  rate  benchmarks  be 
developed.  The large company fund review was completed in September 2012 and the PUCT addressed the small fund 
participants in Docket 41097 Rate Rebalancing (“Docket 41097”), as discussed below. 

In  June 2013,  the  Texas  state  legislature  passed  Senate  Bill  No. 583  (“SB  583”).  The  provisions  of  SB  583  were 
effective September 1, 2013 and froze HCF and HCAF support for the remainder of 2013.  As of January 1, 2014, our 
annual  $1.4  million  HCAF  support  was  eliminated  and  the  frozen  HCF  support  returned  to  funding  on  a  per  line 
basis.  In  July 2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  with  the  PUCT  on  Docket  41097,  which  was 
approved by the PUCT in August 2013.  In accordance with the provisions of the settlement agreement, the HCF draw 
will  be  reduced  by  approximately  $1.2  million  annually  over  a  four  year  period  beginning  June 1,  2014  through 
2018.  However,  we  have  the  ability  to  fully  offset  this  reduction  with  increases  to  residential  rates  where  market 
conditions allow.

In  addition,  the  PUCT  is  required  to  develop  a  needs  test  for  post-2017  funding  and  has  held  workshops  on  various 
proposals.  The PUCT issued its recommendation to the Texas state commissioners in May 2014, which was approved in 
December 2014.  The needs test allows for a one-time disaggregation of line rates from a per line flat rate, and then a 
competitive test must be met to receive funding.  The Company filed its submission for the needs test on December 28, 
2016.  The PUCT issued docket 46699 on January 4, 2017 to review the filing and a decision is expected in the second 
quarter of 2017.

Pennsylvania

The  Pennsylvania  Public  Utilities  Commission  (“PAPUC”)  regulates  the  rates,  the  system  of  financial  accounts  for 
reporting purposes and certain aspects of service quality, billing procedures and universal service funding, among other 
things, related to our rural telephone company and CLEC’s provision of intrastate services.  In addition, the PAPUC sets 
the  rates  and  terms  for  interconnection  between  carriers  within  the  guidelines  ordered  by  the  FCC.    Pennsylvania 
intrastate rates are regulated under a statutory framework referred to as Act 183.  

Pennsylvania Universal Service and Access Charges

In  2011,  the  PAPUC  issued  an  intrastate  access  reform  order  reducing  intrastate  access  rates  to  interstate  levels  in  a 
three-step  process,  which  began  in  March 2012.    With  the  release  of  the  FCC  order  in  November 2011,  the  PAPUC 
temporarily issued a stay.  A final stay was issued in 2012 to implement the FCC ordered intrastate access rate changes.  
The PAPUC had indicated that it would address state universal funding in 2013, but delayed conducting a proceeding 
pending  any  state  legislative  activity  that  may  occur  in  the  2017  legislative  session.    The  Company  will  continue  to 
monitor this matter.  

17

Minnesota, Iowa and North Dakota

For our CLEC operations in Minnesota, Iowa and North Dakota, we must file for CLEC or interexchange authority to 
operate with the appropriate public utility commission in each state it serves.  Our CLECs provide a variety of services 
to  both  residential  and  business  customers  in  multiple  jurisdictions  for  local  and  interexchange  services.    Our  CLECs 
provide services with less regulatory oversight than our ILEC companies.

Our  subsidiaries  Consolidated  Communications  of  Minnesota  Company  (formerly  Mankato  Citizens  Telephone 
Company)  (“CCMN”)  and Consolidated  Communications  of  Mid-Communications  Company  (formerly  Mid-
Communications, Inc.) (“CCMC”) are ILECs. CCMN and CCMC are public utilities operating pursuant to indeterminate 
permits issued by the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission (“MPUC”).  Due to the size of our ILEC companies, the 
MPUC does not regulate our rates of return or profits.  In Minnesota, regulators monitor CCMN and CCMC price and 
service levels. 

Local Government Authorizations

In the various states we operate in, we operate under a structure in which each municipality or other regulatory agencies 
may impose various fees, such as for the privilege of originating and terminating messages and placing facilities within 
the municipality, for obtaining permits for street opening and construction, and/or for operating franchises to install and 
expand fiber optic facilities.  

Regulation of Broadband and Internet Services

Video Services

Our cable television subsidiaries each require a state or local franchise or other authorization in order to provide cable 
service to customers. Each of these subsidiaries is subject to regulation under a framework that exists in Title VI of the 
Communications Act.

Under this framework, the responsibilities and obligations of franchising bodies and cable operators have been carefully 
defined.  The law addresses such issues as the use of local streets and rights of way; the carriage of public, educational 
and governmental channels; the provision of channel space for leased commercial access; the amount and payment of 
franchise fees; consumer protection and similar issues.  In addition, Federal laws place limits on the common ownership 
of  cable  systems  and  competing  multichannel  video  distribution  systems,  and  on  the  common  ownership  of  cable 
systems  and  local  telephone  systems  in  the  same  geographic  area.    Many  provisions  of  the  federal  law  have  been 
implemented  through  FCC  regulations.    The  FCC  has  expanded  its  oversight  and  regulation  of  the  cable  television-
related matters recently.  In some cases, it has acted to assure that new competitors in the cable television business are 
able to gain access to potential customers and can also obtain licenses to carry certain types of video programming.

The Communications Act also authorizes the licensing and operation of open video systems (“OVS”). An OVS is a form 
of multichannel video delivery that was initially intended to accommodate unaffiliated providers of video programming 
on  the  same  network.    The  OVS  regulatory  structure  also  offered  a  means  for  a  single  provider  to  serve less  than  an 
entire community.  Our Kansas City operations in Missouri utilize an OVS that allows us to operate in only a part of 
Kansas City.

A number of state and local provisions also affect the operation of our cable systems.  The California legislature adopted 
the  Digital  Infrastructure  and  Video  Competition  Act  of  2006  (“DIVCA”)  to  encourage  further  entrance  of  telephone 
companies  and  other  new  cable  operators  to  compete  against  the  large  incumbent  cable  operators.  DIVCA  changed 
preexisting  California  law  to  require  new  franchise  applicants  to  obtain  franchise  authorizations  on  the  state  level.  In 
addition,  DIVCA  established  a  general  set  of  state-defined  terms  and  conditions  to  replace  numerous  terms  and 
conditions  that  had  applied  uniquely  in  local municipalities,  and  it  repealed  a  state  law  that  had  prohibited  local 
governments from adopting terms for new competitive franchises that differed in any material way from the incumbent’s 
franchise  even  if  competitive  circumstances  were  very  different.    Some  portions  of  this  law  are  also  available  to 
incumbent cable operators with existing local franchises who compete against us.

18

A  state  franchising  law  has  also  been  enacted  in  Kansas.    While  these  laws  have  reduced  franchise  burdens  on  our 
subsidiaries  and  have  made  it  easier  for  them  to  seek  out  and  enter  new  markets,  they  also  have  reduced  the  entry 
barriers for others who may want to enter our cable television markets.

Federal law and regulation also affects numerous issues related to video programming and other content.

Under  federal  law,  certain  local  television  broadcast  stations  (both  commercial  and  non-commercial)  can  elect,  every 
three  years,  to  take  advantage  of  rules that  require  a  cable  operator  to  distribute  the  station’s  content  to  the  cable
system’s customers without charge, or to forego this “must-carry” obligation and to negotiate for carriage on an arm’s 
length contractual basis, which typically involves the payment of a fee by the cable operator, and sometimes involves 
other  consideration  as  well.  The  current  three  year  cycle  began  on  January 1,  2015.    The  Company  has  successfully 
negotiated agreements with all of the local television broadcast stations that would have been eligible for “must carry” 
treatment  in  each  of  its  markets.    As  anticipated,  fees  under  retransmission  consent  agreements  generally  underwent 
marked increases for the 2015 through 2017 period.

Federal law and regulations regulate access to certain programming content that is delivered by satellite. The FCC has 
provisions  in  place  that ban  certain  discriminatory  practices  and  unfair  acts,  and  include  a  presumption  that  the 
withholding  of  regional  sports  programming  by  content  affiliates  of  incumbent  cable  operators  is  presumptively 
unlawful. The existing FCC complaint process for program access for both satellite and terrestrially-delivered content is 
governed on a case-by-case basis.  The FCC currently is considering adopting rules that could make it less burdensome 
for  competing  multichannel  video  programming  providers who  are  denied  access  to  cable-affiliated  satellite 
programming  on  reasonable  terms  and  conditions  to  pursue  and  meet  evidentiary  standards  with  respect  to  program 
access complaints.  This proceeding remains pending before the FCC.  

The FCC adopted an order banning exclusive contracts between affiliates where the programming is sent via terrestrial 
media, and banning certain other unfair acts, making it clear that the withholding of regional sports programming and 
high  definition  television  programming  by  content  affiliates  of  incumbent  cable  operators  would  receive  special 
attention.  Unlike the satellite provisions, the new rules will not expire. 

In  early  2010,  Comcast  proposed  to  enter  into  a  joint  venture  with  NBC  Universal,  through  which  it  would  acquire 
control of numerous NBC properties, including both broadcast and cable television programming operations of NBC.  In 
early  2011,  the  FCC  and  the  Department  of  Justice  (“DOJ”)  approved  the  transaction,  with  a  significant  number  of
conditions designed to promote programming diversity, to limit the ability of the combined entity to affect competition 
adversely,  and  to  protect  newly  emerging  markets  such  as  independent  OTT  video.  These  conditions  include 
requirements for program access and carriage, non-discrimination in making programming available, limits on bundling 
that  would  affect  competition  and  the  relationship  of  the  joint  venture  to  emerging  on-line  competition.    In  addition, 
conditions were imposed to maintain independence within the NBC unit in dealing with competing cable operators.  The 
parties  agreed  to  the  conditions  and  the  transaction  was  completed  during  2011.    Most  of  the  conditions  will  have  a 
duration of seven years.

The  contractual  relationships  between  cable  operators  and  most  providers  of  content  who  are  not  television  broadcast 
stations  generally  are  not  subject  to  FCC  oversight  or  other  regulation.    The  majority  of  providers  of  content  to  our 
subsidiaries,  including  content  providers  affiliated  with  incumbent  cable  operators  such  as  Comcast,  but  who  are  not 
subject  to  any  FCC  or  DOJ  conditions,  do  so  through  arm’s  length  contracts  where  the  parties  have  mutually  agreed 
upon the terms of carriage and the applicable fees.

The transition to digital television (“DTV”) has led the FCC to adopt and implement new rules designed to ease the shift.  
These  rules  also  can  be  expected  to  make  broadcast  content  more  accessible  over  the  air  to  smartphones,  personal 
computers and other non-television devices.  Local television broadcast stations will also be able to offer more content 
over their assigned digital spectrum after the DTV transition, including additional channels.

The Company continues to monitor the emergence of video content options for customers that have become available 
over the Internet, and that may be made available for free, by individual subscription or in conjunction with a separate 
cable  service  agreement.    In  some  cases,  this  involves  the  ability  to  watch  episodes  of  desirable  network  television 
programming and to procure additional content related to programs carried on linear cable channels.  These options have 
increased  significantly  and  can  lead  cable  television  customers  to  terminate  or  reduce  their  level  of  services.    At  this 
time,  OTT  programming  options  cannot  duplicate  the  nature  or  extent  of  desirable  programming  carried  by  cable 

19

systems,  and  the  market  is  still  comparatively  nascent,  but  in  light  of  changing  technology  and  events  such  as  the 
Comcast-NBC transaction, the OTT market will continue to grow and evolve rapidly.

Cable  operators  depend,  to  some  degree, upon  their  ability  to utilize  the  poles (and  conduit) of  electric  and  telephone 
utilities.    The  terms  and  conditions  under  which  such  attachments  can  be  made  were  established  in  the  federal  Pole 
Attachment  Act  of  1978,  as  amended.    The  Pole  Attachment  Act  outlined  the  formula  for  calculating  the  fee  to  be 
charged for the use of utility poles, a formula that assesses fees based on the proportionate amount of space assigned for 
use  and  an  allocation  of  certain  qualified costs  of  the  pole  owner.    The  FCC  has  put  a  structure  in  place  for  pole 
attachment regulation that has covered cable operators and other types of providers.  The FCC has adopted new rules 
that apply a single rate to all providers who use poles, whether they are cable operators, telecommunications providers, 
or Internet providers, even if they use the attachment to offer more than one service. These rules only affect attachments 
in  states  where  the  federal  rules  apply.    States  have  the  option  to  opt  out  of  the  federal  formula  and  to  regulate  pole 
attachments independently.  Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Pennsylvania and Texas follow the FCC pole 
attachment framework.  California has elected to separately regulate pole attachments and pole attachment rates.  The 
FCC decision has been appealed, and the ultimate outcome of the appeal cannot be predicted.

Cable operators are subject to longstanding cable copyright obligations where they pay copyright fees for some types of 
programming that are considered secondary retransmissions.  The copyright fees are updated from time to time, and are 
paid into a pool administered by the United States Copyright Office for distribution to qualifying recipients.

The FCC has so far declined to require that cable operators allow unaffiliated Internet service providers to gain access to 
customers  by  using  the  network  of  the  operator’s  cable  system.  The  FCC  also  has  considered  the  benefits  of  a 
requirement that cable operators offer programming on their systems on an a la carte or themed basis, but to date has not 
adopted  regulations requiring  such  action.  These  matters  may  resurface in  the future, particularly  as  the OTT  market 
grows.  In light of the fact that programming is increasingly being made available through Internet connections, some 
cable  operators  have  considered  their  own  a  la  carte  alternatives.    Content  owners  with  linear  channels  continue  to 
provide greater “on demand” programming and offerings that maintain the value of their linear channels for customers.

The outcome of pending matters cannot be determined at this time but can lead to increased costs for the Company in 
connection with our provision of cable services and can affect our ability to compete in the markets we serve.

Internet Services

The  provision  of  Internet  access  services  is  not  significantly  regulated  by  either  the  FCC  or  the  state  commissions.  
However, the FCC has been moving toward the imposition of some controls on the provision of Internet access. In 2002, 
in part to place cable modem service and Digital Subscriber Line (“DSL”) service on an equal competitive footing, the 
FCC  asserted jurisdiction  over  these  services  as  “information  services” under  Title  I of  the  Communications Act,  and 
removed them from treatment under Title II of the Act, but to date it has not determined what regulatory framework, if 
any, is appropriate for Internet services under Title I.

The  FCC  has  also  adopted  policy  principles  to  signal  its  objectives  with  respect  to  high-speed  Internet  and  related 
services.    These  principles  are  intended  to  encourage  broad  customer  access  to  the  content  and  applications  of  their 
choice,  to  promote  the  unrestricted  use  of  lawful  equipment  by  users  of  Internet  services  and  to  promote  competition 
among providers.

In 2009, the FCC proposed to enact rules related to Internet access services, relying in part on the policy principles that it 
had earlier adopted, but expanding their reach and adding additional provisions.  These rules prohibit discrimination with 
respect to applications providers, among other things, subject to reasonable network management by an Internet access 
service provider.

The FCC has asserted that it has jurisdictional authority under the Communications Act for the promotion of an “open 
Internet” or “net neutrality”.  The FCC elected to adopt these rules in December 2010.  In January 2014, the U.S. Court 
of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit found that the FCC does have the authority to implement regulation of the Internet if 
those rules reasonably advance the promotion of broadband deployment and do not violate other statutory requirements.

As  a  result  of  the  ruling,  the  FCC  intends  to  reclassify  broadband  Internet  services  as  a  telecommunications  service 
subject to regulation under Title II of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and in March 2015, the FCC released its net 

20

neutrality order, which applies to all wireline and wireless providers of broadband Internet services. The net neutrality 
order addresses several areas that will be regulated and others that are subject to forbearance.  The regulations disallow 
blocking, throttling and paid prioritization by Internet service providers. The net neutrality order also requires providers 
to disclose certain information to consumers regarding rates, fees, data allowances and packet loss. Finally, it gives the 
FCC codified enforcement authority and it forbears on certain Title II regulations.  We do not believe the net neutrality 
order  will  result  in  significant  changes  to  the  services  we  provide  our  customers,  nor  do  we  believe  it  will  have  a 
material impact on our financial position or results of operations. 

The Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) is currently assessing certain advertising and marketing practices of Internet-
related  companies,  as  well  as  the use  of  the  Internet  in  connection  with  other  businesses.    FTC  action  can  affect  the 
manner of operation of some of our businesses.  The outcome of pending matters cannot be determined at this time but 
can  lead  to  increased  costs  for  the  Company  in  connection  with our provision  of  Internet  services,  and  can  affect  our 
ability to compete in the markets we serve. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors.

Our  operations  and  financial  results  are  subject  to  various  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  but  not  limited  to  those 
described below, that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the 
trading price of our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We expect to continue to face significant competition in all parts of our business and the level of competition could 
intensify among our customer channels.  The telecommunications industry is highly competitive.  We face actual and 
potential  competition  from  many  existing  and  emerging  companies,  including  other  incumbent  and  competitive  local 
telephone  companies,  long-distance  carriers  and  resellers,  wireless  companies,  Internet  service  providers,  satellite 
companies  and  cable  television  companies,  and,  in  some  cases,  from new  forms  of  providers  who  are  able  to  offer 
competitive  services  through  software  applications  requiring  a  comparatively  small  initial  investment.  Due  to 
consolidations and strategic alliances within the industry, we cannot predict the number of competitors we will face at 
any given time.

The wireless business has expanded significantly and has caused many subscribers with traditional telephone and land-
based Internet access services to give up those services and rely exclusively on wireless service.  Consumers are finding 
television shows of interest to them through the Internet and are watching content that is downloaded to their computers. 
Some  providers,  including  television  and  cable  television  content  owners,  have  initiated  what  are  called  over-the-top 
(“OTT”) services that deliver video content to televisions and computers over the Internet.  OTT services can include 
episodes of highly-rated television series in their current broadcast seasons.  They also can include content that is related 
to broadcast or sports content that we carry, but that is distinct and may be available only through the alternative source.  

Finally,  the  transition  to  digital  broadcast  television  has  allowed  many  consumers  to  obtain  high-definition  local 
broadcast  television  signals  (including  many  network  affiliates)  over-the-air  using  a  simple  antenna.    Consumers  can 
pursue each of these options without foregoing any of the other options.  We may not be able to successfully anticipate 
and respond to many of these various competitive factors affecting the industry, including regulatory changes that may 
affect our competitors and us differently, new technologies, services and applications that may be introduced, changes in 
consumer preferences, demographic trends, and discount or bundled pricing strategies by competitors. 

The  incumbent  telephone  carrier  in  the  markets  we  serve enjoys  certain business  advantages,  including  size,  financial 
resources, favorable regulatory position, a more diverse product mix, brand recognition and connection to virtually all of 
our  customers  and  potential  customers.  The  largest  cable  operators  also  enjoy  certain  business  advantages,  including 
size,  financial resources, ownership of  or  superior  access to desirable programming  and other  content,  a  more  diverse 
product mix, brand recognition and first-in-field advantages with a customer base that generates positive cash flow for 
its  operations.  Our  competitors  continue  to  add  features,  increase  data  speeds  and  adopt  aggressive  pricing  and 
packaging for services comparable to the services we offer.  Their success in selling services that are competitive with 
ours  among  our  various  customer  channels  can  lead  to  revenue  erosion  in  other  related  areas.    We  face  intense 
competition  in  our  markets  for  long-distance,  Internet  access,  video  service  and  other  ancillary  services  that  are 
important to our business and to our growth strategy.  If we do not compete effectively we could lose customers, revenue 

21

and market share; customers may reduce their usage of our services or switch to a less profitable service; and we may 
need to lower our prices or increase our marketing efforts to remain competitive.

We must adapt to rapid technological change.  If we are unable to take advantage of technological developments, or if 
we adopt and implement them at a slower rate than our competitors, we may experience a decline in the demand for 
our  service.  Our  industry  operates  in  a  technologically  complex  environment.    New  technologies  are  continually 
developed and products and services undergo constant improvement. Emerging technologies offer consumers a variety 
of  choices  for  their  communication  and  broadband  needs.    To  remain  competitive,  we  will  need  to  adapt  to  future 
changes in technology to enhance our existing offerings and to introduce new or improved offerings that anticipate and 
respond to the varied and continually changing demands of our various customer channels.  Our business and results of 
operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to match the benefits offered by competing technologies on a 
timely  basis  or  at  an  acceptable  cost,  and  if  we  fail  to  employ  technologies  desired  by  our  customers  before  our 
competitors do so or if we do not successfully execute on our technology initiatives.

New technologies, particularly alternative methods for the distribution, access and viewing of content, have been, and 
will likely continue to be, developed that will further increase the number of competitors that we face and drive changes 
in  consumer  behavior.  Consumers  seek  more  control  over  when,  where  and  how  they  consume  content  and  are 
increasingly  interested  in  communication  services  outside  of  the  home  and  in  newer  services  in  wireless  Internet 
technology and devices such as tablets, smartphones and mobile wireless routers that connect to such devices.  These 
new technologies, distribution platforms and consumer behaviors may have a negative impact on our business.

In  addition,  evolving  technologies  can  reduce  the  costs  of  entry  for  others,  resulting  in  greater  competition  and 
significant  new  advantages  to  competitors.  Technological  developments  could  require  us  to  make  significant  new 
capital  investment  in  order  to  remain  competitive  with  other  service  providers.    If  we  do  not  replace  or  upgrade  our 
network  and  its  technology  once  it  becomes  obsolete,  we will  not  be  able  to  compete  effectively  and  will  likely  lose 
customers.  We also may be placed at a cost disadvantage in offering our services. Technology changes are also allowing 
individuals to bypass telephone companies and cable operators entirely to make and receive calls, and to provide for the 
distribution and viewing of video programming without the need to subscribe to traditional voice and video products and 
services.    Increasingly,  this  can  be  done  over  wireless  facilities  and  other  emerging  mobile  technologies  as  well  as 
traditional  wired  networks.    Wireless  companies  are  aggressively  developing  networks  using  next-generation  data 
technologies, which are capable of delivering high-speed Internet service via wireless technology to a large geographic 
footprint.    As  these  technologies  continue  to  expand  in  availability  and  reliability,  they  could  become  an  effective 
alternative to our high-speed Internet services.  Although we use fiber optics in parts of our networks, including in some 
residential areas, we continue to rely on coaxial cable and copper transport media to serve customers in many areas.  The 
facilities we use to offer our video services, including the interfaces with customers, are undergoing a rapid evolution, 
and depend in part on the products, expertise and capabilities of third parties.  If we cannot develop new services and 
products  to  keep  pace  with  technological  advances,  or  if  such  services  and  products  are  not  widely  embraced  by  our 
customers, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Shifts  in  our  product  mix  may  result  in  declines  in  operating  profitability.    Margins  vary  among  our  products  and 
services.  Our  profitability  may  be  impacted  by  technological  changes,  customer  demands,  regulatory  changes,  the 
competitive nature of our business and changes in the product mix of our sales.  These shifts may also result in our long-
lived  assets  becoming  impaired  or  our  inventory  becoming  obsolete.    We  review  long-lived  assets  for  potential 
impairment if certain events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may be present.  We currently manage 
potential inventory obsolescence through reserves, but future technology changes may cause inventory obsolescence to 
exceed current reserves.

Video content costs are substantial and continue to increase.  We expect video content costs to continue to be one of 
our largest operating costs associated with providing video service. Video programming content includes cable-oriented 
programming  designed  to  be  shown  in  linear  channels,  as  well  as  the  programming  of  local  over-the-air  television 
stations  that  we  retransmit.    In  addition,  on-demand  programming  is  being  made  available  in  response  to  customer 
demand.  In recent years, the cable industry has experienced rapid increases in the cost of programming, especially the 
cost  of  sports  programming  and  local  broadcast  station  retransmission  content.    Programming  costs  are  generally 
assessed  on  a  per-subscriber  basis,  and  therefore,  are  directly  related  to  the  number  of  subscribers  to  which  the 
programming is provided.  Our relatively small base of subscribers limits our ability to negotiate lower per-subscriber 
programming costs.  Larger providers can often qualify for discounts based on the number of their subscribers.  This cost 
difference  can  cause  us  to  experience  reduced  operating  margins,  while  our  competitors  with  a  larger  subscriber  base 

22

may  not  experience  similar  margin  compression.    In  addition,  escalators  in  existing  content  agreements  cause  cost 
increases that exceed general inflation.  While we expect these increases to continue, we  may not be able to pass our 
programming cost increases on to our customers, particularly as an increasing amount of programming content becomes 
available via the Internet at little or no cost.  Also, some competitors or their affiliates own programming in their own 
right and we may not be able to secure license rights to that programming.  As our programming contracts with content 
providers expire, there is no assurance that they will be renewed on acceptable terms or that they will be renewed at all, 
in which case we may not be able to provide such programming as part of our video services packages and our business 
and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We receive cash distributions from our wireless partnership interests and the continued receipt of future distributions 
is  not  guaranteed.  We own  five wireless partnership  interests  consisting of  2.34% of GTE  Mobilnet  of  South  Texas 
Limited Partnership, which provides cellular service in the Houston, Galveston and Beaumont, Texas metropolitan areas; 
3.60%  of  Pittsburgh  SMSA  Limited  Partnership,  which  provides  cellular  service  in  and  around  the  Pittsburgh 
metropolitan  area;  20.51%  of  GTE  Mobilnet  of  Texas  RSA  #17  Limited  Partnership  (“RSA  #17”);  16.67%  of 
Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(I)”) and 23.67% of Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership 
(“RSA 6(II)”).    RSA  #17  provides  cellular  service  to  a  limited  rural  area  in  Texas.    RSA  6(I)  and  RSA  6(II)  provide 
cellular service in and around our Pennsylvania service territory.

In  2016,  2015  and  2014,  we  received  cash  distributions  from  these  partnerships  of  $32.1 million,  $45.3  million  and 
$34.6 million, respectively.  The cash distributions we receive from these partnerships are based on our percentage of 
ownership and the partnerships’ operating results, cash availability and financing needs, as determined by the General 
Partner  at  the  date  of  the  distribution.    We  cannot  control  the  timing,  dollar  amount  or  certainty  of  any  future  cash 
distributions  from  these  partnerships.    If  cash  distributions from  these  partnerships  decrease  or  end  in  the  future,  our 
results of operations could be adversely affected, and as a result, we may be unable to fulfill our long-term obligations or 
our ability to pay cash dividends to our shareholders may be restricted.  

A disruption in our networks and infrastructure could cause delays or interruptions of service, which could cause us 
to lose customers and incur additional expenses.   Our customers depend on reliable service over our network.  The 
primary  risks  to  our  network  infrastructure  include  physical  damage  to  lines,  security  breaches,  capacity  limitations, 
power  surges  or  outages,  software  defects  and  disruptions  beyond  our  control,  such  as  natural  disasters  and  acts  of 
terrorism.  From time to time in the ordinary course of business, we will experience short disruptions in our service due 
to  factors  such  as  physical  damage,  inclement  weather  and  service  failures  of  our  third  party  service  providers.    We 
could experience more significant disruptions in the future.  Disruptions may cause interruptions in service or reduced 
capacity for customers, either of which could cause us to lose customers and incur unexpected expenses.

A  cyber-attack,  information  or  security  breach,  or  a  technology  failure  of  ours  or  of  a  third  party  could  adversely 
affect  our  ability  to  conduct  our  business,  manage  our  exposure to  risk,  result  in  the  disclosure  or  misuse  of 
confidential  or  proprietary  information,  increase  our  costs  to  maintain  and  update  our  operational  and  security 
systems and infrastructure, and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Our operations
rely on the secure processing, transmission, storage and retrieval of confidential, proprietary and other information in our 
computer and data management systems and networks, and in the computer and data management systems and networks 
of  third  parties.    We  rely  on  digital  technologies,  computer,  database  and  email  systems,  software,  and  networks  to 
conduct our operations.  Failure to prevent, detect and/or mitigate cyber-attacks, information or security breaches of our 
systems  and  networks  may  result  in  the  disclosure  or  misuse  of  confidential  or  proprietary  information,  which  could 
adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We  have  employees  who  are  covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements.    If  we  are  unable  to  enter  into  new 
agreements or renew existing agreements before they expire, we could have a work stoppage or other labor actions 
that could materially disrupt our ability to provide services to our customers.  As of December 31, 2016, approximately 
20% of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements.  These employees are hourly workers located 
in Texas, Pennsylvania, Minnesota and Illinois service territories and are represented by various unions and locals.  All 
of the existing collective bargaining agreements expire between 2017 through 2021, of which two contracts covering 5%
of our employees will expire in 2017. 

We cannot predict the outcome of negotiations of the collective bargaining agreements covering our employees.  If we 
are  unable  to reach  new  agreements  or  renew  existing  agreements,  employees  subject  to  collective  bargaining 
agreements may engage in strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns, or other labor actions, which could materially disrupt 

23

our ability to provide services.  New labor agreements, or the renewal of existing agreements, may impose significant 
new costs on us, which could adversely affect our financial condition and result of operations.  While we believe our 
relations with the unions representing these employees are good, any protracted labor disputes or labor disruptions by 
any of our employees could have a significant negative effect on our financial results and operations.

We  may  be  unable  to  obtain  necessary  hardware,  software  and  operational  support  from  third  party  vendors.    We 
depend  on  third  party  vendors  to  supply  us  with  a  significant  amount  of  hardware,  software  and  operational  support 
necessary to provide certain of our services and to maintain, upgrade and enhance our network facilities and operations 
and to support our information and billing systems.  Some of our third-party vendors are our primary source of supply 
for  products  and  services  for  which  there  are  few  substitutes.    If  any  of  these  vendors  should experience  financial 
difficulties,  have  demand  that  exceeds  their  capacity  or  they  cannot  otherwise  meet  our  specifications,  our  ability  to 
provide some services may be materially adversely affected in which case our business, financial condition and results of 
operations may be adversely affected.

If we cannot obtain and maintain necessary rights-of-way for our network, our operations may be interrupted and we 
would likely face increased costs.  We are dependent on easements, franchises and licenses from various private parties, 
such  as  established  telephone  companies  and  other  utilities,  railroads  and  long-distance  companies,  and  from  state 
highway authorities, local governments and transit authorities for access to aerial pole space, underground conduits and 
other rights-of-way in order to construct and operate our networks.  Some agreements relating to rights-of-way may be 
short-term or revocable at will, and we cannot be certain that we will continue to have access to existing rights-of-way 
after the governing agreements are terminated or expire.  If any of our right-of-way agreements were terminated or could 
not  be  renewed,  we  may  be  forced  to  remove  our  network  facilities  from  the  affected  areas,  relocate  or  abandon  our 
networks, which would interrupt our operations, force us to find alternative rights-of-way and incur unexpected capital 
expenditures.

Our  ability  to  retain  certain  key  management  personnel  and  attract  and  retain  highly  qualified  management  and 
other personnel in the future could have an adverse effect on our business.  We rely on the talents and efforts of key 
management  personnel,  many  of  whom  have  been  with  our  company  and  in  our  industry  for  decades.    While  we 
maintain long-term and emergency transition plans for key management personnel and believe we could either identify 
internal candidates or attract outside candidates to fill any vacancy created by the loss of any key management personnel, 
the loss of one or more of our key management personnel and the ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical 
and management personnel in the future could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Future  acquisitions  could  be  expensive  and  may  not  be  successful.    From  time  to  time,  we  make acquisitions  and 
investments  and  enter  into  other  strategic  transactions.    In  connection  with  these  types  of  transactions,  we  may  incur 
unanticipated expenses; fail to realize anticipated benefits; have difficulty incorporating the acquired businesses; disrupt 
relationships with current and new employees, customers and vendors; incur significant indebtedness or have to delay or 
not proceed with announced transactions.  The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

24

Risks Relating to Our Merger with FairPoint

Obtaining required approvals and satisfying closing conditions may delay or prevent completion of the merger and/or 
result in the incurrence of additional costs. The merger with FairPoint is currently expected to close by the middle of 
2017, assuming that all of the conditions in the Merger Agreement are satisfied or waived.  Certain events may delay the 
completion of the merger or result in a termination of the Merger Agreement.  Some of these events are outside of our 
control.  Completion of the merger is conditioned upon our stockholder’s and FairPoint’s stockholders approval.  If the 
stockholders do not approve, the merger will not be consummated.  Completion of the merger is also conditioned upon, 
among  other  things,  the  receipt  of  certain  governmental  consents  and  regulatory  approvals  including  approval  by  the 
FCC.    While  Consolidated  and  FairPoint  intend  to  pursue  vigorously  all  required  consents  and  approvals and  do  not 
know  of  any  reason  why  they  would  not  be  able  to  obtain  them  in  a  timely  manner,  the  requirement  to  obtain  these 
consents  and  approvals  prior  to  completion  of  the  merger  could  jeopardize  or  delay  the  completion  of  the  merger.  
Further,  these  consents  and  approvals  may  impose  conditions  on  or  require  divestitures  relating  to  the  divisions, 
operations  or  assets  of  Consolidated  or  FairPoint.    Such  conditions  or  divestitures  may  further  jeopardize  or  delay 
completion of the merger or may reduce the anticipated benefits of the merger. 

No assurance can be given that the required consents and approvals will be obtained or that the required conditions to 
closing will be satisfied.  Even if all such consents and approvals are obtained, no assurance can be given as to the terms, 
conditions and timing of the consents and approvals or that they will satisfy the terms of the Merger Agreement.  If the 
merger  is  not  completed  by  September  30,  2017,  or  such  later  date  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Merger 
Agreement, either FairPoint or Consolidated may terminate the Merger Agreement (provided that the party terminating 
the Merger Agreement has not materially contributed to the failure to fulfill any condition under the Merger Agreement).

We may incur significant additional costs and expenses in connection with any delay in completing the merger or the 
termination  of  the  Merger  Agreement,  including  costs  under  our  committed  debt  financing  arrangement  to  be  used  to 
partially  fund  the  merger  as  well  as  significant additional  transaction  costs,  including  legal,  financial  advisory, 
accounting and other costs we have already incurred.  In addition, if the merger is not completed, we may be required to 
pay a termination fee of $18.9 million under certain circumstances as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Completion of the merger, the failure to complete the merger and delays completing the merger could adversely affect
the market price of our common stock. Failure to complete the merger would prevent us from realizing the anticipated 
benefits of the  merger.  We would also remain liable for significant transaction costs, including legal, accounting and 
financial advisory fees.  Any delay in completing the merger may significantly reduce the synergies and other benefits 
that  we  expect  to  achieve  if  we  successfully  complete  the  merger  within  the  expected  timeframe  and  integrate  the 
businesses.  In addition, the market price of our common stock may reflect various market assumptions as to whether 
and when the merger will be completed.  Consequently, the completion of, the failure to complete, or any delay in the 
completion  of  the  merger  could  result  in  a  significant  adverse  change  in  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock, 
particularly to the extent that the current market price reflects a market assumption that the merger will be completed. 

Whether  or  not  the  merger  is  completed,  the  pendency  of  the  transaction  could  cause  disruptions  in  our  business, 
which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.  The pendency of the merger could cause 
disruptions in our business, including, but not limited to, the following:

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with the combined 
company  or  consider  other  employment  alternatives,  which  might  adversely  affect  FairPoint’s  and  our 
ability to retain or attract key managers and other employees;

Current  and  prospective  customers  of  FairPoint  or  the  Company  may  experience  variations  in  levels  of 
services as the companies prepare for integration or may anticipate change in how they are served and may, 
as a result, choose to discontinue their service with either company or choose another provider; and

The attention of management of each of FairPoint and the Company may be diverted from the operation of 
the business toward the completion of the merger.

We  will  incur  transaction,  integration  and  restructuring  costs  in  connection  with  the  merger.    We  expect  to  incur 
significant  transaction  costs  in  connection  with  the  merger,  including  fees  of  our  attorneys,  accountants  and  financial 
advisors.    In  addition,  we  will  incur  integration  and  restructuring  costs  following  the  completion  of  the  merger  as  we 

25

integrate the businesses of FairPoint with those of the Company.  Although we expect that the realization of efficiencies 
related  to  the  integration of  the  businesses  will  offset  incremental  transaction,  integration  and  restructuring  costs  over 
time, we cannot give any assurance that this net benefit will be achieved in the near term.

The  integration  of  the  Company  and  FairPoint  following  the  merger  may  present  significant  challenges.    We  may 
face significant challenges in combining FairPoint’s operations into our operations in a timely and efficient manner and 
in retaining key FairPoint personnel.  The failure to successfully integrate the Company and FairPoint and to manage 
successfully the challenges presented by the integration process may result in our not achieving the anticipated benefits 
of the merger, including operational and financial synergies.

Risks Relating to Current Economic Conditions

Unfavorable  changes  in  financial  markets  could  adversely  affect  pension  plan  investments  resulting  in  material 
funding  requirements  to  meet  our  pension  obligations. We  expect  that  we  will  continue  to  make  future  cash 
contributions  to  our  pension  plans,  the  amount  and  timing  of  which  will  depend  on  various  factors  including  funding 
regulations,  future  investment  performance,  changes  in  future  discount  rates and  mortality  tables and  changes  in 
participant  demographics.    Unfavorable  fluctuations  or  adverse  changes  in  any  of  these  factors,  most  of  which  are 
outside  our  control,  could  impact  the  funded  status  of  the  plans  and  increase  future  funding  requirements.    Returns
generated on plan assets have historically funded a large portion of the benefits paid under these plans.  If the financial 
markets  experience  a  downturn  and  returns  fall  below  the  estimated  long-term  rate  of  return,  our  future  funding 
requirements could increase significantly, which could adversely affect our cash flows from operations.

Weak economic conditions may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  
Downturns  in  the  economic  conditions  in  the  markets  and  industries  we  serve  could  adversely  affect  demand  for  our 
products and services and have a negative impact on our results of operations.  Economic weakness or uncertainty may 
make  it  difficult  for  us  to  obtain  new  customers  and  may  cause  our  existing  customers  to  reduce  or  discontinue  their 
services to which they subscribe.  This risk may be worsened by the expanded availability of free or lower cost services, 
such  as  video  over  the  Internet,  or  substitute  services,  such  as  wireless  phones  and  data  devices.    Weak  economic 
conditions may also impact the ability of third parties to satisfy their obligations to us.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and Payment of Dividends

Our Board of Directors could, at its discretion, depart from or change our dividend policy at any time.  Our Board of 
Directors maintains a current dividend practice for the payment of quarterly dividends at an annual rate of approximately 
$1.55 per share of common stock.  We are not required to pay dividends and our stockholders do not have contractual or 
other  legal  rights  to  receive  them.    Our  Board  of  Directors  may  decide  at  any  time,  in  its  discretion,  to  decrease  the 
amount of dividends, change or revoke the dividend policy or discontinue paying dividends entirely.  Our ability to pay 
dividends  is  dependent  on  our  earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial  condition,  expected  cash  needs,  debt  covenant 
compliance and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors.  If we do not pay dividends, for whatever 
reason, shares of our common stock could become less liquid and the market price of our common stock could decline.

We might not have sufficient cash to maintain current dividend levels.  Our debt agreements, applicable state, legal and 
corporate law, regulatory requirements and other risk factors described in this section, could materially reduce the cash 
available from operations or significantly increase our capital expenditure requirements, and these outcomes could cause 
funds not to be available when needed in an amount sufficient to support our current dividend practice.

If  we  continue  to  pay  dividends  at  the  level  currently  anticipated  under  our  dividend  policy,  our  ability  to  pursue 
growth opportunities may be limited.  Our dividend practice could limit, but not preclude, our ability to grow.  If we 
continue  paying  dividends  at  the  level  currently  anticipated,  we  may  not  retain  a  sufficient  amount  of  cash  to  fund  a 
material  expansion  of  our  business,  including  any  acquisitions  or  growth  opportunities  requiring  significant  and 
unexpected  capital  expenditures.    For  that  reason,  our  ability  to  pursue  any  material  expansion  of  our  business  may 
depend on our ability to obtain third-party financing.  We cannot guarantee that such financing will be available to us on 
reasonable terms or at all.

Our organizational documents could limit or delay another party’s ability to acquire us and, therefore, could deprive 
our investors of a possible takeover premium for their shares.  A number of provisions in our amended and restated 

26

certificate of incorporation and bylaws will make it difficult for another company to acquire us.  Among other things, 
these provisions:

(cid:2) Divide our Board of Directors into three classes, which results in roughly one-third of our directors being 

elected each year;

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Provide that directors may only be removed for cause and then only upon the affirmative vote of holders of 
two-thirds or more of the voting power of our outstanding common stock;

Require  the  affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  two-thirds  or  more  of  the  voting  power  of  our  outstanding 
common  stock  to  amend,  alter,  change  or  repeal  specified  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated 
certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

Require  stockholders  to  provide  us  with  advance  notice  if  they  wish  to  nominate  any  candidates  for 
election to our Board of Directors or if they intend to propose any matters for consideration at an annual 
stockholders meeting; and

(cid:2) Authorize the issuance of so-called “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval upon such 

terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

We  also  are  subject  to  laws  that  may  have  a  similar  effect.    For  example,  federal,  California, Illinois,  Minnesota  and 
Pennsylvania telecommunications laws and regulations generally prohibit a direct or indirect transfer of control over our 
business without prior regulatory approval.  Similarly, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law restricts 
our ability to engage in a business combination with an “interested stockholder”.  These laws and regulations make it 
difficult for another company to acquire us, and therefore, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in 
the future for shares of our common stock.  In addition, the rights of our common stockholders will be subject to, and 
may  be  adversely  affected  by,  the  rights  of  holders  of  any  class  or  series  of  preferred  stock  that  we  may  issue  in  the 
future.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness and Our Capital Structure

We have a substantial amount of debt outstanding and may incur additional indebtedness in the future, which could 
restrict our ability to pay dividends and fund working capital and planned capital expenditures.  As of December 31, 
2016, we had $1,388.8 million of debt outstanding.  Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely impact our 
business, including:

(cid:2) We may be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make principal and 
interest  payments  on  our  debt,  which  will  reduce  funds  available  for  operations,  future  business 
opportunities, strategic initiatives and dividends;

(cid:2) We may have limited flexibility to react to changes in our business and our industry;

(cid:2)

It may be more difficult for us to satisfy our other obligations;

(cid:2) We  may  have  a  limited  ability  to  borrow  additional  funds  or  to  sell  assets  to  raise  funds  if  needed  for 

working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;

(cid:2) We may become more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes 

in interest rates; and

(cid:2) We may be at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

27

We cannot guarantee that we will generate sufficient revenues to service our debt and have adequate funds left over to 
achieve  or  sustain  profitability  in  our  operations,  meet  our  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure  needs,  compete 
successfully in our markets, or pay dividends to our stockholders.

Our  credit  agreement  and  the  indentures  governing  our  Senior Notes  contain  covenants  that  limit  management’s 
discretion  in  operating  our  business  and  could  prevent  us  from  capitalizing  on  opportunities  and  taking  other 
corporate actions.  Among other things, our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability (and the ability of certain of 
our subsidiaries), and the separate indentures governing the Senior Notes limit the ability of our subsidiary, Consolidated 
Communications, Inc., and its restricted subsidiaries to: incur additional debt and issue preferred stock; make restricted 
payments, including paying dividends on, redeeming, repurchasing or retiring our capital stock; make investments and 
prepay or redeem debt; enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, make loans or transfer 
assets to us; create liens; sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of, or other ownership interests in 
subsidiaries; engage in transactions with affiliates; engage in sale and leaseback transactions; engage in a business other 
than telecommunications; and consolidate or merge.

In addition, our credit agreement requires us to comply with specified financial ratios, including ratios regarding total 
leverage and interest coverage.  Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.  
These restrictions limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or otherwise constrain our
activities or business plans.  They also may adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, enter into acquisitions 
or engage in other business activities that would be in our interest.

A breach of any of the covenants contained in our credit agreement, in any future credit agreement, or in the separate 
indentures  governing  the  Senior Notes, or our  inability  to  comply  with  the  financial  ratios  could  result  in  an  event  of 
default,  which  would  allow  the  lenders  to  declare  all  borrowings  outstanding  to  be  due  and  payable.    If  the  amounts 
outstanding  under  our  credit  facilities  were  to  be  accelerated,  we  cannot  assure  that  our  assets  would  be  sufficient  to 
repay in full the money owed.  In such a situation, the lenders could foreclose on the assets and capital stock pledged to 
them.

We may not be able to refinance our existing debt if necessary, or we may only be able to do so at a higher interest 
expense. We may be unable to refinance or renew our credit facilities and our failure to repay all amounts due on the 
maturity dates would cause a default under the credit agreement.  Alternatively, any renewal or refinancing may occur 
on less favorable terms.  If we refinance our credit facilities on terms that are less favorable to us than the terms of our 
existing debt, our interest expense may increase significantly, which could impact our results of operations and impair 
our ability to use our funds for other purposes, such as to pay dividends.

Our  variable-rate  debt  subjects  us  to  interest  rate  risk,  which  could  impact  our  cost  of  borrowing  and  operating 
results. Certain of our debt obligations are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk.  Increases in 
interest rates could negatively impact our results of operations and operating cash flows.  We utilize interest rate swap 
agreements to convert a portion of our variable-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis.  However, we do not maintain interest rate 
hedging  agreements  for  all  of  our  variable-rate  debt  and  our  existing  hedging  agreements  may  not  fully  mitigate  our 
interest rate risk, may prove disadvantageous or may create additional risks.  Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
that  have  been  de-designated  or  determined  to  be  ineffective  are  recognized  in  earnings.    Significant  increases  or 
decreases  in  the  fair  value  of  these  cash  flow  hedges  could  cause  favorable  or  adverse  fluctuations  in  our  results  of 
operations.

Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Business

We  are  subject  to  a  complex  and  uncertain  regulatory  environment, and  we  face  compliance  costs  and  restrictions 
greater  than  those  of  many  of  our  competitors.    Our businesses  are  subject  to  regulation  by  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission  (“FCC”)  and  other  federal,  state  and  local  entities.    Rapid  changes  in  technology  and 
market conditions have resulted in changes in how the government addresses telecommunications, video programming 
and Internet services.  Many businesses that compete with our Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier (“ILEC”) and non-
ILEC subsidiaries are comparatively less regulated.  Some of our competitors are either not subject to utilities regulation 
or are subject to significantly fewer regulations.  In contrast to our subsidiaries regulated as cable operators and satellite 
video providers, competing on-demand and OTT providers and motion picture and DVD firms have almost no regulation 
of their video activities.  Recently, federal and state authorities have become more active in seeking to address critical 
issues in each of our product and service markets.  The adoption of new laws or regulations, or changes to the existing 

28

regulatory framework at the federal or state level, could require significant and costly adjustments that would adversely 
affect our business plans.  New regulations could impose additional costs or capital requirements, require new reporting, 
impair revenue opportunities, potentially impede our ability to provide services in a manner that would be attractive to 
our customers and potentially create barriers to enter new markets or to acquire new lines of business. We face continued 
regulatory uncertainty in the immediate future.  Not only are these governmental entities continuing to move forward on 
these  matters,  their  actions  remain  subject  to  reconsideration,  appeal  and  legislative  modification  over  an  extended 
period  of  time,  and  it  is  unclear  how  their  actions  will  ultimately  impact  our  markets.    We  cannot  predict  future 
developments or changes to the regulatory environment or the impact such developments or changes may have on us.

We  receive  support  from  various  funds  established  under  federal  and  state  laws,  and  the  continued  receipt  of  that 
support  is  not  assured. A  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  come  from  network  access  and  subsidies.    An  order 
adopted  by  the  FCC  in  2011  (the  “Order”)  significantly  impacts  the  amount  of  support  revenue  we  receive  from  the 
Universal Service  Fund  (“USF”),  Connect America  Fund  (“CAF”) and intercarrier  compensation (“ICC”).   The  Order 
reformed core parts of the USF, broadly recast the existing ICC scheme, established the CAF to replace support revenues 
provided by the current USF and redirected support from voice services to broadband services.  In 2012, CAF funding
was implemented, which froze USF support to price cap carriers until the FCC implemented a broadband cost model to 
shift  support  from  voice  services  to  broadband  services.    See  Part  I  –  Item  1  –  “Regulatory  Environment”  above for 
statistics of current CAF funding levels.

We  receive  subsidy  payments  from  various  federal  and  state  universal  service  support  programs,  including  high-cost 
support, Lifeline and E-Rate programs for schools and libraries.  The total cost of the various federal universal service 
programs has increased significantly in recent years, putting pressure on regulators to reform the programs and to limit 
both eligibility and support.  We cannot predict when or how such matters will be decided or the effect on the subsidy 
payments  we  receive.    However,  future  reductions  in  the  subsidy  payments  we  receive  may  directly  affect  our 
profitability and cash flows.

Increased  regulation  of  the  Internet  could  increase  our  cost  of  doing  business.    Current  laws  and  regulations 
governing  access  to, or  commerce  on,  the Internet  are  limited.    As  the  Internet  continues  to  become  more  significant, 
federal,  state  and  local  governments  may  adopt  new  rules and  regulations  applicable  to,  or  apply  existing  laws  and 
regulations  to,  the  Internet.    At  the  federal  level,  the  FCC  intends  to  reclassify  broadband  Internet  services  as  a 
telecommunications service subject to regulation under Title II of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and in March 
2015, the FCC released its net neutrality order, which applies to all wireline and wireless providers of broadband Internet 
services.    The  net  neutrality  order  addresses  several  areas  that  will  be  regulated  and  others  that  are  subject  to 
forbearance.  The regulations disallow blocking, throttling and paid prioritization by Internet service providers.  The net 
neutrality  order  also  requires  providers  to  disclose  certain  information  to  consumers  regarding  rates,  fees,  data 
allowances and packet loss.  Finally, it gives the FCC codified enforcement authority and it forbears on certain Title II 
regulations.  

We are subject to extensive laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, natural resources and 
worker  health  and  safety.  Our  operations  and  properties  are  subject  to  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations 
relating  to  the  protection  of  the  environment,  natural  resources  and  worker  health  and  safety,  including  laws  and 
regulations  governing  and  creating  liability  in  connection  with  the  management,  storage  and  disposal  of  hazardous 
materials, asbestos and petroleum products.  We are also subject to laws and regulations governing air emissions from 
our fleet vehicles.  As a result, we face several risks, including:

(cid:2) Hazardous  materials  may  have  been  released  at  properties that  we  currently  own  or  formerly  owned 
(perhaps through our predecessors).  Under certain environmental laws, we could be held liable, without 
regard  to  fault,  for  the  costs  of  investigating  and  remediating  any  actual  or  threatened  contamination  at 
these properties and for contamination associated with disposal by us, or by our predecessors, of hazardous 
materials at third-party disposal sites; 

29

(cid:2) We  could  incur  substantial  costs  in  the  future  if  we  acquire  businesses  or  properties  subject  to 
environmental requirements or affected by environmental contamination.  In particular, environmental laws 
regulating  wetlands,  endangered  species  and  other  land  use  and  natural  resources  may  increase  the  costs 
associated with future business or expansion or delay, alter or interfere with such plans; 

(cid:2)

The presence of contamination can adversely affect the value of our properties and make it difficult to sell 
any affected property or to use it as collateral; and

(cid:2) We  could  be  held  responsible  for  third-party  property  damage claims,  personal  injury  claims  or  natural 

resource damage claims relating to contamination found at any of our current or past properties.

The  cost  of  complying  with  environmental  requirements  could  be  significant.    Similarly,  the  adoption  of  new 
environmental  laws  or  regulations,  or  changes  in  existing  laws  or  regulations  or  their  interpretations,  could  result  in 
significant compliance costs or unanticipated environmental liabilities.

Our business may be impacted by new or changing tax laws or regulations and actions by federal, state, and/or local 
agencies, or by how judicial authorities apply tax laws.  Our operations are subject to various federal, state and local tax 
laws and  regulations.      In  connection  with  the  products  and  services  we  sell,  we  calculate,  collect,  and  remit  various 
federal,  state,  and  local  taxes,  surcharges  and  regulatory  fees  (“tax”  or  “taxes”)  to  numerous  federal,  state  and  local 
governmental authorities.  Tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new interpretations 
of  the  law  are  issued  or  applied.  In  many  cases,  the  application  of  tax  laws  are  uncertain  and  subject  to  differing 
interpretations, especially when evaluated against new technologies and telecommunications services, such as broadband 
Internet access and cloud related services. We cannot predict future changes to tax laws and regulations or the impact 
such changes may have on our business.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.  Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located at 121 S. 17th Street, Mattoon, Illinois, a leased facility.  We also own and lease 
office  facilities  and  related  equipment  for  administrative  personnel,  central  office  buildings  and  operations  in 
California, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, Pennsylvania and Texas.  

In  addition  to  land  and  structures,  our  property  consists  of  equipment  necessary  for  the  provision  of  communication 
services, including central office equipment, customer premises equipment and connections, pole lines, video head-end, 
remote terminals, aerial and underground cable and wire facilities, vehicles, furniture and fixtures, computers and other 
equipment.  We also own certain other communications equipment held as inventory for sale or lease.

In addition to plant and equipment that we wholly-own, we utilize poles, towers and cable and conduit systems jointly-
owned  with  other  entities  and  lease  space  on  facilities  to  other  entities.    These  arrangements  are  in  accordance  with 
written agreements customary in the industry.

We  have  appropriate  easements,  rights-of-way  and  other  arrangements  for  the  accommodation  of  our  pole  lines, 
underground conduits, aerial and underground cables and wires.  See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements 
and Part II – Item 7 – “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for 
information regarding our lease obligations.

30

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings. 

From time to time we may be involved in litigation that we believe is of the type common to companies in our industry, 
including regulatory issues.  While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe 
that the outcome of any of these legal matters will have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, 
financial condition or cash flows.  See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report in Part II – 
Item 8 – “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of recent developments related to these legal 
proceedings.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities.

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “CNSL”.  As of 
February 23,  2017,  there  were  approximately  4,679 stockholders of  record  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.    The 
following  table  indicates  the  high  and  low stock closing prices  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  as  reported  on  the 
NASDAQ for each of the quarters ending on the dates indicated:

Period
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Dividend Policy and Restrictions

2016

2015

High
$ 25.76
$ 27.24
$ 28.38
$ 29.68

Low
$ 18.48
$ 23.53
$ 23.41
$ 22.28

High
$ 27.86
$ 21.89
$ 21.07
$ 22.62

Low
$ 20.40  
$ 19.72  
$ 18.89  
$ 18.79  

Our Board of Directors declared dividends of approximately $0.38738 per share in each of the periods listed above.  We 
expect to continue to pay quarterly dividends at an annual rate of approximately $1.55 per share during 2017.  Future 
dividend payments are at the discretion of our Board of Directors.  Changes in our dividend program will depend on our 
earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial  condition,  debt  covenant  compliance,  expected  cash  needs  and  other  factors 
considered relevant by our Board of Directors.  Dividends on our common stock are not cumulative.

See  Part II -  Item  7  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  – 
Liquidity and Capital Resources” for discussion regarding restrictions on the payment of dividends.  See Part I – Item 
1A  –  “Risk  Factors”  of  this  report,  which  sets  forth  several  factors  that  could  prevent  stockholders  from  receiving 
dividends in the future.  Additional information concerning dividends may be found in “Selected Financial Data” in Part 
II – Item 6, which is incorporated herein by reference.

31

 
Share Repurchases

During the quarter ended December 31, 2016, we repurchased 42,627 common shares surrendered by employees in the 
administration  of  employee  share-based  compensation  plans.    The  following  table  summarizes  the  share  repurchase 
activity:

Purchase period
October 1-October 31, 2016
November 1-November 30, 2016
December 1-December 31, 2016

Performance Graph

Total number of Average price
shares purchased paid per share

— 
— 
42,627

n/a
n/a
$ 27.21

Total number of Maximum number
of shares that may
shares purchased
yet be purchased
as part of publicly
under the plans
announced plans
or programs
or programs
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

The  following  graph  shows  a  five-year  comparison  of  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  of  our  common  stock 
(assuming  reinvestment  of  dividends)  with  the S&P  500  index,  the  Dow  Jones  US  Fixed-Line  Telecommunications 
Subsector index and a customized peer group of four companies that includes, in addition to us: Alaska Communications 
Systems  Group, Inc., Otelco, Inc.  and Shenandoah  Telecommunications Company.    The  comparison of  total  return on 
investment  (change  in  year-end  stock  price  plus  reinvested  dividends)  for  each  of  the  periods  assumes  that  $100  was 
invested on December 31, 2011 in each index and in the peer group.  The stock performance shown on the graphs below 
is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

32

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Consolidated Communications Holdings, the S&P 500 Index, the Dow Jones US
Fixed Line Telecommunications Subsector Index,
and a Peer Group

(In dollars)
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.
S&P 500
Dow Jones US Fixed-Line Telecommunications 

Subsector
Peer Group

2011
$ 100.00
$ 100.00

2012
$ 91.13
$ 116.00

2013
$ 122.76
$ 153.58

2014
$ 187.29
$ 174.60

2015
$ 151.72
$ 177.01

2016
$ 207.68
$ 198.18

$ 100.00
$ 100.00

$ 115.13
$ 103.61

$ 128.63
$ 148.09

$ 132.83
$ 199.99

$ 137.10
$ 203.50

$ 169.30
$ 264.82

As of December 31,

Sale of Unregistered Securities

During  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016,  we  did  not  sell  any  equity  securities  of  the  Company  which  were  not 
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

33

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

The  selected  financial  data  set  forth  below  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with Part  II  -  Item  7  –  “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our consolidated financial statements and 
the related notes, and other financial data included elsewhere in this annual report.  Historical results are not necessarily 
indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

(In millions, except per share amounts)

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2014 (1)

2015

2013

2012 (2)

Operating revenues

$

743.2

$

775.7

$

635.7

$

601.6

$

477.9

Cost of products and services (exclusive of depreciation and 
amortization)
Selling, general and administrative expense
Acquisition and other transaction costs (3)
Intangible asset impairment
Depreciation and amortization
Income from operations

Interest expense, net 
Loss on extinguishment of debt 
Other income, net
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Discontinued operations, net of tax (4)
Net income (loss)
Net income of noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
Income (loss) per common share - basic and diluted:

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss) per common share - basic and diluted

Weighted-average number of shares - basic and diluted

Cash dividends per common share

Consolidated cash flow data from continuing operations:

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows used for investing activities
Cash flows (used for) provided by financing activities
Capital expenditures

Consolidated Balance Sheet:

Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Net property, plant and equipment
Total assets
Total debt (including current portion)
Stockholders’ equity

Other financial data (unaudited):

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

322.8
157.1
1.2
0.6
174.0
87.5

(76.8)
(6.6)
34.1
38.2
23.0
15.2
—
15.2
0.3
14.9

0.29
—
0.29

50,301

1.55

218.2
(108.3)
(98.7)
125.2

27.1
133.2
1,055.2
2,092.8
1,391.7
176.3

$

$

$

$

$

$

328.4
178.2
1.4
—
179.9
87.8

(79.6)
(41.2)
35.1
2.1
2.8
(0.7)
—
(0.7)
0.2
(0.9)

(0.02)
—
(0.02)

50,176

1.55

219.2
(119.5)
(90.4)
133.9

15.9
126.4
1,093.3
2,138.5
1,388.8
250.7

$

$

$

$

$

$

242.7
140.6
11.8
—
149.4
91.2

(82.5)
(13.8)
33.5
28.4
13.0
15.4
—
15.4
0.3
15.1

0.35
—
0.35

41,998

1.55

187.8
(246.9)
60.2
109.0

6.7
134.1
1,137.5
2,211.8
1,351.2
330.8

$

$

$

$

$

$

222.5
135.4
0.8
—
139.3
103.6

(85.8)
(7.7)
37.3
47.4
17.5
29.9
1.2
31.1
0.3
30.8

0.73
0.03
0.76

39,764

1.55

168.5
(107.4)
(71.6)
107.4

5.6
87.7
885.4
1,733.8
1,208.3
152.3

$

$

$

$

$

$

175.9
108.2
20.8
1.2
120.3
51.5

(72.6)
(4.5)
31.2
5.6
0.7
4.9
1.2
6.1
0.5
5.6

0.12
0.03
0.15

34,652

1.55

119.7
(468.5)
257.5
77.0

17.9
109.3
907.7
1,780.7
1,205.0
136.1

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

305.8

$

328.9

$

288.4

$

286.5

$

231.8

(1) On October 16, 2014, we completed our acquisition of Enventis Corporation (“Enventis”) in which we acquired all 
the issued and outstanding shares of Enventis in exchange for shares of our common stock.  The financial results for 
Enventis have been included in our consolidated financial statements as of the acquisition date.

(2) In July 2012, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of SureWest Communications (“SureWest”) in a cash and 
stock transaction.  SureWest results of operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements as of 
the acquisition date of July 2, 2012.

34

(3) Acquisition and other transaction costs includes costs incurred related to acquisitions, including severance costs.

(4) In September 2013, we completed the sale of the assets and contractual rights of our prison services business for a 
total cash price of $2.5 million, resulting in a gain of $1.3 million, net of tax.  The financial results and net gain from 
the sale of the prison services business are included in income from discontinued operations for the years ended on 
or before December 31, 2013.

(5) In addition to the results reported in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
(“US  GAAP”  or  “GAAP”),  we  also  use  certain  non-GAAP  measures  such  as  EBITDA  and  adjusted  EBITDA  to 
evaluate operating performance and to facilitate the comparison of our historical results and trends.  These financial 
measures are not a measure of financial performance under US GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or 
as a substitute for net income (loss) as a measure of performance and net cash provided by operating activities as a 
measure  of  liquidity.    They  are  not,  on  their  own,  necessarily  indicative  of  cash  available  to  fund  cash  needs  as 
determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  The  calculation  of  these  non-GAAP  measures  may  not  be  comparable  to 
similarly  titled  measures  used  by  other  companies.    Reconciliations  of  these  non-GAAP  measures  to  the most 
directly comparable financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP are provided below.

EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  earnings  before  interest  expense,  income  taxes,  and  depreciation  and  amortization.  
Adjusted  EBITDA  is  comprised  of  EBITDA,  adjusted  for  certain  items  as  permitted  or  required  under  our  credit 
facility as described in the reconciliations below.  These measures are a common measure of operating performance 
in the telecommunications industry and are useful, with other data, as a means to evaluate our ability to fund our 
estimated uses of cash.

The following tables are a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA:

(In millions, unaudited)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Add (subtract):

Interest expense, net of interest income
Income tax expense 
Depreciation and amortization

EBITDA

Adjustments to EBITDA:

Other, net (a)
Investment distributions (b)
Loss on extinguishment of debt (c)
Intangible asset impairment (d)
Non-cash, stock-based compensation (e)

Adjusted EBITDA

Year Ended December 31,

2016
$ 15.2

2015

2014

$ (0.7) $ 15.4

2013
$ 29.9

2012

$

4.9

76.8
23.0
174.0
289.0

79.6
2.8
179.9
261.6

82.5
13.0
149.4
260.3

85.8
17.5
139.3
272.5

72.6
0.7
120.3
198.5

(25.5)
32.1
6.6
0.6
3.0
$ 305.8

(22.3)
45.3
41.2
—
3.1
$ 328.9

(23.9)
34.6
13.8
—
3.6
$ 288.4

(31.5)
34.8
7.7
—
3.0
$ 286.5

(3.9)
29.2
4.5
1.2
2.3
$ 231.8

(a) Other,  net  includes  the  equity  earnings  from  our  investments,  dividend  income,  income  attributable  to 
noncontrolling  interests  in  subsidiaries,  acquisition  and  transaction  related  costs  including  severance  and  certain 
other miscellaneous items.

(b)

Includes all cash dividends and other cash distributions received from our investments.

(c) Represents  the  redemption  premium  and  write-off  of  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  in  connection  with  the 

redemption or retirement of our debt obligations.

(d) Represents intangible asset impairment charges recognized during the period.

(e) Represents  compensation  expenses  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  stock  awards,  which  because  of  their  non-

cash nature, these expenses are excluded from adjusted EBITDA.

35

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Reference is made to Part I – Item 1 – “Note About Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I – Item 1A – “Risk Factors” 
which  describes  important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  from  expectations  and  non-historical 
information contained herein.  In addition, the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to help the reader understand the results of operations and financial 
condition  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  (“Consolidated”,  the  “Company”,  “we”  or  “our”).    MD&A 
should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  to  the 
consolidated financial statements (“Notes”) as of and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Throughout MD&A, we refer to certain measures that are not a  measure of financial performance in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP” or “GAAP”).  We believe the use of these 
non-GAAP  measures  on  a  consolidated  basis  provides  the  reader  with  additional  information  that  is  useful  in 
understanding  our  operating  results  and  trends.    These  measures  should  be  viewed  in  addition  to,  rather  than  as  a 
substitute for, those measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.  See the Non-GAAP Measures section below for a 
more detailed discussion on the use and calculation of these measures.

Overview

We  are  an  integrated  communications  services  company  that  operates  as  both  an  Incumbent  Local  Exchange  Carrier 
(“ILEC”)  and  a  Competitive  Local  Exchange  Carrier  (“CLEC”)  dependent  upon  the  territory  served.  We  provide  an 
array of services in consumer, commercial and carrier channels in 11 states, including local and long-distance service, 
high-speed  broadband  Internet  access,  video  services,  Voice  over  Internet  Protocol  (“VoIP”),  custom  calling  features, 
private line services, carrier grade access services, network capacity services over our regional fiber optic networks, data 
center and managed services, directory publishing, equipment sales and cloud services.

We  generate  the  majority  of  our  consolidated  operating  revenues  primarily  from  subscriptions  to our  video,  data  and 
transport  services  (collectively  “broadband  services”)  to  business  and  residential  customers.    Commercial  and  carrier 
services represent the largest source of our operating revenues and are expected to be the primary driver of our growth in 
the future.  We continue to focus on commercial and broadband growth opportunities and are continually expanding our 
commercial product offerings for both small and large businesses in order to capitalize on technological advances in the 
industry.    We  can  leverage  our  fiber  optic  networks  and  tailor  our  services  for  business  customers  by  developing 
solutions to fit their specific needs.  In addition, we recently launched a suite of cloud services and an enhanced hosted 
voice  product,  which  increases  efficiency  and  enables  greater  scalability  and  reliability  for  businesses.    We  anticipate 
future momentum in commercial and carrier services as these new products gain traction as well as from the growing 
demand from customers for additional bandwidth and data-based services.

We market services to our residential customers either individually or as a bundled package.  Our “triple play” bundle 
includes our data, video and voice services.  As the market demands for bandwidth continue to increase as a result of
consumer  trends  toward  increased  Internet  usage,  our  continued  focus  is  on  enhancing  product  and  service  offerings, 
such  as  our  progressively  increasing  consumer  data  speeds.    We  offer  data  speeds  of  up  to  1  Gbps  in  select  markets.  
Where  1  Gbps  speeds  are  not  yet  offered,  the  maximum  broadband  speed  is  100  Mbps,  depending  on  the  geographic 
market availability.  As of December 31, 2016, approximately 28% of the homes in the areas we serve subscribe to our 
data service.  Our exceptional consumer broadband speed allows us to continue to meet the needs of our customers and 
the  demand  for  higher  speeds  resulting  from  the  growing  trend  of  over-the-top  (“OTT”)  content  viewing.    The 
availability  of  1  Gbps  data  speed  also  complements  our  wireless  home  networking  (“Wi-Fi”)  that  supports  our  TV 
Everywhere  service  and  allows  our  subscribers  to  watch  their  favorite  programs  at  home  or  away  on  a  computer, 
smartphone or tablet.

The consumer’s growing acceptance of OTT video services either to augment their current viewing options or to entirely 
replace their video subscription may impact our future video subscriber base, which could result in a decline in video 
revenue as well as a reduction in video programing costs.  Total video connections decreased 10% as of December 31, 
2016 compared to the same period in 2015.  We believe the trend in changing consumer viewing habits will continue to 
impact our business model and strategy of providing consumers the necessary broadband speed to facilitate OTT content 
viewing.

36

Operating revenues also continue to be impacted by the anticipated industry wide trend of a decline in voice services, 
access  lines  and  related  network  access  revenue.    Many  customers  are  choosing  to  subscribe  to  alternative 
communications services and competition for these subscribers continues to increase.  Total voice connections decreased 
5% as of December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015.  Competition from wireless providers, competitive 
local  exchange  carriers  and,  in  some  cases, cable  television providers has  increased  in recent  years  in  the  markets we 
serve.  We have been able to mitigate some of the access line losses through marketing initiatives and product offerings, 
such as our VoIP service.  

As  discussed  in  the  “Regulatory  Matters”  section  below,  our  operating  revenues  are  also  impacted  by  legislative  or 
regulatory  changes  at  the  federal  and  state  levels,  which  could  reduce  or  eliminate  the  current  subsidies  revenue  we 
receive.  A  number  of  proceedings  and  recent  orders  relate  to  universal  service  reform,  intercarrier  compensation  and 
network access charges.  There are various ongoing legal challenges to the orders that have been issued.  As a result, it is 
not yet possible to determine fully the impact of the regulatory changes on our operations.

Significant Recent Developments

Acquisitions 

FairPoint Communications, Inc.

On  December  3,  2016,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  and  plan  of  merger  (the  “Merger  Agreement”)  with 
FairPoint Communications, Inc. (“FairPoint”) to acquire all the issued and outstanding shares of FairPoint in exchange 
for  shares  of  our  common  stock.    FairPoint  is  an  advanced  communications  provider  to  business,  wholesale  and 
residential  customers  within  its  service  territory,  which  spans  across  17  states.    FairPoint  owns  and  operates  a  robust 
fiber-based network with more than 21,000 route miles of fiber, including 17,000 route miles of fiber in northern New 
England.    The  acquisition  reflects  our  strategy  to  diversify  revenue  and  cash  flows  amongst  multiple  products  and  to 
expand our network to new markets.  The merger is subject to standard closing conditions including the approval of our 
stockholders and FairPoint’s stockholders, the approval of the listing of additional shares of Consolidated common stock 
to  be  issued  to  FairPoint’s  stockholders,  required  federal  and  state  regulatory  approvals  and  other  customary  closing 
conditions.  We expect the merger to close by mid-2017.

In  connection  with  the  merger,  we secured  committed  debt  financing  through  a  $935.0  million  incremental  term  loan 
facility, as described in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below, that in addition to cash on hand and other 
sources of liquidity, will be used to repay and redeem certain existing indebtedness of FairPoint and pay the fees and 
expenses in connection with the merger.  

Champaign Telephone Company, Inc.

On  April  18,  2016,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  acquire  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  Champaign 
Telephone Company, Inc. and its sister company, Big Broadband Services, LLC (collectively “CTC”), a private business 
communications  provider  in  the  Champaign-Urbana,  IL  area.    The  acquisition  was  completed  on  July  1,  2016.    The 
aggregate  purchase  price,  including  customary  working  capital  adjustments,  consisted  of  cash  consideration  of  $13.4 
million, which was paid from our existing cash resources.  

Enventis Corporation

On  October 16,  2014,  we  completed  our  merger  with  Enventis  and  acquired  all  the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of 
Enventis in exchange for shares of our common stock.  As a result, Enventis became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the 
Company.  The total value of the purchase consideration exchanged was $257.7 million, excluding $149.9 million paid 
to extinguish Enventis’ outstanding debt.  On the date of the merger, we issued an aggregate total of 10.1 million shares 
of our common stock to the former Enventis shareholders.

Divestitures

On  December  6,  2016,  we  completed  the  sale  of substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company’s  Enterprise  Services 
equipment and IT Services business (“EIS”) to ePlus Technology inc. (“ePlus”) for cash proceeds of $9.2 million net of 
a customary working capital adjustment.  As part of the transaction, we entered into a Co-Marketing Agreement with 

37

  
ePlus,  a  nationwide  systems  integrator  of  technology  solutions,  to  cross-sell  both  broadband  network  services  and  IT 
services.  The strategic partnership will provide our business customers access to a broader suite of IT solutions, and will 
also provide ePlus customers access to Consolidated’s business network services.  During the year ended December 31,
2016, we recognized a gain of $0.6 million on the sale, which is included in other, net in the consolidated statement of 
operations.

On May 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the issued and outstanding stock of Consolidated
Communications  of  Iowa  Company  (“CCIC”),  formerly  Heartland  Telecommunications  Company  of  Iowa.    CCIC 
operates  as  an  incumbent  local  exchange  carrier  providing  telecommunications  and  data  services  to  residential  and 
business  customers  in  11  rural  communities  in  northwest  Iowa  and  surrounding  areas.    The  sale  was  completed  on 
September  1,  2016  for  total  cash  proceeds  of  approximately  $21.0  million,  net  of  certain  contractual  and  customary 
working  capital  adjustments.    In  May  2016,  in  connection  with  the  expected  sale,  the  carrying  value  of  CCIC  was 
reduced  to  its  estimated  fair  value  and  we  recognized  an  impairment  loss  of  $0.6  million  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016.  We recognized an additional loss on the sale of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 
2016,  which  is  included  in  other,  net  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations,  as  a  result  of  changes  in  estimated 
working capital.  We recognized a taxable gain on the transaction resulting in current income tax expense of $7.2 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2016 to reflect the tax impact of the divestiture.     

Restatement of Credit Agreement

On  October  5,  2016,  we  amended  and  restated  our  existing  credit  agreement  through  a  Third  Amended  and  Restated 
Credit Agreement (the “Restated Credit Agreement”).  Under the terms of the Restated Credit Agreement, we obtained 
initial  term  loans  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $900.0  million,  with  a  maturity  date  of  October  5,  2023  (subject  to  an 
earlier  maturity  date  of  March  31,  2022  under  certain  conditions),  and  used  the  proceeds  in  part  to  pay  off  the 
outstanding term loan in the amount of $885.0 million.  The initial term loan facility has an interest rate of 3.00% plus 
the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) subject to a 1.00% LIBOR floor.  The refinancing is expected to save 
approximately  $2.0  million  per  year  in  annual  interest  expense.   We  also  obtained  a  revolving  loan  facility  of  $110.0 
million maturing in October 2021, to replace the existing $75.0 million revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in 
December  2018.    In  connection  with  entering  into  the  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  we  incurred  a  loss  on  the 
extinguishment of debt of $6.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. 

38

   
Results of Operations

The following tables reflect our financial results on a consolidated basis and key operating statistics as of and for the 
years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

Financial Data

(In millions, except for percentages)
Operating Revenues

Commercial and carrier:

Data and transport services (includes VoIP)
Voice services
Other

$

Consumer:

Broadband (VoIP, data and video)
Voice services

Equipment sales and service

   Subsidies

Network access

   Other products and services
Total operating revenues

Operating Expenses

Cost of services and products (exclusive of 
depreciation and amortization)
Selling, general and administrative costs
Acquisition and other transaction costs
Loss on impairment
Depreciation and amortization

Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other income
Income tax expense
Net income (loss) 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to common 
shareholders

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

2016

2015

2014

$

196.7
99.8
12.5
309.0

209.9
55.3
265.2
43.1
48.3
63.8
13.8
743.2

322.8
157.1
1.2
0.6
174.0
655.7
87.5
(76.8)
(6.6)
34.1
23.0
15.2
0.3

123.0
92.6
11.5
227.1

200.8
60.2
261.0
10.0
53.2
70.2
14.2
635.7

242.7
140.6
11.8
—
149.4
544.5
91.2
(82.5)
(13.8)
33.5
13.0
15.4
0.3

187.5
103.0
12.3
302.8

213.6
60.6
274.2
55.0
56.3
69.7
17.7
775.7

328.4
178.2
1.4
—
179.9
687.9
87.8
(79.6)
(41.2)
35.1
2.8
(0.7)
0.2

(0.9)

328.9

$

$

$

% Change

2016 vs.
2015

2015 vs.  
2014

5 %
(3)
2
2

52 %
11
7
33

(2)
(9)
(3)
(22)
(14)
(8)
(22)
(4)

(2)
(12)
(14)
100
(3)
(5)
(0)
(4)
(84)
(3)
721
2,271
50

6
1
5
450
6
(1)
25
22

35
27
(88)
—
20
26
(4)
(4)
199
5
(78)
(105)
(33)

(106)

$

$

14.9

305.8

$

$

15.1

1,756

288.4

(7)%

14 %

(1) A non-GAAP measure.  See the Non-GAAP Measures section below for additional information and reconciliation 

to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

The  comparability  of  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  was  impacted  by  the  Enventis  acquisition  that  closed  on 
October 16, 2014, as described above.  Enventis’ results are included in our consolidated financial statements as of the 
date of the acquisition.  The acquisition provides additional diversification of the Company’s revenues and cash flows 
both geographically and by service type.

39

 
Key Operating Statistics

2016
253,203

2015
268,934

2014
277,753

% Change

2016
vs.
2015

2015
vs.
2014  

(6)%

(3)%

457,315
473,403
106,343

482,735
456,100
117,882

503,120
443,489
124,229

(5)
4
(10)

(4)
3
(5)

Consumer customers

Voice connections
Data connections
Video connections

Total connections

1,037,061 1,056,717 1,070,838

(2)%

(1)%

Operating Revenues

Commercial and Carrier 

Data and Transport Services  

We  provide  a  variety  of  business  communication  services  to  small,  medium  and  large  business  customers,  including 
many services over our advanced fiber network.  The services we offer include scalable high speed broadband Internet 
access and VoIP phone services, which range from basic service plans to virtual hosted systems.  In addition to Internet 
and VoIP services, we also offer private line data services to businesses that include dedicated Internet access through 
our  Metro  Ethernet  network.  Wide  Area  Network  (“WAN”)  products  include  point-to-point  and  multi-point 
deployments from 2.5 Mbps to 10 Gbps to accommodate the growth patterns of our business customers.  Data center and 
disaster  recovery  solutions  provide  a  reliable  and  local  colocation  option  for  commercial  customers.  We  also  offer 
wholesale  services  to  regional  and  national  interexchange  and  wireless  carriers,  including  cellular  backhaul  and  other 
fiber transport solutions. 

Data and transport services revenue increased $9.2 million during 2016 compared to 2015 and $64.5 million during 2015 
compared  to  2014  primarily  from  growth  in  data  connections  and  a  continued  increase  in  VoIP,  Internet  access  and 
Metro Ethernet revenue.  Fiber transport and cellular backhaul revenue also increased as network bandwidth demand for 
wireless  data  continues  to  escalate.  The  acquisition  of Enventis  in  2014  accounted  for  $57.5  million of  the  annual 
increase in data and transport services revenue during 2015 compared to 2014. 

Voice Services  

Voice services include basic local phone and long-distance service packages for business customers.  The plans include 
options  for  voicemail,  conference  calling,  linking  multiple  office  locations  and  other  custom  calling  features  such  as 
caller ID, call forwarding, speed dialing and call waiting. Services can be charged at a fixed monthly rate, a measured 
rate or can be bundled with selected services at a discounted rate.  

Voice services revenue decreased $3.2 million during 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $10.4 million during 2015 
compared to 2014.  Excluding the addition of Enventis revenue, voice services revenue decreased $4.0 million during 
2015 compared to 2014.  The decline in voice services was primarily due to a 7% decline in access lines during 2016 
compared  to  2015,  and  a  5%  decline  in  access  lines  during 2015  compared  to  2014  as  commercial  customers  are 
increasingly  choosing  alternative  technologies,  including  our  own  VoIP  product,  and  the  broad  range  of  features  that 
Internet based voice services can offer. 

Consumer 

Broadband Services  

Broadband  services  include  revenue  from  residential  customers  for  subscriptions  to  our  VoIP,  data  and  video 
products.  We  offer  high  speed  Internet  access  at  speeds  of  up  to  1  Gbps,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  network 
facilities  that  are  available,  the  level  of  service  selected  and  the  location.   Our  VoIP  digital  phone  service  is  also 
available  in  certain  markets  as  an  alternative  to  the  traditional  telephone  line.  Depending  on  geographic  market 

40

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
availability,  our video  services  range  from  limited  basic  service  to  advanced digital  television, which  includes  several 
plans each with hundreds of local, national and music channels including premium and pay-per-view channels as well as 
video on-demand service.  Certain customers may also subscribe to our advanced video services, which consist of high-
definition television, digital video recorders (“DVR”) and/or a whole home DVR. 

Broadband services revenue decreased $3.7 million during 2016 compared to 2015 despite price increases for data and 
video services implemented during 2016.  Total data and video connections decreased 5% and 11%, respectively, as of 
December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015 as a result of increased competition as consumers are choosing 
to subscribe to alternative communications services particularly for video services.  VoIP revenue also declined during 
that  same  period  due  to  an  11%  decline  in  voice  connections  as  consumers  increasingly  rely  exclusively  on  wireless 
service. 

Broadband services revenue increased $12.8 million during 2015 compared to 2014. Excluding the addition of Enventis 
revenue,  broadband  services  revenue  decreased  $0.7  million  during  2015  primarily  due  to  an  8%  decline  in  video 
connections and increased discounts on our data service offerings.

Voice Services  

We offer several different basic local phone service packages and long-distance calling plans, including unlimited flat-
rate  calling  plans.  The  plans  include  options  for  voicemail  and  other  custom  calling  features  such  as  caller  ID,  call 
forwarding  and  call  waiting.  Voice  services  revenue  decreased  $5.3 million  during  2016  compared  to  2015  and 
increased  $0.4  million  during  2015  compared  to  2014.  Excluding  the  addition  of  Enventis  revenue,  voice  services 
revenue decreased $5.1 million during 2015 compared to 2014.  The decline in voice services was primarily due to a 
10% and 9% decline in access lines in 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The number of local access lines in service directly 
affects the recurring revenue we generate from end users and continues to be impacted by the industry-wide decline in 
access  lines.  We  expect  to  continue  to  experience  modest  erosion  in  voice  connections  due  to  competition  from 
alternative technologies, including our own competing VoIP product.  

Equipment Sales and Service 

We were  an  accredited  Master  Level  Unified  Communications  and  Gold  Certified  Cisco  Partner providing  equipment 
solutions and support for business customers.  As an equipment integrator, we offered network design, implementation 
and support services, including maintenance contracts, in order to provide integrated communication solutions for our 
customers.  When an equipment sale involved multiple deliverables, revenue was allocated to each respective element 
based on the relative selling price.  Equipment sales and services were non-recurring and changes in revenue were due to 
the  timing  and  volume  of  customer  sales,  which  varied each  quarter  and  resulted in  fluctuations  in  our  quarterly 
operating revenues and expenses.  Equipment sales and service revenue decreased $11.9 million during 2016 compared 
to 2015 partially due to the sale of EIS in December 2016, and increased $45.0 million during 2015 compared to 2014 
due to the acquisition of Enventis in 2014.  

Subsidies 

Subsidies consist of both federal and state subsidies, which are designed to promote widely available, quality telephone 
service at affordable prices in rural areas.  Subsidies decreased $8.0 million during 2016 compared to 2015 and increased 
$3.1 million during 2015 compared to 2014.  Excluding the addition of Enventis revenue, subsidies revenue decreased 
$3.7 million during 2015 compared to 2014.  Subsidies decreased each period primarily as a result of the transition from 
CAF  Phase  I  to  CAF  Phase  II  funding in  2015, the  scheduled  reduction  in  the  annual  CAF  Phase  II  rate  in  2016,  a 
reduction  in  state  funding  support  for  our  Texas  ILEC,  and  the  sale  of  CCIC  in  2016.    See  the  “Regulatory  Matters” 
section below for further discussion of the subsidies we receive.  

Network Access Services 

Network access services include interstate and intrastate switched access revenue, network special access services and 
end  user  access.  Switched  access  revenue  includes  access  services  to  other  communications  carriers  to  terminate  or 
originate  long-distance  calls  on  our  network.  Special  access  circuits  provide  dedicated  lines  and  trunks  to  business 
customers and interexchange carriers.  Network access services revenue decreased $5.9 million during 2016 compared to 
2015  and  $0.5  million  during  2015  compared  to  2014.    Excluding  the  addition  of  Enventis  revenue,  network  access 

41

   
   
   
   
   
   
services revenue decreased $7.8 million during 2015 compared to 2014 primarily as a result of the continuing decline in 
interstate  rates,  minutes  of  use,  voice  connections  and carrier  circuits;  however,  a  portion  of  the  decrease  can  be 
attributed to carriers shifting to our fiber Metro Ethernet product, contributing to the growth in that area.  

Other Products and Services

Other  products  and  services  include  revenues  from  telephone  directory  publishing,  video  advertising  and  billing  and 
support services.  Other products and services revenue decreased $3.9 million during 2016 compared to 2015 primarily 
due  to  a  decline  in  outside  billing  and  support  services  revenue  of  $3.0  million  as  a  result  of  the  sale  of  our  billing 
services  company  in  late  2015.    The  remainder  of  the  decrease  in  other  products  and  services  revenue  was  due  to  a 
decline in telephone directory advertising revenues.

Other products and services revenue increased $3.5 million during 2015 compared to 2014 primarily from the addition 
of Enventis revenue of $3.9 million for its billing and support services and an increase in video advertising revenues, 
which was offset by a decline in directory publishing revenue.  

Operating Expenses

Cost of Services and Products

Cost  of  services  and  products  decreased  $5.6 million  during  2016  compared  to  2015. Cost  of  goods  sold  related  to 
equipment sales decreased $8.5 million in 2016 related to changes in non-recurring equipment sales and the sale of EIS 
in December as discussed above.  Video programming costs decreased as a result of a 10% decline in video connections, 
which was largely offset by an increase in programming costs per channel as costs continue to rise as a result of annual 
rate  increases.    Video  programming  costs  are  impacted  by  license  fees  charged  by  cable  networks,  the  amount  and 
quality  of  the  content  we  provide  and  the  number  of  video  subscribers  we  serve.  However,  network access  costs 
increased due to growth in carrier and wireless backhaul services during the year.  The change in cost of services and 
products was also impacted by an increase in pension expense in the current year, but was offset in part by a reduction in 
incentive compensation in 2016.

In 2015,  cost of  services  and  products  increased $85.7 million  compared  to 2014  primarily  due  to  the  addition  of  the 
operations for Enventis during 2014, which accounted for $80.3 million of the increase.  Video programming costs also 
increased  $5.0  million  due  to  increases  in  programming  license  fees  as  costs  per  program  channel  continue  to  rise.  
Network  access  costs  also  increased  as  a  result  of  growth  in  carrier  and  wireless  backhaul  services.    However,  these 
increases were partially offset by a decline in employee costs due to a reduction in headcount.

Selling, General and Administrative Costs

Selling,  general  and  administrative  costs  decreased  $21.1 million  during  2016  compared  to  2015 primarily  due  to  a 
decline  in  employee-related  costs  from  a  reduction  in  headcount  as  part  of  the  Company’s  cost  saving  initiatives 
implemented  in  2015  as  well  as  a  decrease  in  incentive  compensation.    In  addition,  one-time  severance  costs  of  $7.2 
million  were  incurred  in  2015  as  a  result  of  an  early  retirement  program  offered  to  a  group  of  select  employees  as 
described below.  Bad debt expense also decreased as a result of recoveries recognized in 2016 and increased reserves in 
the  prior  year  periods.    However,  advertising  expense  increased  due  to  additional  radio  advertising  and  marketing 
promotions in 2016.

Selling,  general  and  administrative  costs  increased  $37.6 million  during  2015  compared  to  2014.  The  acquisition  of 
Enventis in 2014 contributed $29.7 million of the increase.  As part of the Company’s continued integration efforts, an 
early retirement program was initiated during 2015 to a group of select employees who were 55 years of age or older and 
who  have  provided  15  or  more  years  of  service.    The  employees  were  primarily  in  non-customer  facing  positions  or 
positions in which the Company believed the retiree’s workload could be absorbed internally as part of the Company’s 
continuing cost saving initiatives.  The early retirement package was accepted by approximately 60 employees and, as a 
result,  one-time  severance  costs  of  $7.2  million  were  incurred  in  2015.    The  Company  expects  approximately  $4.8 
million in future annual savings as a result of the early retirement program.  The remaining increase in selling, general 
and administrative costs was primarily due to an increase in property taxes and regulatory fees and increased pension 
costs in 2015. These increases were offset in part by a decline in employee-related costs and a reduction in advertising 
expense in 2015.

42

Acquisition and Other Transaction Costs

Acquisition  and  other  transaction  costs  decreased $0.2  million  and  $10.4 million  in  2016  and 2015,  respectively, 
primarily as a  result of the acquisition of Enventis, which closed in the fourth quarter of 2014.  In 2014, we incurred 
$11.8 million  in  transaction  related  fees  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Enventis.    Transaction  costs  consist 
primarily  of  legal,  finance  and  other  professional  fees  as  well  as  expenses  related  to  change-in-control  payments  to 
former employees of the acquired companies.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  decreased  $5.9 million  during  2016  compared  to  2015,  primarily  due  certain 
circuit equipment, outside plant and software becoming fully depreciated in 2016, which was offset in part by ongoing 
capital expenditures related to network enhancements and success-based capital projects for consumer and commercial 
services.

In 2015, depreciation and amortization expense increased $30.5 million compared to 2014, primarily as a result of the 
acquisition of Enventis during 2014, which accounted for $31.4 million of the increase.  Excluding the addition of the 
operations  for  Enventis,  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  decreased  $0.9  million  in  2015  due  to  certain  circuit, 
network  and  terminal  equipment  becoming  fully  depreciated  during  2015,  which  was  offset  in  part  by  capital 
expenditures for internally developed software and outside plant related to integration and success based projects. 

Regulatory Matters

Our revenues are subject to broad federal and/or state regulation, which include such telecommunications services as 
local telephone service, network access service and toll service and are derived from various sources, including:

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Business and residential subscribers of basic exchange services;

Surcharges mandated by state commissions;

Long distance carriers for network access service;

Competitive access providers and commercial customers for network access service; and

Support payments from federal or state programs.

telecommunications 

The 
the 
Telecommunications  Act  of  1996,  federal  and  state  regulators  share  responsibility  for  implementing  and  enforcing 
statutes  and  regulations  designed  to  encourage  competition  and  to  preserve  and  advance  widely  available,  quality 
telephone service at affordable prices. 

to  extensive  federal,  state  and 

local  regulation.  Under 

is  subject 

industry 

At  the  federal  level,  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  (“FCC”) generally  exercises  jurisdiction over  facilities 
and services of local exchange carriers, such as our rural telephone companies, to the extent they are used to provide, 
originate  or  terminate  interstate  or  international  communications.  The  FCC  has  the  authority  to  condition,  modify, 
cancel,  terminate  or  revoke  our  operating  authority  for  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  federal  laws  or  FCC  rules, 
regulations and policies.  Fines or penalties also may be imposed for any of these violations. 

State regulatory commissions generally exercise jurisdiction over carriers’ facilities and services to the extent they are 
used  to  provide,  originate  or  terminate  intrastate  communications.  In  particular,  state  regulatory  agencies  have 
substantial  oversight  over  interconnection  and  network  access  by  competitors  of  our  rural  telephone  companies.  In 
addition, municipalities and other local government agencies regulate the public rights-of-way necessary to install and 
operate networks.  State regulators can sanction our rural telephone companies or revoke our certifications if we violate 
relevant laws or regulations.

43

FCC Matters

In general, telecommunications service in rural areas is more costly to provide than service in urban areas.  The lower 
customer  density  means  that  switching  and  other  facilities  serve  fewer  customers  and  loops  are  typically  longer, 
requiring  greater  expenditures  per  customer  to  build  and  maintain.  By  supporting  the  high-cost  of  operations  in  rural 
markets,  Universal  Service  Fund  (“USF”)  subsidies  promote  widely  available,  quality  telephone  service  at  affordable 
prices in rural areas.  Revenues from the federal and certain states’ USFs decreased $8.0 million in 2016 compared to 
2015 primarily due to the transition to CAF Phase II funding in 2015, the scheduled reduction in the annual CAF Phase 
II rate in August 2016, and a decrease in state funding support for our Texas ILEC.

An order adopted by the FCC in 2011 (the “Order”) has significantly impacted the amount of support revenue we receive 
from the USF, Connect America Fund (“CAF”) and intercarrier compensation (“ICC”). The Order reformed core parts 
of the USF, broadly recast the existing ICC scheme, established the CAF to replace support revenues provided by the 
current USF and redirected support from voice services to broadband services.  In 2012, CAF Phase I was implemented, 
which froze USF support to price cap carriers until the FCC implemented a broadband cost model to shift support from 
voice services to broadband services.  The Order also modified the methodology used for ICC traffic exchanged between 
carriers.   The  initial  phase  of  ICC  reform  was  effective  on  July 1,  2012,  beginning  the  transition  of  our  terminating 
switched access rates to bill-and-keep over a seven year period, and as a result, our network access revenue decreased 
approximately $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

In December 2014, the FCC released a report and order that addressed, among other things, the transition to CAF Phase 
II  funding  for  price  cap  carriers  and  the  acceptance  criteria  for  CAF  Phase  II  funding.  For  companies  that  accept  the 
CAF Phase II funding, there is a three year transition period in instances in which their current CAF Phase I funding 
exceeds the CAF Phase II funding. If CAF Phase II funding exceeds CAF Phase I funding, the transitional support is 
waived  and  CAF  Phase  II  funding  begins  immediately.  Companies  are  required  to  commit  to  a  statewide  build  out 
requirement to 10 Mbps downstream and 1 Mbps upstream in funded locations. We accepted the CAF Phase II funding 
in August 2015. The annual funding under CAF Phase I of $36.6 million was replaced by annual funding under CAF 
Phase II of $13.9 million through 2020.  With the sale of our Iowa ILEC in 2016, this amount was further reduced to 
$11.5 million through 2020.  The acceptance of funding at the lower level CAF Phase II will transition over a three year 
period based on the CAF Phase I funding levels at the rates of 75% in the first year, 50% in the second year and 25% in 
the third year.  

In  March 2015,  the  FCC  released  its  net  neutrality  order  which  applies  to  all  wireline  and  wireless  providers  of 
broadband internet access services.  The net neutrality order addresses several areas that will be regulated and others that 
are  subject  to  forbearance.  The  regulations  disallow  blocking,  throttling  and  paid  prioritization  by  internet  service 
providers.  The net neutrality order also requires providers to disclose certain information to consumers on rates, fees, 
data allowances and packet loss.  Finally, it gives the FCC codified enforcement authority and it forbears on certain Title 
II  regulations.  On  June  12,  2015,  the  net  neutrality  order  became  effective  and  has  not  resulted  in  any  significant 
changes to the services we provide our customers, nor has it had a material impact on our consolidated financial position 
or results of operations.

State Matters

California

In  an  ongoing  proceeding  relating  to  the  New  Regulatory  Framework,  the  California  Public  Utilities  Commission 
(“CPUC”)  adopted  Decision  06-08-030  in  2006,  which  grants  carriers  broader  pricing  freedom  in  the  provision  of 
telecommunications  services,  bundling  of  services,  promotions  and  customer  contracts.  This  decision  adopted  a  new 
regulatory  framework,  the  Uniform  Regulatory  Framework  (“URF”),  which  among  other  things  (i) eliminates  price 
regulation  and  allows  full  pricing  flexibility  for  all  new  and  retail  services,  (ii) allows  new  forms  of  bundles  and 
promotional  packages  of  telecommunication  services,  (iii) allocates  all  gains  and  losses  from  the  sale  of  assets  to 
shareholders and (iv) eliminates almost all elements of rate of return regulation, including the calculation of shareable 
earnings.  In December 2010, the CPUC issued a ruling to initiate a new proceeding to assess whether, or to what extent, 
the level of competition in the telecommunications industry is sufficient to control prices for the four largest ILECs in 
the state.  Subsequently, the CPUC issued a ruling temporarily deferring the proceeding.  When the CPUC may open this 
proceeding  is  unclear  and  on  hold  at  this  time.  The  CPUC’s  actions  in this  and  future  proceedings  could  lead  to  new 
rules and an increase in government regulation.  The Company will continue to monitor this matter.

44

Pennsylvania

In  2011,  the  Pennsylvania  Public  Utilities  Commission  (“PAPUC”)  issued  an  intrastate  access  reform  order  reducing 
intrastate access rates to interstate levels in a three-step process, which began in March 2012.  With the release of the 
FCC order in November 2011, the PAPUC temporarily issued a stay.  A final stay was issued in 2012 to implement the 
FCC ordered intrastate access rate changes.  The PAPUC had indicated that it would address state universal funding in 
2013, but delayed conducting a proceeding pending any state legislative activity that may occur in the 2017 legislative 
session.  The Company will continue to monitor this matter.

Texas

The  Texas  Public  Utilities  Regulatory  Act  (“PURA”)  directs  the  Public  Utilities  Commission  of  Texas  (“PUCT”)  to 
adopt  and  enforce  rules requiring  local  exchange  carriers  to  contribute  to  a  state  universal  service  fund  that  helps 
telecommunications  providers  offer  basic  local  telecommunications  service  at  reasonable  rates  in  high-cost  rural 
areas.  The Texas Universal Service Fund is also used to reimburse telecommunications providers for revenues lost by 
providing lifeline service.  Our Texas rural telephone companies receive disbursements from this fund.

Our Texas ILECs have historically received support from two state funds, the small and rural incumbent local exchange 
company plan High Cost Fund (“HCF”) and the High Cost Assistance Fund (“HCAF”).  The HCF is a line-based fund 
used to keep local rates low.  The rate is applied on all residential lines and up to five single business lines.  The amount 
we receive from the HCAF is a frozen monthly amount that was originally developed to offset high intrastate toll rates.

In  September 2011,  the  Texas  state  legislature  passed  Senate  Bill  No. 980/House  Bill  No. 2603  which,  among  other 
things, mandated the PUCT to review the Universal Service Fund and issue recommendations by January 1, 2013 with 
the intent to effectively reduce the size of the Universal Service Fund.  This would be accomplished by implementing an 
urban  floor  to  offset  state  funding  reductions  with  a  phase-in  period  of  four  years.  The  PUCT  recommended  that 
(i) frozen  line  counts  be  lifted  effective  September 1,  2013  and  (ii) rural  and  urban  local  rate  benchmarks  be 
developed.  The large company fund review was completed in September 2012 and the PUCT addressed the small fund 
participants in Docket 41097 Rate Rebalancing (“Docket 41097”), as discussed below. 

In  June 2013,  the  Texas  state  legislature  passed  Senate  Bill  No. 583  (“SB  583”).  The  provisions  of  SB  583  were 
effective September 1, 2013 and froze HCF and HCAF support for the remainder of 2013.  As of January 1, 2014, our 
annual  $1.4  million  HCAF  support  was  eliminated  and  the  frozen  HCF  support  returned  to  funding  on  a  per  line 
basis.  In  July 2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  with  the  PUCT  on  Docket  41097,  which  was 
approved by the PUCT in August 2013.  In accordance with the provisions of the settlement agreement, the HCF draw 
will  be  reduced  by  approximately  $1.2  million  annually  over  a  four  year  period  beginning  June 1,  2014  through 
2018.  However,  we have  the  ability  to  fully  offset  this  reduction  with  increases  to  residential  rates  where  market 
conditions allow, which the Company filed for in April 2014 and implemented in June 2014.

In  addition,  the  PUCT  is  required  to  develop  a  needs  test  for  post-2017  funding  and  has  held  workshops  on  various 
proposals.  The PUCT issued its recommendation to the Texas state commissioners in May 2014, which was approved in 
December 2014.  The  needs  test  allows  for  a  one-time  disaggregation  of  line  rates  from  a  per  line  flat  rate,  then  a 
competitive test must be met to receive funding.  The Company filed its submission for the needs test on December 28, 
2016.  The PUCT issued docket 46699 on January 4, 2017 to review the filing and a decision is expected in the second
quarter of 2017.

Other Regulatory Matters

We  are  also  subject  to  a  number  of  regulatory  proceedings  occurring  at  the  federal  and  state  levels  that  may  have  a 
material impact on our operations. The FCC and state commissions have authority to issue rules and regulations related 
to our business.  A number of proceedings are pending or anticipated that are related to such telecommunications issues 
as competition, interconnection, access charges, intercarrier compensation, broadband deployment, consumer protection 
and  universal  service  reform.    Some  proceedings  may  authorize  new  services  to  compete  with  our  existing  services.  
Proceedings that relate to our cable television operations include rulemakings on set top boxes, carriage of programming, 
industry consolidation and ways to promote additional competition.  There are various on-going legal challenges to the 

45

scope or validity of FCC orders that have been issued.  As a result, it is not yet possible to fully determine the impact of 
the related FCC rules and regulations on our operations.

Non-Operating Items

Interest Expense, Net

Interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  decreased  $2.8 million  during  2016  compared  to  2015  primarily  due  to  a 
reduction in the interest rate for our outstanding senior notes.  In June 2015, we issued an additional $300.0 million in 
6.50%  Senior  Notes  due  2022,  which  were  used,  in  part,  to  redeem  the  then-remaining  amount  of  our  outstanding 
10.875% Senior Notes due 2020.  Interest expense was also reduced in 2016 from a decline in outstanding debt under 
our revolving credit facility as well as a decrease in interest expense related to our interest rate swap agreements.

During  2015,  interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  decreased  $2.9  million  compared  to  2014  primarily due  to  a 
reduction in the interest rate for our outstanding senior notes as a result of the redemption of our outstanding 10.875% 
Senior Notes due 2020, as described above.  Interest expense was also reduced in 2015 by declines in non-cash interest 
expense related to our de-designated interest rate swap agreements and additional financing costs in 2014 related to the 
bridge loan facility obtained for the Enventis acquisition.

In 2013, interest rate swaps previously designated as cash flow hedges were de-designated as a result of amendments to 
our credit agreement.  These interest rate swap agreements matured on various dates through September 2016.  Prior to 
de-designation,  the  effective  portion  of  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  were  recognized  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).  The balance of the unrealized loss included in AOCI as of 
the date the swaps were de-designated is being amortized to earnings over the remaining term of the swap agreements.  
Changes in fair value of the de-designated swaps are immediately recognized in earnings as interest expense.  During the 
years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, gains of $0.2 million, $0.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were 
recognized as a reduction to interest expense for the change in fair value of the de-designated swaps.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In  2016,  we  amended  our  Credit  Agreement  to  restate  and  amend  our  term  loan  credit  facilities.    In  connection  with 
entering  into  the  amended  and  restated  credit  agreement,  we  incurred  a loss  on  the  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $6.6
million during the year ended December 31, 2016. 

In 2014, we redeemed $72.8 million of the original aggregate principal amount of our 10.875% Senior Notes due 2020, 
as  described  in  the  “Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources”  section  below.    In  connection  with  the  redemption of  the  2020 
Notes, we paid $84.1 million and recognized a loss of $13.8 million on the partial extinguishment of debt during the year 
ended December 31, 2014.
In 2015, we redeemed the remaining $227.2 million of the 2020 Notes for $261.9 million 
and recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $41.2 million during 2015.

Other Income

Other income decreased $1.0 million during 2016 compared to the same period in 2015, primarily due to a decline in 
investment  income  of  $3.7  million  due  to  lower  earnings  from  our  wireless  partnership  interests.    In  addition,  we 
recognized an impairment loss of $0.8 million as a result of the sale of our equity interest in Central Valley Independent 
Network,  LLC  in  2015.    However,  other,  net  increased  $2.7  million  compared  to  2015  due  to  the  reversal  of  a  legal 
contingency of $0.8 million in 2016 while 2015 included additional reserves related to disputed tax assessments.

In 2015, other income increased $1.6 million compared to 2014 primarily due to an increase in investment income of
$2.2 million as a result of increased earnings from our wireless partnership interests, which was reduced in part by an 
impairment  loss  of  $0.8  million  recognized  during  2015  from  the  sale  of  our  equity  interest  in  Central  Valley 
Independent Network, LLC.  Other, net decreased $0.6 million compared to 2014 primarily due to additional reserves 
related to disputed tax assessments recognized in 2015.  

Income Taxes

Income taxes increased $20.2 million in 2016 compared to 2015.  Our effective rate was 60.2% for 2016 compared to 
131.9% for 2015.  In 2016, we placed additional valuation allowances on state NOL and state tax credit carryforwards of 

46

  
$8.4 million and related deferred tax assets of $0.6 million. We also recorded a net decrease of $1.5 million to our net 
state  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  a  corresponding  decrease  to  our  state  tax  expense  due  to  changes  in  state  deferred 
income tax rates. On September 1, 2016, we completed the sale of all the issued and outstanding stock of CCIC in a 
taxable  transaction.    As  a  result,  we  recorded  an  increase  to  our  current  tax  expense of  $7.2  million  to  reflect  the  tax 
impact  of  the  transaction.    On  December  5,  2016,  we  completed  the  sale  of  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  our  EIS 
business.  As a result, we recorded an increase to our current tax expense of $1.5 million related to the derecognition of 
$4.2 million of noncash goodwill allocated to the disposed business that is not deductible for tax purposes.  In 2015, we 
placed  additional  valuation  allowances  on  state  NOL  and  state  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $5.0  million  and related 
deferred tax assets of $0.9 million. We also recorded a net increase of $1.9 million to our net state deferred tax liabilities 
and a corresponding increase to our state tax expense due to changes in state deferred income tax rates.  Exclusive of 
these adjustments, our effective tax rate for 2016 would have been approximately 38.8% compared to 7.9% for 2015.  
The 2016 effective tax rate differed from the federal and state statutory rates primarily due to differences in allocable 
income for the Company’s state tax filings.

Income taxes decreased $10.2 million in 2015 compared to 2014.  Our effective rate was 131.9% for 2015 compared to 
45.8% for 2014.  In 2015, we placed additional valuation allowances on state NOL and state tax credit carryforwards of 
$5.0 million and related deferred tax assets of $0.9 million. We also recorded a net increase of $1.9 million to our net 
state deferred tax liabilities and a corresponding increase to our state tax expense due to changes in state deferred income 
tax rates.  In 2014, we released the full $1.5 million valuation allowance and related deferred tax asset of $0.5 million 
maintained  against  the  Federal  NOL  carryforwards  subject  to  separate  return  limitation  year  restrictions  and  placed  a 
valuation allowance on the state tax credit carryforwards of $0.5 million and related deferred tax asset of $0.3 million.  
The acquisition of Enventis on October 16, 2014 resulted in changes to our unitary state filings and correspondingly our 
state  deferred  income  taxes.    These  changes  resulted  in  a  net  increase  of  $2.1  million  to  our  net  state  deferred  tax 
liabilities  and  a  corresponding  increase  to  our  state  tax.    In  addition,  we  incurred  non-deductible  transaction  costs  in 
relation  to  the  acquisition  that  resulted  in  an  increase  to  our  tax  provision  of  $0.7  million.  Exclusive  of  these 
adjustments,  our  effective  tax  rate  for 2015  would have been  approximately  7.9%  compared  to  36.6%  for 2014.   The 
2015 effective tax rate differed from the federal and state statutory rates primarily due to state tax credits and differences 
in allocable income for the Company’s state tax filings.

Non-GAAP Measures

In  addition  to  the  results  reported  in  accordance  with  US  GAAP,  we  also  use  certain  non-GAAP  measures  such  as 
EBITDA  and  adjusted  EBITDA  to  evaluate  operating  performance  and  to  facilitate  the  comparison  of  our  historical 
results and trends. These financial measures are not a measure of financial performance under US GAAP and should not 
be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  a  substitute  for  net  income  as a  measure  of  performance  and  net  cash  provided  by 
operating activities as a measure of liquidity. They are not, on their own, necessarily indicative of cash available to fund 
cash  needs  as  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  The  calculation  of  these  non-GAAP  measures  may  not  be 
comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures to the 
most directly comparable financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP are provided below.

EBITDA is defined as net earnings before interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization.  Adjusted 
EBITDA  is  comprised  of  EBITDA,  adjusted  for  certain  items  as  permitted  or  required  under  our  credit  facility  as 
described  in  the  reconciliations  below.    These  measures  are  a  common  measure  of  operating  performance  in  the 
telecommunications industry and are useful, with other data, as a means to evaluate our ability to fund our estimated uses 
of cash.

47

The  following  tables  are  a  reconciliation  of  net  income  (loss)  to  adjusted  EBITDA  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014: 

(In thousands, unaudited)
Net income (loss)
Add (subtract):

Interest expense, net of interest income
Income tax expense
Depreciation and amortization

EBITDA

Adjustments to EBITDA:

Other, net (1)
Investment distributions (2)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Non-cash, stock-based compensation (3)

Adjusted EBITDA

Year Ended December 31,

2016
15,196

$

2015

$

(671)

$

76,826
22,962
174,010
288,994

79,618
2,775
179,922
261,644

2014
15,388

82,537
13,027
149,435
260,387

(24,955)
32,144
6,559
3,017
$ 305,759

(22,360)
45,316
41,242
3,060
$ 328,902

(23,920)
34,600
13,785
3,636
$ 288,488

(1) Other,  net  includes  the  equity  earnings  from  our  investments,  dividend  income,  income  attributable  to 
noncontrolling  interests  in  subsidiaries,  acquisition  and  transaction  related  costs  including  severance  and  certain 
other miscellaneous items.

(2) Includes all cash dividends and other cash distributions received from our investments.

(3) Represents  compensation  expenses  in  connection  with  issuance  of  stock  awards,  which  because  of  the  non-cash 

nature of these expenses are excluded from adjusted EBITDA.

Outlook and Overview

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operating requirements have historically been funded from cash flows generated from our business and borrowings 
under our credit facilities.  We expect that our future operating requirements will continue to be funded from cash flows 
from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents, and, if needed, from borrowings under our revolving credit 
facility  and  our  ability  to  obtain  future  external  financing.    We  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  use  a  substantial 
portion  of  our  cash  flow  to  fund  capital  expenditures,  meet  scheduled  payments  of  long-term  debt,  make  dividend 
payments and to invest in future business opportunities.

The following table summarizes our cash flows: 

(In thousands)
Cash flows provided by (used in):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Years Ended December 31,
2015

2016

2014

$ 218,233
(108,287)
(98,747)
11,199

$

$ 219,179
(119,540)
(90,440)
9,199

$

$ 187,785
(246,861)
60,204
1,128

$

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $218.2 million in 2016, a decrease of $0.9 million as compared to 2015.  
Cash flows provided by operating activities decreased primarily as a result of changes in working capital related to the 
timing  in  the  payment  of  expenditures.    In  2016,  cash  distributions  received  from  our  wireless  partnerships  also 
decreased $13.2 million due in part to a non-recurring cash distribution received for the sale of the partnership owned 
towers  in  2015.    However,  cash  contributions  to  our  defined  benefit  pension  plan  decreased  $11.3  million  in  2016  as 

48

compared  to  2015.    In  addition,  in  2015,  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  included  the  payment  of  various 
change-in-control and severance agreements as a result of the acquisition of Enventis in 2014.  

Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $108.3 million  during  2016 and  consisted  primarily  of  cash  used  for  capital 
expenditures and the acquisition of CTC and cash proceeds provided from the sale of CCIC and EIS.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures continue to be our primary recurring investing activity and were $125.2 million in 2016, a decrease 
of $8.7 million compared to 2015.  Capital expenditures for 2017 are expected to be $115.0 million to $120.0 million, of 
which approximately 56% is planned for success-based capital projects for consumer, commercial and carrier initiatives.  
Capital  expenditures  in  2017  and  subsequent  years  will  depend  on  various  factors,  including  competition,  changes  in 
technology, regulatory changes and the timing in the deployment of new services.  We expect to continue to invest in 
existing and new services and the expansion of our fiber network in order to retain and acquire more customers through 
a broader set of products and an expanded network footprint.

Acquisitions and Dispositions

On July 1, 2016, we acquired substantially all of the assets of CTC, a private business communications provider in the 
Champaign-Urbana, IL area.  The aggregate purchase price, including customary working capital adjustments, consisted 
of cash consideration of $13.4 million, which was paid from our existing cash resources.  

In 2016, we received cash proceeds of $30.1 million for the sale of CCIC, our rural ILEC business located in northwest 
Iowa and the sale of EIS, our non-core equipment and IT services business.

Cash Flows Provided by (Used In) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities consists primarily of our proceeds and principal payments on long-term borrowings 
and the payment of dividends.

Long-term Debt

The following table summarizes our indebtedness as of December 31, 2016: 

(In thousands)
6.50% Senior Notes, net of discount
Term loan 5, net of discount
Revolving loan
Capital leases

Balance

495,698
893,088
—
16,857
1,405,643

$

$

Maturity Date
October 1, 2022
October 5, 2023
October 5, 2021
May 31, 2021

(1)

Rate

6.50 %
LIBOR plus 3.00 %
LIBOR plus 3.00 %

6.83 % (2)

(1) At December 31, 2016, the 1-month LIBOR applicable to our borrowings was 0.64%.  The Term 5 loan is subject to 

a 1.00% LIBOR floor.

(2) Weighted-average rate.

Credit Agreement

In  October 2016,  the  Company,  through  certain  of  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  entered  into  a  Third Amended  and 
Restated  Credit  Agreement  with  various  financial  institutions  (the  “Credit  Agreement”)  to  replace  the Company’s 
previously amended credit agreement.  The refinancing of the Credit Agreement increased the borrowing capacity of the 
revolving loan facility, extended the maturities of the debt outstanding, reduced the interest rate of the term loan, and 
increased the secured leverage ratio of the incremental term loan facility.  Under the terms of the new Credit Agreement, 
we issued initial term loans in the aggregate amount of $900.0 million (“Term 5”) and used the proceeds in part to repay 
the  outstanding  term  loans  from  the  previous  agreement  in  its  entirety.    We  also  obtained  a  revolving  loan  facility of 

49

     
     
     
  
$110.0 million to replace the existing $75.0 million revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in December 2018. The 
Credit Agreement also includes an incremental term loan facility, which provides the ability to request to borrow up to 
$300.0 million  of  incremental  term  loans  subject  to  certain  terms  and  conditions and  can  borrow  more  than  $300.0 
million provided that its senior secured leverage ratio would not exceed 3.00:1.00.  Borrowings under the senior secured 
credit facility  are  secured by  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries, with  the  exception of 
Consolidated  Communications  of  Illinois  Company  (formerly  Illinois  Consolidated  Telephone  Company)  and  our 
majority-owned subsidiary, East Texas Fiber Line Incorporated.

In connection with entering into the restated credit agreement in October 2016, fees of $3.9 million were capitalized as 
deferred  debt  issuance  costs.    These  capitalized  costs  are  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  debt  and  are  included  as  a 
component  of  interest  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  We  also  incurred  a  loss  on  the 
extinguishment  of  debt  of  $6.6  million  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  related  to  the  repayment  of the
outstanding term loan under the previous credit agreement, which was scheduled to mature in December 2020. 

The Term 5 loan was issued in an original aggregate principal amount of $900.0 million with a maturity date of October 
5, 2023, but is subject to earlier maturity on March 31, 2022 if the Company’s unsecured Senior Notes due in October 
2022 are repaid in full or redeemed in full on or prior to March 31, 2022.  The Term 5 loan contains an original issuance
discount of 0.25%, which is being amortized over the term of the loan.  The Term 5 loan requires quarterly principal 
payments of $2.25 million, which commenced December 31, 2016, and has an interest rate of 3.00% plus LIBOR subject 
to a 1.00% LIBOR floor.

The revolving credit facility has a maturity date of October 5, 2021 and an applicable margin (at our election) of between 
2.50% and  3.25% for  LIBOR-based  borrowings  or  between  1.50% and  2.25% for  alternate  base  rate  borrowings, 
depending on our leverage ratio.  Based on our leverage ratio at December 31, 2016, the borrowing margin for the next 
three month period ending March 31, 2017 will be at a weighted-average margin of 3.00% for a LIBOR-based loan or 
2.00% for  an  alternate  base  rate  loan.    The  applicable  borrowing  margin  for  the  revolving  credit  facility  is  adjusted 
quarterly to reflect the leverage ratio from the prior quarter-end.  As of December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding 
borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility.    At  December  31 2015,  borrowings  of  $10.0 million were  outstanding 
under the revolving credit facility.  A stand-by letter of credit of $1.6 million, issued in connection with the Company’s 
insurance coverage, was outstanding under our revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2016.  The stand-by letter of 
credit is renewable annually and reduces the borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility.  As of December 
31, 2016, $108.4 million was available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility.

The  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  outstanding  borrowings  under  our  credit  facility  was  4.00%  and  4.24%  at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Interest is payable at least quarterly.

Credit Agreement Covenant Compliance

The credit agreement contains various provisions and covenants, including, among other items, restrictions on the ability 
to  pay  dividends,  incur  additional  indebtedness  and  issue  capital  stock.   We have  agreed  to  maintain  certain  financial 
ratios, including interest coverage and total net leverage ratios, all as defined in the credit agreement.  As of December 
31, 2016, we were in compliance with the credit agreement covenants.

In general, our credit agreement restricts our ability to pay dividends to the amount of our Available Cash as defined in 
our credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, and including the $19.6 million dividend declared in October 2016 and 
paid on February 1, 2017, we had $269.3 million in dividend availability under the credit facility covenant.

Under our credit agreement, if our total net leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, as of the end of any fiscal 
quarter,  is  greater  than  5.10:1.00,  we  will  be  required  to  suspend  dividends  on  our  common  stock  unless  otherwise 
permitted by an exception for dividends that may be paid from the portion of proceeds of any sale of equity not used to 
fund acquisitions, or make other investments.  During any dividend suspension period, we will be required to repay debt 
in  an  amount  equal  to  50.0% of  any  increase  in  Available  Cash,  among  other  things.    In  addition,  we  will  not  be 
permitted  to  pay  dividends  if  an  event  of  default  under  the  credit  agreement  has  occurred  and  is  continuing.    Among 
other things, it will be an event of default if our total net leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio as of the end of any 
fiscal  quarter  is  greater  than  5.25:1.00  and  less  than  2.25:1.00,  respectively.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  our  total  net 
leverage ratio under the credit agreement was 4.49:1.00, and our interest coverage ratio was 3.97:1.00.

50

Committed Financing 

In  connection  with  the  execution  of  the  Merger  Agreement,  in  December  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  two 
amendments  to  its  Credit  Agreement  to  secure  committed  financing  related  to  the  acquisition  of  FairPoint.    On 
December  14,  2016,  we  entered  into  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  to  increase  the  senior  secured 
incremental term loan credit facility under the Credit Agreement from $865.0 million to an aggregate amount of $935.0 
million.    Fees  of  $2.5  million  paid  to  the  lenders  in  connection  with  Amendment  No.  1  are  reflected  as  an  additional 
discount on the Term 5 loan and will be amortized over the term of the debt as interest expense.  On December 21, 2016, 
the  Company  entered  into  Amendment  No.  2  to  the  Credit  Agreement  in  which  a  syndicate  of  lenders  has  agreed  to 
provide an incremental term loan in an aggregate principal amount of up to $935.0 million under the Credit Agreement 
(the “Incremental Term Loan”), subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  The proceeds of the Incremental Term
Loan may be used, in part, to repay and redeem certain existing indebtedness of FairPoint and to pay certain fees and 
expenses  in  connection  with  the  merger  and  the  related  financing.    The  terms,  conditions  and  covenants  of  the 
Incremental Term Loan are materially consistent with those in the existing Credit Agreement, as described above.  The 
Incremental  Term  Loan  included  an  original  issue  discount  of  0.50%  and  has  an  interest  rate  of  3.00%  plus  LIBOR 
based  on  the  one-month  adjusted  rate  subject  to  a  1.00%  LIBOR  floor.    Ticking  fees  will  begin  accruing  on  the 
Incremental Term Loan commitments on January 15, 2017 at the rate equal to the interest rate of the Incremental Term 
Loan.  

Senior Notes

6.50% Senior Notes due 2022

In September 2014, we completed an offering of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 
in October 2022 (the “Existing Notes”).  The Existing Notes were priced at par, which resulted in total gross proceeds of 
$200.0 million.  On June 8, 2015, we completed an additional offering of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount 
of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “New Notes” and together with the Existing Notes, the “Senior Notes”).  The New 
Notes were issued as additional notes under the same indenture pursuant to which the Existing Notes were previously 
issued  on  in  September  2014.    The  New  Notes  were  priced  at  98.26% of  par  with  a  yield  to  maturity  of  6.80% and 
resulted in total gross proceeds of approximately $294.8 million, excluding accrued interest.  The discount and deferred 
debt  issuance  costs  of  $8.3  million  incurred  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Senior  Notes  are  being  amortized 
using the effective interest method over the term of the notes.  

The Senior Notes  mature on October 1, 2022 and interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each
year.  Consolidated Communications, Inc. (“CCI”) is the primary obligor under the Senior Notes, and we and certain of 
our wholly-owned subsidiaries have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Senior Notes.  The Senior Notes are senior 
unsecured obligations of the Company.

The net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, were used, in part, to finance the 
acquisition of Enventis in 2014 including related fees and expenses, to repay the existing indebtedness of Enventis and to
redeem our then outstanding $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 
Notes”).  In December 2014, we paid $84.1 million to redeem $72.8 million of the original aggregate principal amount 
of the 2020 Notes and recognized a loss of $13.8 million on the partial extinguishment of debt during the year ended 
December  31,  2014.
In  June  2015,  we  redeemed  the  remaining  $227.2 million  of  the  original  aggregate principal 
amount of the 2020 Notes.  In connection with the redemption of the 2020 Notes, we paid $261.9 million and recognized 
a loss on extinguishment of debt of $41.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

On October 16, 2015,  we  completed  an  exchange  offer to  register  all of  the Senior Notes under  the  Securities  Act  of 
1933 (“Securities Act”).  The terms of the registered Senior Notes are substantially identical to those of the Senior Notes 
prior  to  the  exchange,  except  that  the  Senior  Notes  are  now  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  and  the  transfer 
restrictions  and  registration  rights  previously  applicable  to  the  Senior  Notes  no  longer  apply  to  the  registered  Senior 
Notes.  The exchange offer did not impact the aggregate principal amount or the remaining terms of the Senior Notes 
outstanding.

51

  
Senior Notes Covenant Compliance

Subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, the indenture governing the Senior Notes contains customary covenants
that,  among  other  things, limits  CCI’s  and  its  restricted  subsidiaries’  ability  to:  incur  additional  debt  or  issue  certain 
preferred  stock;  pay  dividends  or  make  other  distributions  on  capital  stock  or  prepay  subordinated  indebtedness; 
purchase or redeem any equity interests; make investments; create liens; sell assets; enter into agreements that restrict 
dividends or other payments by restricted subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; 
engage in transactions with its affiliates; or enter into any sale and leaseback transactions. The indenture also contains 
customary events of default.

Among  other  matters,  the  Senior Notes  indenture  provides  that  CCI  may  not  pay  dividends  or  make  other  restricted 
payments,  as  defined  in  the  indenture, if  its  total  net  leverage  ratio  is  4.75:1.00  or  greater.    This  ratio  is  calculated 
differently than the comparable ratio under the Credit Agreement; among other differences, it takes into account, on a 
pro forma basis, synergies expected to be achieved as a result of certain acquisitions but not yet reflected in historical 
results.  At December 31, 2016, this ratio was 4.53:1.00.  If this ratio is met, dividends and other restricted payments 
may be made from cumulative consolidated cash flow since April 1, 2012, less 1.75 times fixed charges, less dividends 
and other restricted payments made since May 30, 2012.  Dividends may be paid and other restricted payments may also 
be  made  from  a  “basket”  of  $50.0 million,  none  of  which  has  been  used  to date,  and  pursuant  to  other  exceptions 
identified  in  the  indenture.    Since  dividends  of  $331.6  million  have  been  paid  since  May  30,  2012,  including  the 
quarterly  dividend  declared  in  October 2016  and  paid  on  February  1,  2017,  there  was  $451.1  million  of  the  $782.6
million of cumulative consolidated cash flow since May 30, 2012 available to pay dividends at December 31, 2016.  At 
December  31,  2016,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  terms,  conditions  and  covenants  under  the  indenture 
governing the 2022 Notes.

Capital Leases

We  lease  certain  facilities  and  equipment  under various  capital  leases  which  expire  between  2017  and 2021.    As  of 
December 31, 2016, the present value of the minimum remaining lease commitments was approximately $16.9 million, 
of  which  $5.9 million  was  due  and  payable  within  the  next  twelve  months.    The  leases  require  total  remaining  rental 
payments of $18.9 million as of December 31, 2016, of which $3.6 million will be paid to LATEL LLC, a related party 
entity. 

Dividends

We paid $78.4 million and $78.2 million in dividend payments to shareholders during 2016 and 2015, respectively.  In 
October 2016, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.38738 per common share, which was paid on 
February 1, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on January 13, 2017.  In addition, on February 17, 
2017, our board of directors declared its next quarterly dividend of $0.38738 per common share, which is payable on 
May 1, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on April 15, 2017.  Our current annual dividend rate is 
approximately $1.55 per share.

The cash required to fund dividend payments is in addition to our other expected cash needs, which we expect to fund 
with  cash  flows  from  our  operations.    In  addition,  we  expect  we  will  have  sufficient  availability  under  our  revolving 
credit  facility  to  fund  dividend  payments  in  addition  to  any  expected  fluctuations  in  working  capital  and  other  cash 
needs, although we do not intend to borrow under this facility to pay dividends.

We believe that our dividend policy will limit, but not preclude, our ability to grow.  If we continue paying dividends at 
the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash, and may need to 
seek refinancing, to fund a material expansion of our business, including any significant acquisitions or to pursue growth 
opportunities  requiring  capital  expenditures  significantly  beyond  our  current  expectations.    In  addition,  because  we 
expect a significant portion of cash available will be distributed to holders of common stock under our dividend policy, 
our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business will depend more than it otherwise would on our ability to 
obtain third-party financing.

52

Sufficiency of Cash Resources

The following table sets forth selected information regarding our financial condition.

(In thousands, except for ratio)
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (deficit)
Current ratio

December 31, 

$

2016
27,077
(16,884)
0.89

$

2015
15,878
(17,892)
0.88

Our  most  significant  use  of  funds  in  2017  is  expected  to  be  for:  (i) dividend  payments  of  between  $78.0  million  and 
$80.0  million;  (ii)  interest  payments  on  our  indebtedness  of  between  $106.0  million  and  $108.0  million  and  principal 
payments on debt of $9.0 million; and (iii) capital expenditures of between $115.0 million and $120.0 million.  In the 
future, our ability to use cash may be limited by our other expected uses of cash, including our dividend policy, and our 
ability to incur additional debt will be limited by our existing and future debt agreements. In addition, we expect to use 
significant funds in connection with the acquisition of FairPoint, which is expected to close in mid-2017.  As discussed 
above, we have secured committed financing for the acquisition through a $935.0 million Incremental Term Loan, which 
will  be  used  with  cash  on  hand,  and  other  sources  of  liquidity  to  repay  and  redeem  certain  existing  indebtedness  of 
FairPoint and to pay certain fees and expenses in connection with the merger.

We believe that cash flows from operating activities, together with our existing cash and borrowings available under our 
revolving credit facility, will be sufficient for at least the next twelve months to fund our current anticipated uses of cash.  
After  that,  our  ability  to  fund  these  expected  uses  of  cash  and  to  comply  with  the  financial  covenants  under  our  debt
agreements  will  depend  on  the  results  of  future  operations,  performance  and  cash  flow.    Our  ability  to  fund  these 
expected uses from the results of future operations will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, 
business, regulatory, legislative and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

We may be unable to access the cash flows of our subsidiaries since certain of our subsidiaries are parties to credit or 
other borrowing agreements, or subject to statutory or regulatory restrictions, that restrict the payment of dividends or 
making  intercompany  loans  and  investments,  and  those  subsidiaries  are  likely  to  continue  to  be  subject  to  such 
restrictions  and  prohibitions for  the foreseeable  future.   In  addition,  future  agreements  that  our  subsidiaries  may  enter 
into governing the terms of indebtedness may restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or advance cash in any 
other manner to us.

To  the  extent  that  our  business  plans  or  projections  change  or  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  we  may  require  additional 
financing  or  require  financing  sooner  than  we  currently  anticipate.    Sources  of  additional  financing  may  include 
commercial bank borrowings, other strategic debt financing, sales of nonstrategic assets, vendor financing or the private 
or public sales of equity and debt securities.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash 
flows from operations in the future, that anticipated revenue growth will be realized, or that future borrowings or equity 
issuances will be available in amounts sufficient to provide adequate sources of cash to fund our expected uses of cash.  
Failure  to  obtain  adequate  financing,  if  necessary,  could  require  us  to  significantly  reduce  our  operations  or  level  of 
capital expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, and the results of operations.

Surety Bonds

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  we  enter  into  surety,  performance  and  similar  bonds  as  required  by  certain 
jurisdictions in which we provide services.  As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately $3.7 million of these bonds 
outstanding.

53

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2016, our contractual obligations were as follows:

(In thousands)
Long-term debt
Interest on long-term debt (1)
Interest rate swaps (2)
Capital leases
Operating leases
Unconditional purchase obligations:

Unrecorded (3)
Recorded (4)
Pension funding

$

Less than
1 Year

9,000
105,585
996
5,922
11,304

30,745
46,395
6,758

$

1 - 3
Years

18,000
135,290
51
9,673
18,838

21,291
—
—

$

3 - 5
Years

18,000
133,850
—
1,262
11,356

14,600
—
—

$

Thereafter
$ 1,352,750
91,563
—
—
12,605

7,106
—
—

Total
1,397,750
466,288
1,047
16,857
54,103

73,742
46,395
6,758

(1) Interest on long-term debt includes amounts due on fixed and variable rate debt.  As the rates on our variable debt 
are  subject  to  change,  the  rates  in  effect  at  December 31,  2016  were  used  in  determining  our  future  interest 
obligations. Future interest obligations include anticipated ticking fees related to the committed financing for the 
expected acquisition of FairPoint in 2017.

(2) Expected settlements to be paid estimated using yield curves in effect at December 31, 2016. 

(3) Unrecorded  purchase  obligations  include  binding  commitments  for  future  capital  expenditures  and  service  and 
maintenance agreements to support various computer hardware and software applications and certain equipment.  If 
we  terminate  any  of  the  contracts  prior  to  their  expiration  date,  we  would  be  liable  for  minimum  commitment 
payments as defined by the contractual terms of the contracts.

(4) Recorded  obligations  include  amounts  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  for  external  goods  and  services 

received as of December 31, 2016 and expected to be settled in cash.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

As  required,  we  contribute  to  qualified  defined  pension  plans  and  non-qualified  supplemental  retirement  plans 
(collectively the “Pension Plans”) and other post-retirement benefit plans, which provide retirement benefits to certain 
eligible employees. Contributions are intended to provide for benefits attributed to service to date. Our funding policy is 
to contribute annually an actuarially determined amount consistent with applicable federal income tax regulations.

The  cost  to  maintain  our  Pension  Plans  and  future  funding  requirements  are  affected  by  several  factors  including  the 
expected  return  on  investment  of  the  assets  held  by  the  Pension  Plan,  changes  in  the  discount  rate  used  to  calculate 
pension  expense  and  the  amortization  of  unrecognized  gains  and  losses.  Returns  generated  on  Plan  assets  have 
historically funded a significant portion of the benefits paid under the Pension Plans.  We used an expected long-term 
rate of return of 7.75% and 8.00% in 2016 and 2015, respectively.  As of January 1, 2017, we estimate the long-term rate 
of return of Plan assets will be 7.75%.  The Pension Plans invest in marketable equity securities which are exposed to 
changes in the financial markets.  If the financial markets experience a downturn and returns fall below our estimate, we 
could be required to make a material contribution to the Pension Plan, which could adversely affect our cash flows from 
operations.

Net pension and post-retirement costs/(benefit) were $2.9 million, $(2.2) million and $(5.5) million for the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  We contributed $0.3 million, $12.2 million and $11.1 million in 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively to our pension plans.  For our other post-retirement plans, we contributed $3.6 million, $3.0 
million and $2.7  million in  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  In  2017,  we  expect  to  make  contributions  totaling 
approximately  $2.9 million  to  our  pension  plans  and  $3.9 million  to  our  other  post-retirement  benefit  plans. Our 
contribution amounts meet the minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws.  See Note 9
to the consolidated financial statements for a more detailed discussion regarding our pension and other post-retirement 
plans.

54

Income Taxes

The  timing  of  cash  payments  for  income  taxes,  which  is  governed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  and  other  taxing 
jurisdictions,  will  differ  from  the  timing  of  recording  tax  expense  and  deferred  income  taxes,  which  are  reported  in 
accordance with GAAP.  For example, tax laws in effect regarding accelerated or “bonus” depreciation for tax reporting 
resulted in less cash payments than the GAAP tax expense.  Acceleration of tax deductions could eventually result in 
situations where cash payments will exceed GAAP tax expense. 

Related Party Transactions

A portion of the 2020 Notes were sold to accredited investors consisting of certain members of the Company’s Board of 
Directors or a trust of which a director is the beneficiary (“related parties”).  In May 2012, the related parties purchased 
$10.8 million of the 2020 Notes on the same terms available to other investors, except that the related parties were not 
entitled to registration rights.  In 2015, the 2020 Notes were fully redeemed and we paid an early redemption premium of 
$1.5  million  and  recognized  interest  expense  of  approximately  $0.7  million  and  $1.3  million  in  2015  and  2014, 
respectively, in the aggregate for the 2020 Notes purchased by related parties.  In September 2014, $5.0 million of the 
2022  Notes  were  sold  to  a  trust,  the  beneficiary  of  which  is  a  member  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors and we 
recognized approximately $0.3 million in each 2016 and 2015 in interest expense for the 2022 Notes purchased by the 
related party. 

In  December 2010,  we  entered  into  new  lease  agreements  with  LATEL  LLC  (“LATEL”)  for  the  occupancy  of  three 
buildings on a triple net lease basis.  Each of the three lease agreements have a maturity date of May 31, 2021, and have 
been accounted for as capital leases.  Each of the three lease agreements have two five-year options to extend the terms 
of the lease after the expiration date.  Our Board of Directors member, Richard A. Lumpkin, and his immediate family 
had a beneficial ownership interest of 68.5% and 66.7% in 2016 and 2015, respectively, of LATEL, directly or through 
Agracel, Inc. (“Agracel”).  Agracel is real estate investment company of which Mr. Lumpkin, together with his family, 
had a beneficial interest of 37.0% and 33.5% in 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Agracel is the sole managing member and 
50% owner of LATEL.  In addition, Mr. Lumpkin is a director of Agracel.  The three leases require total rental payments 
to  LATEL  of  approximately  $7.9 million  over  the  term  of  the  leases.    The  carrying  value  of  the  capital  leases  at 
December 31,  2016  and  2015  was  approximately  $2.7 million  and  $3.0  million,  respectively.    We  recognized  $0.4 
million in interest expense in each 2016 and 2015 and $0.5 million in interest expense in 2014 and amortization expense 
of $0.4 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014 related to the capitalized leases.

Mr.  Lumpkin  also  has  a  minority  ownership  interest  in  First  Mid-Illinois  Bancshares,  Inc.  (“First  Mid-Illinois”).  We 
provide telecommunications products and services to First Mid-Illinois and we received approximately $0.7 million in 
2016, $0.8 million in 2015 and $0.5 million in 2014 for these services.

Regulatory Matters

As discussed  in  the  “Regulatory  Matters”  section  above,  in December 2014,  the FCC released  a report  and order  that 
significantly impacts the amount of support revenue we receive from the USF, CAF and ICC by redirecting support from 
voice services to broadband services.  The annual funding under CAF Phase I of $36.6 million was replaced by annual 
funding under CAF Phase II of $13.9 million through 2020.  With the sale of our Iowa ILEC in 2016, this amount was 
further reduced to $11.5 million through 2020.  The acceptance of funding at the lower level CAF Phase II will transition 
over a three year period, beginning in August 2015, at the rates of 75% of the CAF Phase I funding level in the first year, 
50% in the second year and 25% in the third year. 

The Order also modifies the methodology used for ICC traffic exchanged between carriers.  As a result of implementing 
the  provisions  of  the  Order,  our  network  access  revenue  decreased  approximately  $1.7  million,  $1.3  million  and  $1.4 
million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  We anticipate that network access revenue will continue to decline as 
a result of the Order through 2018 by as much as $2.0 million and $1.9 million in 2017 and 2018, respectively.

In accordance with the provisions of SB 583, as discussed in the “Regulatory Matters” section above, our annual $1.4 
million Texas HCAF support was eliminated effective January 1, 2014.  In addition, in accordance with the provisions of 
the settlement agreement reached with the PUCT, the HCF draw will be reduced by approximately $1.2 million annually 
over a four year period beginning June 1, 2014 through 2018.  However, we have the ability to fully offset this reduction 
with increases to residential rates where market conditions allow.

55

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our  significant  accounting  policies  and  estimates  are  discussed  in  the  Notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  
We  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the 
United  States.    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that 
affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.  These estimates and assumptions are affected by 
management’s  application  of  our  accounting  policies.    Our  judgments  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  various 
other  assumptions  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for 
making  estimates  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  
However,  because  future  events  and  the  related  effects  cannot  be  determined  with  certainty,  actual  results  may  differ 
from  our  estimates  and  assumptions  and such differences  could  be  material.    Management  believes  that  the  following 
accounting estimates are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Our  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  subject  to  amortization  and  are  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more 
frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. We evaluate the carrying 
value of our indefinite-lived assets as of November 30 of each year.

Goodwill

As  discussed  more  fully  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  goodwill  is  not  amortized  but  instead 
evaluated for impairment annually, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate 
potential  impairment.    At  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  the  carrying  value  of  our  goodwill  was  $756.9  and  $764.6 
million, respectively.  The evaluation of goodwill may first include a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is 
more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  Events and circumstances 
integrated into the qualitative assessment process include a combination of macroeconomic conditions affecting equity 
and  credit  markets,  significant  changes  to  the  cost  structure,  overall  financial  performance  and  other  relevant  events 
affecting the reporting unit.  

Functional management within the organization evaluates the operations of our single reporting unit on a consolidated 
basis rather than at a geographic level or on any other component basis.  In general, product managers and cost managers 
are responsible for managing costs and services across territories rather than treating the territories as separate business 
units.  All of the properties are managed at a functional level.    As a result, we evaluate the operations for all our service 
territories as a single reporting unit.

For the 2016 assessment, we evaluated the fair value of the goodwill compared to the carrying value using the qualitative 
approach.    The  results  of  the  qualitative  approach  concluded  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  was 
greater  than  the carrying  value,  and  therefore,  we  did  not  perform  the  calculation  of  fair  value  for  reporting  units  as 
described below.   When we use the quantitative approach to assess the goodwill carrying value and the fair value of our 
single reporting unit, we use a combination of market-based approaches and a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. The 
assumptions used in the estimate of fair value are based upon a combination of historical results and trends, new industry 
developments, future cash flow projections, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-
based approaches. Such assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions. 
The  market-based  approaches  used  in  the  valuation  effort  include  the publicly-traded  market  capitalization,  guideline 
public  companies,  and  guideline  transaction  methods.    We  use  a  weighting  of  the  results  derived  from  the  valuation 
approaches  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  single  reporting  unit.    For  the  November  30,  2015  assessment,  using  the 
quantitative  approach,  we  concluded  that  the  fair  value  of  the  single  reporting  unit’s  total  equity  was  estimated  to  be 
approximately $1.3 billion on a control basis, and the associated carrying value of its equity was $269.8 million.  

Trade Names

As discussed more fully in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, trade names are generally not amortized but 
instead evaluated annually, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate potential 
impairment using a preliminary qualitative assessment and two-step process quantitative process, if deemed necessary.  

56

The carrying value of our trade names, excluding any finite lived trade names, was $10.6 million at December 31, 2016 
and 2015.  

For the 2016 assessment, we used the qualitative approach to evaluate the fair value compared to the carrying value of 
the trade names.  Based on the various qualitative indicators reviewed, we concluded it was more likely than not, that the 
trade name was not impaired. When we use the quantitative approach to estimate the fair value of our trade names, we 
use DCFs based on a relief from royalty method.  If the fair value of our trade names was less than the carrying amount, 
we would recognize an impairment charge for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of 
the  trade  name.    In  accordance  with  Accounting  Codification  Standard  350  Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other (“ASC 
350”) separately recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets, whether acquired or internally developed, shall be combined 
into a single unit of accounting for purposes of testing impairment if they are operated as a single asset and, as such, are 
essentially  inseparable  from  one  another.    An  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  may  need  to  be  removed  from  the 
accounting unit if it is disposed of, the accounting unit is reconsidered or one or more of the separate indefinite-lived 
intangible asset(s) within the accounting unit is now considered finite-lived rather than indefinite-lived.  We perform our 
impairment testing of our trade names as single units of accounting based on their use in our business.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize certain revenues pursuant to various cost recovery programs from federal and state USF.  Revenues are 
calculated based on our estimates and assumptions regarding various financial data, including operating expenses, taxes 
and  investment  in  property,  plant  and  equipment.    Non-financial  data  estimates  are  also  utilized,  including  projected
demand usage and detailed network information.  We must also make estimates of the jurisdictional separation of this 
data to assign current financial and operating data to the interstate or intrastate jurisdiction.  These estimates are finalized 
in  future periods  as  actual  data  becomes  available  to  complete  the  separation  studies.    We  have  historically  collected 
revenues recognized through these programs; however, adjustments to estimated revenues in future periods are possible.  
These adjustments could be necessitated by adverse regulatory developments with respect to these subsidies and revenue 
sharing arrangements, changes in allowable rates of return and the determination of recoverable costs or decreases in the 
availability of funds in the programs due to increased participation by other carriers.

Income Taxes

Our  current  and  deferred  income  taxes  and  associated  valuation  allowances  are  impacted  by  events  and  transactions 
arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business  as  well  as  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of  new  accounting  standards, 
acquisitions of businesses and non-recurring items.  Assessment of the appropriate amount and classification of income 
taxes is dependent on several factors, including estimates of the timing and realization of deferred income tax assets and 
the timing of income tax payments.  Actual amounts may materially differ from these estimates as a result of changes in 
tax laws as well as unanticipated future transactions impacting related income tax balances.  We account for tax benefits 
taken or expected to be taken in our tax returns in accordance with the accounting guidance applicable for uncertainty in 
income  taxes,  which  requires  the  use  of  a  two-step  approach  for  recognizing  and  measuring  tax  benefits  taken  or 
expected to be taken in a tax return.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

The  amounts  recognized  in  our  financial  statements  for  pension  and  postretirement  benefits  are  determined  on  an 
actuarial  basis  utilizing  several  critical  assumptions.    We  make  significant  assumptions  in  regards  to  our  pension  and 
postretirement plans, including the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate used to value the 
periodic pension expense and liabilities, future salary increases and actuarial assumptions relating to mortality rates and 
healthcare  trend  rates.    Changes  in  these  estimates  and  other  factors  could  significantly  impact  our  benefit  cost  and 
obligations to maintain pension and postretirement plans.

Our pension investment strategy is to maximize long-term returns on invested plan assets while minimizing the risk of 
volatility.  Accordingly, we target our allocation percentage at approximately 60% in equity funds, with the remainder in 
fixed income and cash equivalents.  Our assumed rate considers this investment mix as well as past trends.  We used an 
expected  long-term  rate  of  return  of 7.75%  and 8.00%  in  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  As  of  January  1,  2017,  we 
estimate that the long-term rate of return of pension plan assets will be 7.75%.

57

In  determining  the  appropriate  discount  rate,  we  consider  the  current  yields  on  high-quality  corporate  fixed-income 
investments  with  maturities  that  correspond  to  the  expected  duration  of  our  pension  and  postretirement  benefit  plan 
obligations.    For  our  2016  and  2015  projected  benefit  obligations,  we  used  a  discount  rate  of  4.27%  and  4.76%, 
respectively, for our pension plans and 4.12% and 4.61%, respectively, for our other postretirement plans. 

A one percentage-point increase or decrease in the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return would have the 
following effects on net periodic benefit cost:

(In thousands)

1-Percentage-
Point Increase

1-Percentage-
Point Decrease

Discount rate
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

$
  $

(3,004) $
(2,663)  $

3,503
2,663  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding the impact of certain recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 “Business Description & 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements included in this report in Part II -
Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our  exposure  to  market  risk  is  primarily  related  to  the  impact  of  interest  rate  fluctuations  on  our  debt  obligations.  
Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market interest rates on our variable rate obligations.  In 
order  to  manage  the  volatility  relating  to  changes  in  interest  rates,  we  utilize  derivative  financial  instruments  such  as 
interest rate swaps to maintain a mix of fixed and variable rate debt.  We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative 
purposes.  Our interest rate swap agreements effectively convert a portion of our floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis, 
thereby reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future cash interest payments.  We calculate the potential change 
in interest expense caused by changes in market interest rates by determining the effect of the hypothetical rate increase 
on the portion of our variable rate debt that is not subject to a variable rate floor or hedged through the interest rate swap 
agreements.

At December 31, 2016, the majority of our variable rate debt was subject to a 1.00% London Interbank Offered Rate 
(“LIBOR”) floor thereby reducing the impact of fluctuations in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2016, LIBOR was 
below the 1.00% floor.  Based on our variable rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2016, a 1.00% increase in market 
interest  rates  would  increase  annual  interest  expense  by  approximately  $4.1 million. A  1.00%  decrease  in  current 
interest rates would not impact annual interest expense on our variable rate debt due to the 1.00% LIBOR floor.

As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements amounted to a net liability of $0.3 million.  
Pre-tax deferred losses related to our interest rate swap agreements included in accumulated other comprehensive loss 
(“AOCI”) was $0.2 million at December 31, 2016. 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

For information pertaining to our Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, refer to pages F-1 to F-51 of this report, 
which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  defined  in  Rules 13a-15(e) and  15d-15(e) under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in 

58

 
 
 
reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  (i) recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the 
time periods specified in SEC rules and forms; and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including 
our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure.  There  are  inherent  limitations  to  the  effectiveness  of  any  system  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures, 
including  the  possibility  of  human  error  and  the  circumvention  or  overriding  of  the  controls  and  procedures. 
Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their 
control objectives. In connection with the filing of this Form 10-K, management evaluated, under the supervision and 
with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  to 
provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of 
December 31, 2016.    Based upon  that  evaluation  and  subject  to  the  foregoing, our  Chief  Executive Officer  and  Chief 
Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2016. 

Inherent Limitation of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that 
the objectives of the internal control system are met.  Because of the inherent limitations of any internal control system, 
no  evaluation  of  controls  can  provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues,  if  any,  within  a  company  have  been 
detected.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as 
such  term  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule 13a–15(f).    Management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31,  2016.    In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  framework  set  forth  in  Internal  Control-
Integrated  Framework (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission. 
Based  upon  this  assessment,  our  management  concluded  that,  as  of  December 31,  2016,  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance that the desired control objectives were achieved.

The  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over financial  reporting  has  been  audited  by  Ernst &  Young  LLP,  independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report  which  is  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Based  upon  the  evaluation  performed  by  our  management,  which  was  conducted  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting 
during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our 
internal control over financial reporting.

59

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.

We have audited Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company’s) internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework
issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework),  (the  COSO 
criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, 
and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining 
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing 
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis 
for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate.

In  our  opinion,  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  and  subsidiaries  maintained,  in  all  material  respects, 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of
December 31,  2016  and  2015,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss), 
changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, and 
our report dated February 28, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

St. Louis, Missouri
February 28, 2017 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

60

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Our Board of Directors adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“the code”) that applies to all of our employees, 
officers  and  directors,  including  our principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer  and  principal  accounting 
officer.  A copy of the code is posted on our investor relations website at www.consolidated.com.  Information contained 
on the website is not incorporated by reference in, or considered to be a part of, this document.

Additional information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for the annual 
meeting  of  our  shareholders  to  be  filed  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  within  120  days  after  our  fiscal  year-end  of 
December 31, 2016. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for the annual meeting of our shareholders to be filed pursuant 
to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2016. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for the annual meeting of our shareholders to be filed pursuant 
to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2016. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for the annual meeting of our shareholders to be filed pursuant 
to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2016. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for the annual meeting of our shareholders to be filed pursuant 
to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2016. 

61

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

PART IV

a)      (1) All Financial Statements

     Location

The following consolidating financial statements and independent auditors’ reports are filed 
as part of this report on Form 10-K in Item 8–“Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data”:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2016
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2016
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2016
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2016
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

F-2

F-3
F-4

F-5

F-6
F-7

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Location

Independent Auditors’ Report –Ernst & Young LLP
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6 (II) Limited Partnership Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2016
(unaudited) and 2015
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6 (II) Limited Partnership Statements of Income and Comprehensive 
Income – For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 (unaudited), 2015 and 2014
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6 (II) Limited Partnership Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital 
– For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 (unaudited), 2015 and 2014
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6 (II) Limited Partnership Statements of Cash Flows – For the Years 
Ended December 31, 2016 (unaudited), 2015 and 2014
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6 (II) Limited Partnership - Notes to Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report –Ernst & Young LLP
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2016
and 2015
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Income and 
Comprehensive Income – For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Changes in Partners’ 
Capital – For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership Statements of Cash Flows – For the 
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership - Notes to Financial Statements

All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not 
applicable, or the information is otherwise included in the notes to the financial statements.

S-1

S-2

S-3

S-4

S-5
S-6

S-23

S-24

S-25

S-26

S-27
S-28

62

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits listed below on the accompanying Index to Exhibits are filed or furnished as 
part of this report.

Exhibit
No.

2.1*

2.2*

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

Description

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  as  of  June 29,  2014,  by  and  among  the  Company,  Enventis 
Corporation and Sky Merger Sub Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report 
on Form 8-K dated June 29, 2014).

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 3, 2016, by and among the Company, FairPoint 
Communications,  Inc.  and  Falcon  Merger  Sub,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 2.1  to  our 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 3, 2016), as amended by the First Amendment thereto, 
dated as of January 20, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Annex I to our Registration Statement on 
Form S-4/A, as filed on February 24, 2017). 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 
to Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086)

Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Consolidated 
Communications  Holdings, Inc.,  as  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  State  of  Delaware on
May 3,  2011  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated 
May 4, 2011)

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings  Inc.,  as  amended  as  of 
June 29,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.2  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated 
June 29, 2014).

Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 7
to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086)

Indenture, dated as of September 18, 2014, between Consolidated Communications, Inc. (“CCI”) (as 
successor  to  Consolidated  Communications  Finance  II  Co.  (“CCFII  Co.”)  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank, 
National  Association,  as  trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.1  to  our  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K dated September 18, 2014)

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2014, among the Company, CCI, Consolidated 
Communications  Enterprise  Services, Inc.  (“CCES”),  Consolidated  Communications  of  Fort  Bend 
Company  (“CCFBC”)  Consolidated  Communications  of  Pennsylvania  Company,  LLC  (“CCPC”), 
Consolidated Communications Services Company (“CCSC”), Consolidated Communications of Texas 
Company (“CCTC”), SureWest Communications (“SW Communications”), SureWest Fiber Ventures, 
LLC (“SW Fiber Ventures”), SureWest Kansas, Inc. (“SW Kansas”), SureWest Long Distance (“SW 
Long  Distance”),  SureWest  Telephone  (“SW  Telephone”),  SureWest  TeleVideo  (“SW  TeleVideo”), 
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated October 16, 2014)

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 14, 2014, among Enventis Corporation, Cable 
Network, Inc., Crystal Communications, Inc., Enventis Telecom, Inc., Heartland Telecommunications 
Company of Iowa, Inc., Mankato Citizens Telephone Company, Mid-Communications, Inc., National 
Independent  Billing, Inc., IdeaOne  Telecom 
Integration  Services, Inc. 
(collectively,  the  “Enventis  Subsidiaries”),  CCI  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.2  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated  November 14, 
2014)

Inc.  and  Enterprise 

4.5

Third  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  June 8,  2015,  among  CCES,  CCFBC,  CCPC,  CCSC, 

63

4.6

CCTC,  SW  Fiber  Ventures,  SW  Kansas,  SW  Telephone,  SW  TeleVideo,  each  of  the  Enventis 
Subsidiaries;  the  Company;  CCI;  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2015)

Fourth  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  January  1,  2016,  among  CCTC;  Consolidated 
Communications of Fort Bend Company; CCSC; Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, 
Inc.; Consolidated Communications of Pennsylvania Company, LLC; Consolidated Communications 
of  California  Company;  Crystal  Communications,  Inc.;  Enventis  Telecom,  Inc.;  Consolidated 
Communications  of  Iowa  Company;  Consolidated  Communications  of  Minnesota  Company; 
Consolidated  Communications  of  Mid-Comm.  Company,  IdeaOne  Telecom,  Inc.;  SureWest 
TeleVideo.;  the  Company;  Consolidated  Communications,  Inc.  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National 
Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K 
dated January 1, 2016)

4.7

Form of  6.50%  Senior  Note  due  2022 (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit A  to  Exhibit 4.1  to  our 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 18, 2014)

10.1

Restatement Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2016, by and among the Company, CCI, the lenders

referred to therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, including the 
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement attached as Annex A to the Restatement Agreement, 
by  and  among  the  Company,  CCI,  the  lenders  referred  to  therein,  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National 
Association,  as  Administrative  Agent,  attached  as  Annex  A  to  such  Restatement  Agreement 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  for  the  year  ended 
October  5,  2016),  as  amended  by  Amendment  No.  1  to  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Credit 
Agreement,  dated  as  of  December 14,  2016,  by  and  among  the  Company,  CCI,  the  lenders  party 
thereto,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as  Administrative  Agent  and  other  agents  party 
thereto    (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  for  the  year 
ended December 14, 2016) and Amendment No. 2 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, 
dated  as  of  December  21,  2016,  by  and  among  the  Company,  CCI,  certain  other  subsidiaries  of  the 
Company, the lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent 
and other agents party thereto

Form of  Collateral  Agreement,  dated  December 31,  2007,  by  and  among  the  Company,  CCI, 
Consolidated  Communications  Acquisition  Texas, Inc.,  Fort  Pitt  Acquisition  Sub  Inc.,  certain 
subsidiaries of the Company identified on the signature pages thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, 
National  Association  (successor  by  merger 
to  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association),  as 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the period ended December 31, 2007, file no. 000-51446) 

Form of  Guaranty  Agreement,  dated  December 31,  2007,  made  by  the  Company  and  certain 
subsidiaries of the Company identified on the signature pages thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, 
National  Association  (successor  by  merger 
to  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association),  as 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the period ended December 31, 2007, file no. 000-51446)

Joinder  Agreement  (to  Guaranty  Agreement  and  Collateral  Agreement),  dated  as  of  November 14, 
2014, among each of the Enventis Subsidiaries, the Company, CCI, and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, a national banking association, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders under the Second 
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated  December  23,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2014)

10.2

10.3

10.4**

10.5

Lease  Agreement,  dated  December 22,  2010,  between  LATEL,  LLC  and  Consolidated 
Communications Services Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report 
on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2010)

64

10.6

10.7

10.8***

10.9***

Lease  Agreement,  dated  December 22,  2010,  between  LATEL,  LLC  and  Illinois  Consolidated 
Telephone  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K 
dated December 22, 2010)

Lease  Agreement,  dated  December 22,  2010,  between  LATEL,  LLC  and  Illinois  Consolidated 
Telephone  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.3  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K 
dated December 22, 2010)

Amended  and  Restated  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  Restricted  Share  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file 
no. 333-121086)

Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  2005  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  and 
restated  effective  May 4,  2015)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit A  to  our  definitive  proxy 
statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015)

10.10***

Form of Employment Security Agreement with certain of the Company’s employees (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 
2012)

10.11***

Form of  Employment  Security  Agreement  with  Robert  J.  Currey  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2009)

10.12***

10.13***

Form of  Employment  Security  Agreement  with  certain  of  the  Company’s  other  executive  officers 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated  December 4, 
2009)

Form of Employment Security Agreement with the Company’s and its subsidiaries vice president and 
director  level  employees  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.12  to  our  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007, file no. 000-51446)

10.14***

Executive  Long-Term  Incentive  Program,  as  revised  March 12,  2007  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007, file no. 000-51446)

10.15***

Form of  2005  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  Performance  Stock  Grant  Certificate  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated  March 12,  2007,  file  no.  000-
51446)

10.16***

Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Grant Certificate (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007, file no. 000-51446)

10.17***

Form of  2005  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Grant  Certificate  for  Directors 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007, 
file no. 000-51446)

10.18*** Description  of  the  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  Bonus  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.5  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated  March 12,  2007,  file  no.  000-
51446)

10.19

Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Executive Officers (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 2013)

65

10.20

21

23.1

23.2

31.1

31.2

32.1

101

Commitment Letter, dated as of December 3, 2016, from (i) Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., (ii) 
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., MUFG Union Bank, N.A., MUFG Securities Americas Inc. 
(collectively,  “MUFG”)  and/or  any  other  affiliates  or  subsidiaries  as  MUFG  collectively  deems 
appropriate  to  provide  the  services  referred  to  therein,  (iii)  TD  Securities  (USA)  LLC,  (iv)  The 
Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, and (v) Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and agreed to and accepted 
by  Consolidated  Communications,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  our  Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated December 3, 2016)

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

Certificate  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  pursuant  to 
Rule 13(a)-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Certificate  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  pursuant  to 
Rule 13(a)-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Certification  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The  following  financial  information  from  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  Annual 
Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016,  formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible 
Business  Reporting  Language):  (i) Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations,  (ii) Consolidated 
Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iii) Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (iv) Consolidated 
Statements  of  Changes  in  Shareholders’  Equity,  (v) Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  and 
(vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

*Schedules and other attachments to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, which are listed in the exhibit, are omitted.  
The  Company  agrees  to  furnish  a  supplemental  copy  of  any  schedule  or  other  attachment  to  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission upon request.

**Annexes to the Joinder Agreement, which are listed in the exhibit, are omitted.  The Company agrees to furnish a
supplemental copy of any annex to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

***Compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not Applicable.

66

  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Mattoon, Illinois on 
February 28, 2017. 

SIGNATURES

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS 
HOLDINGS, INC.
By: /s/ C. ROBERT UDELL JR.

C. Robert Udell Jr.
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

By:

/s/ C. ROBERT UDELL JR.
C. Robert Udell Jr.

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

/s/ STEVEN L. CHILDERS
Steven L. Childers

/s/ ROBERT J. CURREY
Robert J. Currey

/s/ RICHARD A. LUMPKIN
Richard A. Lumpkin

/s/ ROGER H. MOORE
Roger H. Moore

/s/ MARIBETH S. RAHE
Maribeth S. Rahe

/s/ TIMOTHY D. TARON
Timothy D. Taron

/s/ THOMAS A. GERKE
Thomas A. Gerke

/s/ DALE E. PARKER
Dale E. Parker

President and
Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 28, 2017

February 28, 2017

Executive Chairman

February 28, 2017

February 28, 2017

February 28, 2017

February 28, 2017

February 28, 2017

February 28, 2017

February 28, 2017

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

67

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  and 
subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended  December 31,  2016.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting 
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used 
and  significant  estimates  made by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the overall  financial  statement  presentation. We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  and  subsidiaries  at  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  and  the 
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31, 
2016, based on  criteria  established  in Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework issued by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 28, 2017, expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon.

St. Louis, Missouri
February 28, 2017

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

F-1 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

Year Ended December 31, 
2015

2014

2016

Net revenues

Operating expense:

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Acquisition and other transaction costs
Loss on impairment
Depreciation and amortization

Income from operations

Other income (expense):

Interest expense, net of interest income
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Investment income
Other, net

Income before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income (loss)
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

Net income (loss) per basic and diluted common shares attributable to common 
shareholders

Dividends declared per common share

See accompanying notes.

$ 743,177

$ 775,737

$ 635,738

322,792
157,111
1,214
610
174,010
87,440

328,400
178,227
1,413
—
179,922
87,775

242,661
140,636
11,817
—
149,435
91,189

(76,826)
(6,559)
32,972
1,131
38,158

(79,618)
(41,242)
36,690
(1,501)
2,104

(82,537)
(13,785)
34,516
(968)
28,415

22,962

2,775

13,027

15,196
265
$ 14,931

$

$

0.29

1.55

$

$

$

15,388
(671)
210
321
(881) $ 15,067

(0.02) $

0.35

1.55

$

1.55

F-2 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 
2015

2014

2016

Net income (loss)

Pension and post-retirement obligations:

Change in net actuarial loss and prior service credit, net of tax (benefit) of 
$(9,534), $(3,533) and $(20,039) in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Amortization of actuarial losses (gains) and prior service credit to earnings, 
net of tax expense (benefit) of $1,738, $1,098 and $(400) in 2016, 2015 and 
2014, respectively

Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:

Change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax (benefit) of $(180), $(672) and 
$(51) in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Reclassification of realized loss to earnings, net of tax expense of $516, $518
and $781 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively

Comprehensive income (loss)

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

$ 15,196

$

(671) $ 15,388

(14,831)

(5,547)

(31,191)

2,706

1,707

(637)

(289)

(1,072)

(81)

836
3,618
265
3,353

853
(4,730)
210

1,269
(15,252)
321
$ (4,940) $ (15,573)

$

See accompanying notes.

F-3 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
Income tax receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
Investments
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Other assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Advance billings and customer deposits
Dividends payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued interest
Accrued expense 
Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
Deferred income taxes
Pension and other post-retirement obligations
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11) 

December 31, 

2016

2015

$

27,077
56,216
21,616
28,292
133,201

1,055,186
106,221
756,877
31,612
9,661
$ 2,092,758

$

6,766
26,438
19,605
16,971
11,260
54,123
14,922
150,085

1,376,754
244,298
130,793
14,573
1,916,503

$

15,878
68,848
23,867
17,815
126,408

1,093,261
105,543
764,630
43,497
5,187
$ 2,138,526

$

12,576
27,616
19,551
21,883
9,353
42,384
10,937
144,300

1,377,892
236,529
112,966
16,140
1,887,827

Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 50,612,362
and 50,470,096 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, 
respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings (deficit)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
Noncontrolling interest
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

506
217,725
—
(47,277)
5,301
176,255

505
281,738
(881)
(35,699)
5,036
250,699
$ 2,092,758      $ 2,138,526

See accompanying notes.

F-4 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(amounts in thousands)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss, net

Non-
controlling
Interest

Total

Balance at December 31, 2013

Cash dividends on common stock
Shares issued upon acquisition of 

40,066
—

$

Enventis

Shares issued under employee plan, 
net of forfeitures
Non-cash, share-based compensation
Purchase and retirement of common 
stock
Tax on restricted stock vesting
Other comprehensive income (loss)

    Other

Net income
Balance at December 31, 2014
Cash dividends on common stock
Shares issued under employee plan, 
net of forfeitures
Non-cash, share-based compensation
Purchase and retirement of common 
stock
Tax on restricted stock vesting
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Net income (loss)

Balance at December 31, 2015

Cash dividends on common stock
Shares issued under employee plan, 

net of forfeitures

Non-cash, share-based compensation
Purchase and retirement of common 

stock

Tax on restricted stock vesting
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Net income

Balance at December 31, 2016

10,144

224
—

(69)
—
—
—
—
50,365
—

161
—

(56)
—
—
—
50,470
—

188
—

(46)
—
—
—
50,612

$

$

$

401
—

101

2
—

—
—
—
—
—
504
—

1
—

—
—
—
—
505
—

1
—

—
—
—
—
506

$

148,433
(51,264)

$

— $

(15,067)

(1,000) $
—

4,505
—

$

152,339
(66,331)

257,558

(2)
3,622

(1,856)
879
—
(231)
—
357,139
(78,250)

770
2,994

(1,125)
210
—
—
281,738
(64,423)

94
2,980

(1,231)
(1,433)
—
—
217,725

—

—
—

—
—
—
—
15,067

$

$

— $
—

—
—

—
—
—
(881)
(881) $

(14,050)

—
—

—
—
—
14,931

$

— $

$

$

$

—

—
—

—
—
(30,640)
—
—
(31,640) $
—

—
—

—
—
(4,059)
—
(35,699) $
—

—
—

—
—
(11,578)
—
(47,277) $

—

—
—

—
—
—
—
321
4,826
—

—
—

—
—
—
210
5,036
—

—
—

—
—
—
265
5,301

257,659

—
3,622

(1,856)
879
(30,640)
(231)
15,388
330,829
(78,250)

771
2,994

(1,125)
210
(4,059)
(671)
250,699
(78,473)

95
2,980

(1,231)
(1,433)
(11,578)
15,196
176,255

$

$

$

See accompanying notes.

F-5 

 
   
 
CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(amounts in thousands)

2016

Year Ended December 31, 
2015

2014

$

15,196

$

(671)

$

15,388

174,010
20,863

(504)
3,017
3,223
6,559
(920)

5,353
2,251
(14,282)
(1,067)
4,534
218,233

(13,422)
(125,192)
—
208
30,119
—
(108,287)

—
936,750
(2,885)
(943,050)
—
(9,912)
(1,231)
(78,419)
—
(98,747)
11,199
15,878
27,077

$

179,922
5,828

8,585
3,060
3,378
41,242
506

8,688
(4,927)
163
(2,701)
(23,894)
219,179

—
(133,934)
—
13,548
—
846
(119,540)

294,780
69,000
(1,107)
(107,100)
(261,874)
(4,805)
(1,125)
(78,209)
—
(90,440)
9,199
6,679
15,878

$

149,435
10,244

212
3,636
4,364
13,785
2,973

11,896
(3,406)
1,953
(1,904)
(20,791)
187,785

(139,558)
(108,998)
(100)
1,795
—
—
(246,861)

200,000
80,000
(703)
(63,100)
(84,127)
(7,438)
(1,856)
(62,341)
(231)
60,204
1,128
5,551
6,679

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Deferred income taxes
Cash distributions from wireless partnerships in excess of/(less than) current 
earnings
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other, net
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired businesses:

Accounts receivable, net
Income tax receivable
Prepaids and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net
Purchase of investments
Proceeds from sale of assets
Proceeds from business dispositions
Proceeds from sale of investments

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from bond offering
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Payment of capital lease obligations
Payment on long-term debt
Redemption of senior notes
Payment of financing costs
Share repurchases for minimum tax withholding
Dividends on common stock
Other

Net cash used in financing activities
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

See accompanying notes.

S-6 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014

1. BUSINESS DESCRIPTION & SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business and Basis of Accounting

Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  (the  “Company,”  “we”  or  “our”)  is  a  holding  company  with  operating 
subsidiaries  (collectively  “Consolidated”)  that  provide  integrated  communications  services  in  consumer,  commercial, 
and  carrier  channels  in  California,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Minnesota,  Missouri,  North  Dakota,  Pennsylvania,  South 
Dakota, Texas and Wisconsin. 

We  operate  as  both  an  Incumbent  Local  Exchange  Carrier  (“ILEC”)  and  a  Competitive  Local  Exchange  Carrier 
(“CLEC”), dependent upon the territory served.  We provide a wide range of services and products that include local and 
long-distance  service,  high-speed  broadband  Internet  access,  video  services,  Voice  over  Internet  Protocol  (“VoIP”), 
private  line  services,  carrier  grade  access  services,  network  capacity  services  over  our  regional  fiber  optic  networks, 
cloud data services, data center and managed services, directory publishing and equipment sales.  As of December 31, 
2016,  we had  approximately  457 thousand voice  connections,  473 thousand data  connections  and  106 thousand  video 
connections.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that effect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial 
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of revenues  and  expenses during  the  reporting  period.    Actual  results  may  differ 
materially  from  those  estimates.    Our  critical  accounting  estimates  include  (i)  impairment  evaluations  associated  with 
indefinite-lived intangible assets (Note 1), (ii) revenue recognition (Note 1), (iii) the determination of deferred tax asset 
and liability balances (Notes 1 and 10) and (iv) pension plan and other post-retirement costs and obligations (Notes 1 and 
9).

Principles of Consolidation

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and 
subsidiaries  in which  we  have  a  controlling  financial  interest.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  have  been 
eliminated.

Recent Business Developments

Agreement and Plan of Merger with FairPoint

On December 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive agreement and plan of merger with FairPoint to acquire all the issued 
and outstanding shares of FairPoint in exchange for shares of our common stock, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.  
FairPoint  is  an  advanced  communications  provider  to  business,  wholesale  and  residential  customers  within  its  service 
territory which spans across 17 states.  FairPoint owns and operates a robust fiber-based network with more than 21,000
route miles of fiber, including 17,000 route miles of fiber in northern New England.  In conjunction with the merger, we 
have  secured  committed  debt  financing,  as  described  in  Note  6,  that  will  be  used  to  repay  the  outstanding  debt  of 
FairPoint and pay fees and expenses associated with the merger.  The merger is subject to standard closing conditions 
including the approval of our stockholders and FairPoint’s stockholders, the approval of the listing of additional shares 
of Consolidated common stock to be issued to FairPoint’s stockholders, required federal and state regulatory approvals 
and other customary closing conditions.  We expect the merger to close by mid-2017.  See Note 3 for a more detailed 
discussion of the merger.

F-7 

Restatement of Credit Agreement

On October 5, 2016, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a Restatement Agreement to amend and 
restate  our  existing  credit  agreement  through  a  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Restated  Credit 
Agreement”).  Under the terms of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Company issued initial term loans in the aggregate 
amount  of  $900.0 million,  with  a  maturity  date  of  October  5,  2023  (subject  to  an  earlier  maturity  date  on  March  31, 
2022,  under  certain  conditions),  and  used  the  proceeds  in  part  to  pay  off  the  outstanding  term  loan  in  the  amount  of 
$885.0 million.  The Company also obtained a revolving loan facility of $110.0 million, with a maturity date of October 
5,  2021,  to  replace  the  existing  $75.0 million  revolving  credit  facility  scheduled  to  mature  in  December  2018.    In 
connection with entering into the Restated Credit Agreement, we incurred a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $6.6
million during the year ended December 31, 2016.  See Note 6 for additional information regarding this transaction.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Our 
cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds. The carrying amounts of our cash equivalents approximate 
their fair value.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consists primarily of amounts due to the Company from normal business activities. We maintain an 
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  that  result  from  the  inability  of  our  customers  to  make  required 
payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained based on customer payment levels, historical experience 
and management’s views on trends in the overall receivable agings. In addition, for larger accounts, we perform analyses 
of risks on a customer-specific basis. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and 
management  believes  that  an  adequate  allowance for  doubtful  accounts has  been  provided.  Uncollectible  accounts  are 
removed from accounts receivable and are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when internal collection 
efforts have been unsuccessful. The following table summarizes the activity in allowance for doubtful accounts for the 
years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Provision charged to expense
Write-offs, less recoveries
Balance at end of year

Investments

Year Ended December 31, 
2015
$ 2,752
3,525
(3,042)
$ 3,235

2014
$ 1,598
3,320
(2,166)
$ 2,752

2016
$ 3,235
2,798
(3,220)
$ 2,813

Our investments are primarily accounted for under either the equity or cost method.  If we have the ability to exercise 
significant influence over the operations and financial policies of an affiliated company, the investment in the affiliated 
company  is  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method.    If  we  do  not  have  control  and  also  cannot  exercise  significant 
influence, the investment in the affiliated company is accounted for using the cost method.

We review our investment portfolio periodically to determine whether there are identified events or circumstances that 
would indicate there is a decline in the fair value that is considered to be other than temporary.  If we believe the decline 
is  other  than  temporary,  we  evaluate  the  financial  performance  of  the  business  and  compare  the  carrying  value of  the 
investment to quoted market prices (if available) or the fair value of similar investments.  If an investment is deemed to 
have  experienced  an  impairment  that  is  considered  other-than  temporary,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  investment  is 
reduced  to  its  quoted  or  estimated  fair  value,  as  applicable,  and  an  impairment  loss  is  recognized  in  other  income 
(expense).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We account for certain assets and liabilities at fair value.  Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.  As such, 
fair  value  is  a  market-based  measurement  that  should  be  determined  based  on  assumptions  that  market  participants 
would  use  in  pricing  an  asset  or  a  liability.    A  financial  asset  or  liability’s  classification  within  a  three-tiered  value 

F-8 

hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy 
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques into three broad levels in order to maximize the use of observable inputs 
and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.  The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 –  Observable  inputs  that  reflect  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  for  identical  assets or  liabilities  in  active 

markets.

Level 2 –  Inputs  that  reflect  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities,  quoted  prices  for 
identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets and inputs other than quoted prices that are 
directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost.  We capitalize additions and substantial improvements and expense 
repairs and maintenance costs as incurred.

We capitalize the cost of internal-use network and non-network software which has a useful life in excess of one year. 
Subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades to internal-use network and non-network software are capitalized only 
to  the  extent  that  they  allow  the  software  to  perform  a  task  it  previously  did  not  perform.  Software  maintenance  and 
training  costs  are  expensed  in  the  period  in  which  they  are  incurred.  Also,  we  capitalize  interest  associated  with  the 
development of internal-use network and non-network software.

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

(In thousands)
Land and buildings
Central office switching and transmission
Outside plant cable, wire and fiber facilities
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Assets under capital lease
Total plant in service
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Plant in service
Construction in progress
Construction inventory
Totals

Estimated
Useful Lives
18 -40 years
3 -25 years
3 -50 years
3 -15 years
3 -11 years

December 31,  December 31, 

$

2016
105,923
861,608
1,201,042
167,125
28,355
2,364,053
(1,345,551)
1,018,502
21,956
14,728
$ 1,055,186

$

2015
105,728
791,719
1,174,777
154,049
15,699
2,241,972
(1,185,054)
1,056,918
21,283
15,060
$ 1,093,261

Construction  inventory, which  is  stated  at weighted  average  cost,  consists  primarily  of  network  construction  materials 
and supplies that when issued are predominately capitalized as part of new customer installations and the construction of 
the network.

We record depreciation using the straight line method over estimated useful lives using either the group or unit method. 
The  useful  lives  are  estimated  at  the  time  the  assets  are  acquired  and  are  based  on  historical  experience  with  similar 
assets,  anticipated  technological  changes  and  the  expected  impact  of  our  strategic  operating  plan  on  our  network 
infrastructure.    In  addition,  the  ranges  of  estimated  useful  lives  presented  above  are  impacted  by  the  accounting  for 
business  combinations  as  the  lives  assigned  to  these  acquired  assets  are  generally  much  shorter  than  that  of  a  newly 
acquired  asset.    The  group  method  is  used  for  depreciable  assets  dedicated  to  providing  regulated  telecommunication 
services, including the majority of the network, outside plant facilities and certain support assets.  A depreciation rate for 
each asset group is developed based on the average useful life of the group.  The group method requires periodic revision 
of depreciation rates.  When an individual asset is sold or retired, the difference between the proceeds, if any, and the 
cost of the asset is charged or credited to accumulated depreciation, without recognition of a gain or loss.

The unit method is primarily used for buildings, furniture, fixtures and other support assets. Each asset is depreciated on 
the straight-line basis over its estimated useful life.  When an individual asset is sold or retired, the cost basis of the asset 
and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any associated gain or loss is recognized.

F-9 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant and equipment was $161.1 million, $167.1 million and 
$139.0 million  in  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.    Amortization  of  assets  under  capital  leases  is  included  in  the 
depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

We  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  our  property,  plant  and  equipment  whenever  events  or  substantive  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable.  Recoverability is measured 
by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be 
generated  by  the  asset  group.    If  the  total  of  the  expected  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  were  less  than  the  carrying 
amount of the asset group, we would recognize an impairment charge for the difference between the estimated fair value 
and the carrying value of the asset group.

Intangible Assets

Indefinite-Lived Intangibles

Goodwill  and  tradenames  are  evaluated  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  when  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill and tradenames as 
of November 30 of each year.

Goodwill

Goodwill  is  the  excess  of  the  acquisition  cost  of  a  business  over  the  fair  value  of  the  identifiable  net  assets  acquired.  
Goodwill is not amortized but instead evaluated annually for impairment.  The evaluation of goodwill may first include a 
qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than
its carrying amount.  Events and circumstances integrated into the qualitative assessment process include a combination 
of  macroeconomic  conditions  affecting  equity  and  credit  markets,  significant  changes  to  the  cost  structure,  overall 
financial performance and other relevant events affecting the reporting unit. 

For the 2016 assessment, we evaluated the fair value of goodwill compared to the carrying value using the qualitative 
approach.  The results of the qualitative approach concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill 
was  greater  than  the  carrying  value  as  of  the  assessment  date.    When  we  use  the  quantitative  approach  to  assess  the 
goodwill carrying value and the fair value of our single reporting unit, the fair value of our reporting unit is compared to 
its carrying amount, including goodwill. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a combination 
of market-based approaches and a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. The assumptions used in the estimate of fair 
value  are  based  upon  a  combination  of  historical  results  and  trends,  new  industry  developments  and  future  cash  flow 
projections,  as  well  as  relevant  comparable  company  earnings  multiples  for  the  market-based  approaches.    Such 
assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions.  We use a weighting of 
the results derived from the valuation approaches to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit.  For the November 30, 
2015  assessment,  using  the  quantitative  approach,  we  concluded  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeded  the 
carrying value at December 31, 2015 and that there was no impairment of goodwill.  

In measuring the fair value of our reporting unit as previously described, we consider the fair value of our reporting unit 
in  relation  to  our  overall  enterprise  value,  measured  as  the  publicly  traded  stock  price  multiplied  by  the  fully  diluted 
shares outstanding plus the value of outstanding debt.  Our reporting unit fair value models are consistent with a range in 
value indicated by both the preceding three month average stock price and the stock price on the valuation date, plus an 
estimated acquisition premium which is based on observable transactions of comparable companies, if applicable.

If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the impairment test is performed to 
measure the amount of impairment loss. The second step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill 
with  the  carrying  amount  of  that  goodwill.  The  implied  fair  value  is  determined  by  allocating  the  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation.  
The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair 
value of goodwill.    If  the  carrying  amount  of goodwill  is  greater  than  the  implied  fair  value  of  that goodwill,  then  an 
impairment charge would be recorded equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value.  We 
did not recognize any goodwill impairment in 2016, 2015 or 2014 as a result of the impairment test.

F-10

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying value of goodwill was $756.9 million and $764.6 million, respectively.  
The following table summarizes the change in goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2016:

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2015
Acquisition
Divestiture of businesses
Balance at December 31, 2016

$ 764,630
4,700
(12,453)
$ 756,877

Trade Names

Our most valuable trade name is the federally registered mark CONSOLIDATED, a design of interlocking circles, which 
is used in association with our telephone communication services.  The Company’s corporate branding strategy leverages 
a CONSOLIDATED naming structure.  All of the Company’s business units and several of our products and services 
incorporate the CONSOLIDATED name.  Trade names with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for 
impairment at least annually.  If facts and circumstances change relating to a trade name’s continued use in the branding 
of  our  products  and  services,  it  may  be  treated  as  a  finite-lived  asset  and  begin  to  be  amortized  over  its  estimated 
remaining  life.    The  carrying  value  of  our  trade  names,  excluding  any finite  lived  trade  names,  was  $10.6 million  at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015.  

For the 2016 assessment, we used the qualitative approach to evaluate the fair value compared to the carrying value of 
the  trade  names.    Based  on  the  various  qualitative  indicators  reviewed,  we  concluded  that  the  fair  value  of  the  trade 
names continued to exceed the carrying value.  When we use the quantitative approach to estimate the fair value of our 
trade names, we use DCFs based on a relief from royalty method.  If the fair value of our trade names was less than the 
carrying amount, we would recognize an impairment charge for the difference between the estimated fair value and the 
carrying value of the assets.  We perform our impairment testing of our trade names as single units of accounting based 
on their use in our single reporting unit. 

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

Finite-lived  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization  consist  primarily  of  our  customer  lists  of  an  established  base  of 
customers  that  subscribe  to  our  services,  trade  names  of  acquired  companies  and  other  intangible  assets.    Finite-lived 
intangible  assets  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.    We  evaluate  the  potential 
impairment  of  finite-lived  intangible  assets  when  impairment  indicators  exist.    If  the  carrying  value  is  no  longer 
recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset, an impairment equal to the difference between 
the  carrying  amount  and  the  fair  value  of  the  asset  is  recognized.    We  did  not  recognize  any  intangible  impairment 
charges in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 or 2014.

The components of finite-lived intangible assets are as follows:

(In thousands)

Useful Lives

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Customer relationships
Trade names
Other intangible assets
Total

3 - 13 years
1 - 2 years
5 years

$

$

216,261
2,290
5,600
224,151

$

$

(198,353)
(2,290)
(2,453)
(203,096)

$

$

215,261
2,290
5,600
223,151

$

$

(187,146)
(1,723)
(1,342)
(190,211)

F-11

Amortization expense related to the finite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 
was $12.9 million, $12.8 million and $10.4 million, respectively.  Expected future amortization expense of finite-lived 
intangible assets is as follows:

(In thousands)
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter

Total

$ 6,197
3,591
3,326
2,002
2,002
3,937
$ 21,055

Derivative Financial Instruments

We use derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates. 
Our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  effectively  convert  a  portion  of  our  floating-rate  debt  to  a  fixed-rate  basis,  thereby 
reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future cash interest payments.  At the inception of a hedge transaction, we 
formally document the relationship between the hedging instruments including our objective and strategy for establishing 
the hedge.  In addition, the effectiveness of the derivative instrument is assessed at inception and on an ongoing basis 
throughout the hedging period.  Counterparties to derivative instruments expose us to credit-related losses in the event of 
nonperformance.    We  execute  agreements  only  with  financial  institutions  we  believe  to  be  creditworthy  and  regularly 
assess  the  credit  worthiness  of  each  of  the  counterparties.    We  do  not  use  derivative  instruments  for  trading  or 
speculative purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in our consolidated balance sheet.  Fair value is determined 
based on publicly available interest rate yield curves and an estimate of our nonperformance risk or our counterparty’s 
nonperformance credit risk, as applicable.  We do not anticipate any nonperformance by any counterparty.

For  derivative  instruments  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge,  the  effective  portion  of  the  change  in  the  fair  value  is 
recognized  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  (“AOCI”)  and  is  recognized  as  an 
adjustment to earnings over the period in which the hedged item impacts earnings. When an interest rate swap agreement 
terminates,  any  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  over  the  shorter  of  the  remaining  original  term  of  the  hedging 
instrument or the remaining life of the underlying debt obligation.  The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of 
any hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.  If a derivative instrument is de-designated, the remaining 
gain  or  loss  in  AOCI  on  the  date  of  de-designation  is  amortized  to  earnings  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  hedging 
instrument. For derivative financial instruments that are not designated as a hedge, changes in fair value are recognized 
on  a  current  basis  in  earnings.    Cash  flows  from  hedging  activities  are  classified  under  the  same  category  as  the  cash 
flows  from  the  hedged  items  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows.    See  Note  7  for  further  discussion  of  our 
derivative financial instruments.

Share-based Compensation

We recognize share-based compensation expense for all restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and performance share awards 
(“PSAs”) (collectively, “stock awards”) based on the estimated fair value of the stock awards on the date of grant.  We 
recognize the expense associated with RSAs and PSAs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which 
generally ranges from immediate vesting to a four-year vesting period.  See Note 8 for additional information regarding 
share-based compensation.

Pension Plan and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

We  maintain  noncontributory  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  provide  certain  post-retirement  health  care  and  life 
insurance  benefits  to  certain  eligible  employees.    We  also  maintain  two unfunded  supplemental  retirement  plans  to 
provide incremental pension payments to certain former employees.

We  recognize  pension  and  post-retirement  benefits  expense  during  the  current  period in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
operations using certain assumptions, including the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, interest cost implied 

F-12

by the discount rate, expected health care cost trend rate and the amortization of unrecognized gains and losses.  Refer to 
Note 9 for further details regarding the determination of these assumptions.

We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of our defined benefit pension and post-retirement plans as either an 
asset or liability in the consolidated balance sheet.  We recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the 
changes  occur  in  accumulated  comprehensive  income  (loss),  net  of  applicable  income  taxes,  including  unrecognized 
actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs and credits.

Income Taxes

Our estimates of income taxes and the significant items resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are disclosed in Note 10 and reflect our assessment of future tax consequences of transactions that have been reflected in 
our  financial  statements  or  tax  returns  for  each  taxing  jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate.    We  base  our  provision  for
income taxes on our current period income, changes in our deferred income tax assets and liabilities, income tax rates, 
changes in estimates of our uncertain tax positions and tax planning opportunities available in the jurisdictions in which 
we operate.  We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities when there are temporary differences between the financial 
reporting basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities and for the expected benefits of using net operating loss and tax
credit loss carryforwards.  We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce the carrying amount of deferred 
income tax assets to the amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be realized.  We evaluate the need to retain 
all or a portion of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.  When a change in the tax rate or tax law has an 
impact on deferred taxes, we apply the change based on the years in which the temporary differences are expected to 
reverse.  As we operate in more than one state, changes in our state apportionment factors, based on operational results, 
may affect our future effective tax rates and the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities.  We record a change in tax
rates in our consolidated financial statements in the period of enactment.

Income tax consequences that arise in connection with a business combination include identifying the tax basis of assets 
and  liabilities  acquired  and  any  contingencies  associated  with  uncertain  tax  positions  assumed  or  resulting  from  the 
business  combination.    Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  related  to  temporary  differences  of  an  acquired  entity  are 
recorded as of the date of the business combination and are based on our estimate of the appropriate tax basis that will be 
accepted by the various taxing authorities.

We record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 740, 
Income  Taxes, and  adjust  these  liabilities  in  the  appropriate  period  when  our  judgment  changes  as  a  result  of  the
evaluation  of  new  information.  In  certain  instances,  the  ultimate  resolution  may  result  in  a  payment  that  is  materially 
different  from  our  current  estimate  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefit  liabilities.  These  differences  will  be  reflected  as 
increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. We classify interest 
and  penalties,  if  any,  associated  with  our  uncertain  tax  positions  as  a  component  of  interest  expense  and  general  and 
administrative expense, respectively.  See Note 10 for further discussion on income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product to the customer has 
occurred or services have been rendered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and collectability of the sales 
price is reasonably assured.

Services

Revenue  based  on  a  flat  fee,  dedicated  network  access,  data  communications,  digital  TV,  Internet  access  service  and 
broadband  service,  or  revenue  derived  principally  from  local  telephone,  is  billed  in  advance  and  is  recognized  in 
subsequent periods when the services have been provided, with the exception of certain governmental accounts which 
are billed in arrears.

Certain  of  our  bundled  service  packages  may  include  multiple  deliverables.    We  offer  a  base  service  bundle  which 
consists  of  voice  services,  including  a  phone  line,  calling  features  and  long-distance.    Customers  may  choose  to  add 
additional services, including high-speed Internet and digital/IP television services, to the base service bundle.  Separate 
units  of  accounting  within  the  bundled  service  package  include  voice  services,  high-speed  Internet  and  digital/IP 
television services.  Revenue for all services included in our bundled service package is recognized over the same period 

F-13

in which service is provided to the customer.  Bundled service package discounts are recognized concurrently with the 
associated revenue and are allocated to the various services in the bundled service package based on the relative selling 
price of the services included in each bundle.

Usage-based services, such as per-minute long-distance service and access charges billed to other telephone carriers for 
originating and terminating long-distance calls in our network, are billed in arrears.  We recognize revenue from these 
services in the period in which service is provided to the customer.  

Revenue related to nonrefundable, upfront service activation and setup fees is deferred and recognized over the estimated 
customer  life.    Incremental  direct  costs  of  telecommunications  service  activation  are  expensed  in  the  period  incurred, 
except  when  we  maintain  ownership  of  wiring  installed  during  the  activation  process.    In  such  cases,  the  cost  is 
capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset.

Print advertising and publishing revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the related directory, which is generally 12
months.

Equipment

Revenue is generated from the sale of voice and data communications equipment; design, configuration and installation 
services  related  to  voice  and  data  equipment;  the  provision  of  Cisco  maintenance  support  contracts;  and  the  sale  of 
professional support services for customer voice and data systems.  Equipment revenue generated from retail channels is 
recognized when the equipment is sold.  Equipment revenue generated from telecommunications systems and structured 
cabling projects is recognized when the project is completed.  Maintenance services are provided on both a contract and 
time and material basis and are recognized in the period in which the service is provided. 

Equipment revenue generated from support services includes “24x7” support of a customer’s voice and data networks. 
The majority of these contracts are billed on a time and materials basis and revenue is recognized either in the period in 
which  the  services  are  provided  or  over  the  term  of  the  contract.    Support  services  also  include  professional  support 
services,  which  are  typically  sold  on  a  time  and  materials  basis,  but  may  be  sold  as  a  prepaid  block  of  time,  and  the 
revenue is recognized in the period in which the services are provided.

Multiple Deliverable Arrangements

We often enter into arrangements which include multiple deliverables primarily relating to the sale of communications 
equipment, associated support contracts and professional services, which include design, configuration and installation 
consulting.  When an equipment sale involves multiple deliverables, revenue is allocated to each respective deliverable if 
they  are  separately  identifiable.    Each  separately  identified  deliverable  is  considered  a  separate  unit  of  account.    The 
arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified units of account based on their relative selling price on a stand-
alone  basis.    Cisco  equipment,  maintenance  contracts  and  professional  services  each  qualify  as  separate  units  of 
accounting. We utilize best estimate of selling price for stand-alone value for our equipment and maintenance contracts, 
taking  into  consideration  market  conditions  and  entity-specific  factors.    We  evaluate  best  estimate  of  selling  price  by 
reviewing historical data related to sales of our deliverables. 

Subsidies and Surcharges

Subsidies consist of both federal and state subsidies, which are designed to promote widely available, quality telephone 
service at affordable prices in rural areas.  These revenues are calculated by the administering government agency based 
on information  we  provide.    Subsidies  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  the  service  is  provided.    There  is  a 
reasonable possibility that out-of-period subsidy adjustments may be recorded in the future, but they are expected to be 
immaterial to our results of operations, financial position and cash flow.

We  collect  and  remit  Federal  Universal  Service  contributions  on  a  gross  basis,  which  resulted  in  recorded  revenue  of 
approximately $12.7 million and $13.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We 
account for all other taxes collected from customers and remitted to the respective government agencies on a net basis.

F-14

Advertising Costs

Advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.    Advertising  expense  was  $8.7  million,  $8.3  million  and  $8.2  million  in 
2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Statement of Cash Flows Information

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, we made payments for interest and income taxes as follows:

(In thousands)
Interest, net of amounts capitalized ($1,152, $1,373 and $1,437 

2016

2015

2014

in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

Income taxes (received) paid, net

$69,536
$76,823
$ (183) $ 1,835

$ 73,400
$ 5,311

Noncash investing and financing activities:

In  2016  and  2015,  we  acquired  equipment  of  $12.2  million  and  $4.1  million,  respectively,  through  capital  lease 
agreements.

In  2014,  we  issued  10.1  million  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  with  a  market  value  of  $257.7  million  in 
connection with the acquisition of Enventis as described in Note 3.

Noncontrolling Interest

We  have  a  majority-owned  subsidiary,  East  Texas  Fiber  Line  Incorporated  (“ETFL”)  which  is  a  joint  venture  owned 
63% by the Company and 37% by Eastex Telecom Investments, LLC.  ETFL provides connectivity over a fiber optic 
transport network to certain customers residing in Texas.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  January  2017,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  the  Accounting  Standards  Update  No. 
2017-01 (“ASU 2017-01”), Clarifying the Definition of a Business. ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition of a business 
and  establishes a screening process to determine whether an integrated set of assets and activities acquired is deemed the 
acquisition of a business or the acquisition of assets. ASU 2017-01 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning 
after  December  15,  2017  and  should  be  applied  prospectively,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  that 
adoption of ASU 2017-01 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  the  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-16  (“ASU  2016-16”),  Intra-Entity 
Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. ASU 2016-16 eliminates the existing exception prohibiting the recognition of 
the income tax consequences for intra-entity asset transfers until the asset has been sold to an outside party. Under ASU 
2016-16,  entities  will  be  required  to  recognize  the  income  tax  consequences  of  intra-entity  asset  transfers  other  than 
inventory when the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 is effective on a modified retrospective basis for annual and interim 
periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  We  currently  anticipate  adoption  of  this 
update    effective  January  1,  2018  and  do  not  expect  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
related disclosures.

In  August  2016,  the  FASB  issued  the  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-15  (“ASU  2016-15”),  Classification  of 
Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 provides guidance concerning the classification of certain cash 
receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2017  and  should  be  applied  retrospectively,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  We  are 
currently evaluating the impact this update will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued the Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13 (“ASU 2016-13”), Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 establishes the new “current expected credit loss” model for measuring 
and  recognizing  credit  losses  on  financial  assets  based  on  relevant  information  about  past  events,  including  historical 
experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The new guidance is effective for annual and 
interim  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  with  early  adoption  permitted  for  annual  and  interim  periods 

F-15

beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently evaluating the impact this update will have on our consolidated 
financial statements and related disclosures.

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  the  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-09  (“ASU  2016-09”),  Improvements  to
Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting.  ASU  2016-09  simplifies  various  aspects  of  accounting  for  share-based 
payment arrangements, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and 
classification on the statement of cash flows.  ASU 2016-09 is effective on a modified retrospective basis for annual and 
interim  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2016,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  We  adopted  ASU  2016-09  as  of   
January 1, 2017 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures 
immediately  upon  adoption. However,  we are  unable  to estimate  the  prospective  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements and related disclosures as it is dependent upon future stock exercises, which cannot be predicted. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  the  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-02  (“ASU  2016-02”),  Leases.  ASU 
2016-02 establishes a new lease accounting model for leases. Lessees will be required to recognize most leases on their 
balance  sheets  but  lease  expense  will  be  recognized  on  the  income  statement  in  a  manner  similar  to  existing 
requirements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early 
adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the population of our leases and anticipate that most of our operating 
lease  commitments  will  be  recognized  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  have  not  yet  made  a  decision  on  the 
timing  and  method  of  adoption  and  are  continuing  to  assess  all  potential  impacts  of  this  update  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements and related disclosures. 

Effective  January  1,  2016,  we  adopted  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-07  (“ASU  2015-07”),  Disclosures  for 
Investment in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share (or Its Equivalent). ASU 2015-07 removes the 
requirement to categorize within the fair value hierarchy those investments measured using the net asset value (“NAV”) 
per share practical expedient and amends certain disclosure requirements for such investments. We adopted ASU 2015-
07  retrospectively and restated our prior period investments in Note 9. As a result, we removed $111.0 million and $1.3
million  of  pension  and  other  post-retirement  benefits  investments,  respectively,  from  the  fair  value  hierarchy  on 
December 31, 2015. 

Effective  January  1,  2016,  we  adopted  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-16  (“ASU  2015-16”),  Simplifying  the 
Accounting  for  Measurement-Period  Adjustments.  ASU  2015-16  requires  that  the  acquiring  company  in  a  business 
combination  recognize  adjustments  to  provisional  amounts  identified  during  the  measurement  period  in  the  reporting 
period  in  which  the  adjustments  are  determined  and  record  in  the  reporting  period  in  which  the  adjustments  are 
determined the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization and other items resulting from the change to 
the provisional amounts. The adoption of this update did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements 
and related disclosures. 

Effective December 31, 2016, we adopted the Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15 (“ASU 2014-15”), Disclosure 
of  Uncertainties  about  an  Entity’s  Ability  to  Continue  as  a  Going  Concern.  ASU  2014-15  requires  management  to 
evaluate for each annual and interim reporting period whether conditions or events give rise to substantial doubt that an 
entity has the ability to continue as a going concern within one year following issuance of the financial statements and 
requires specific disclosures regarding the conditions or events leading to substantial doubt. The adoption of this update 
did not have any impact on our financial position, results of operations or in disclosures in the current period.

In May 2014, FASB issued the Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (“ASU 2014-09”), Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers (Topic 606), which will replace the current revenue recognition requirements in U.S. GAAP.  The core 
principle  of  ASU  2014-09  is  that  a  company  should  recognize  revenue  to  depict  the  transfer  of  promised  goods  or 
services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  company  expects  to  be  entitled  in 
exchange for those goods or services.  In addition, ASU 2014-09 requires disclosures about the nature, amount, timing 
and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.  Two transition methods are permitted 
under ASU 2014-09, the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be applied to each prior reporting 
period presented and the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown, or 
the modified retrospective method, in which case the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at 
the date of initial application.  In August 2015, the FASB issued the Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-14 (“ASU 
2015-14”), Deferral of the Effective Date, which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year.  
Accordingly,  ASU  2014-09  is  effective  for  annual  and  interim  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  at  which 
point we plan to adopt the standard.  

F-16

In  2016,  we  established  a  cross-functional  implementation  team  consisting  of  representatives  from  across  all  of  our 
functional areas.  We are using a bottoms-up approach to assess the impact of ASU 2014-09 on our revenue contracts by 
reviewing our current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying 
the  requirements  of  this update.    While we  are  continuing  to  assess  all  potential  impacts  of  this  update,  we  currently 
believe that the most significant impact relates to the deferral of contract acquisition costs, which we currently expense 
as incurred but under ASU 2014-09 will generally be capitalized and amortized over the contract performance period.  
Currently, we anticipate adopting this update using the full retrospective method to restate each prior reporting period 
presented.    

2. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic  and  diluted  earnings  (loss)  per  share  (“EPS”)  are  computed  using  the  two-class  method,  which  is  an  earnings 
allocation  that  determines  EPS  for  each  class  of  common  stock  and  participating  securities  according  to  dividends 
declared  and  participation  rights  in  undistributed  earnings.    The  Company’s  restricted  stock  awards  are  considered 
participating securities because holders are entitled to receive non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting term.  Diluted 
EPS  includes  securities  that  could  potentially  dilute  basic  EPS  during  a  reporting  period.  Dilutive  securities  are  not 
included  in  the  computation  of  loss  per  share  when  a  company  reports  a  net  loss  from  continuing  operations  as  the 
impact would be anti-dilutive. 

The potentially dilutive impact of the Company’s restricted stock awards is determined using the treasury stock method.  
Under the treasury stock method, awards are treated as if they had been exercised with the proceeds of exercise used to 
repurchase common stock at the average market price for the period.  Any incremental difference between the assumed 
number of shares issued and repurchased is included in the diluted share computation. 

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common shareholders computed using the two-
class method is as follows:

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income (loss)
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Income (loss) attributable to common shareholders before allocation of earnings 
to participating securities
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders, after earnings allocated 
to participating securities

2016
$ 15,196
265

$

2015

(671)
210

2014
$ 15,388
321

14,931
524

(881)
—

15,067
546

$ 14,407

$

(881)

$ 14,521

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

50,301

50,176

41,998

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common shareholders -
basic and diluted

$

0.29

$

(0.02)

$

0.35

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to common shareholders for each of the years ended December 31, 
2016 and 2015 excludes 0.3 million potential common shares that could be issued under our share-based compensation 
plan  because  the  inclusion  of  the  potential  common  shares  would  have  an  antidilutive  effect.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014, diluted earnings (loss) per common share excludes 0.4 million potential common shares.

F-17

   
3. ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES

Acquisitions 

FairPoint Communications, Inc.

On December 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive agreement and plan of merger with FairPoint to acquire all the issued 
and  outstanding  shares  of  FairPoint  in  exchange  for  shares  of  our  common  stock.    FairPoint  is  an  advanced 
communications provider to business, wholesale and residential customers within its service territory which spans across 
17 states.    FairPoint  owns  and  operates  a  robust  fiber-based  network  with  more  than  21,000 route  miles  of  fiber, 
including 17,000 route miles of fiber in northern New England.

At the effective time of the merger, each share of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of FairPoint issued and 
outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the merger will be converted into and become the right to receive 
0.7300 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Consolidated and cash in lieu of fractional shares, as set 
forth  in  the  Merger  Agreement.    Based  on  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  as  of  the  date  of  the  Merger 
Agreement, the total value of the consideration to be exchanged is approximately $585.3 million, exclusive of debt of 
approximately $917.6 million.  In connection with the merger, we secured committed debt financing through a $935.0
million  incremental  term  loan  facility,  as  described  in Note  6,  that  in  addition  to  cash  on  hand  and  other  sources  of 
liquidity will be used to repay the existing indebtedness of FairPoint and pay the fees and expenses in connection with 
the merger.

The  merger  is  subject  to  standard  closing  conditions  including  the  approval  of  our  stockholders  and  FairPoint’s 
stockholders, the approval of the listing of additional shares of Consolidated common stock to be issued to FairPoint’s 
stockholders,  required  federal  and  state  regulatory  approvals  and  other  customary  closing  conditions.    We  expect  the 
merger to close by mid-2017.

Champaign Telephone Company, Inc.

On  July  1,  2016,  we  acquired  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  Champaign  Telephone  Company,  Inc.  and  its  sister 
company,  Big  Broadband  Services,  LLC,  a  private  business  communications  provider  in  the  Champaign-Urbana,  IL 
area.  The aggregate purchase price, including customary working capital adjustments, consisted of cash consideration of 
$13.4 million, which was paid from our existing cash resources.  The preliminary fair value of the acquired assets and 
liabilities assumed consisted primarily of property, plant and equipment of $6.9 million, intangible assets of $1.0 million, 
working capital of $0.8 million and goodwill of $4.7 million. Goodwill and other intangible assets are expected to be 
amortizable and deductible for income tax purposes.  We are in the process of finalizing the preliminary purchase price 
and  the  valuation  of  the  net  assets  acquired,  most  notably,  the  completion  of  various  tax  related  matters  for  the 
acquisition.  Upon completion of the final fair value assessment, the fair values of the net assets acquired may differ from 
the preliminary assessment. We expect to finalize the remaining tax items during the quarter ended March 31, 2017.

Enventis Corporation

On October 16, 2014, we completed our merger with Enventis Corporation (“Enventis”) and acquired all the issued and 
outstanding shares of Enventis in exchange for shares of our common stock.  The results of operations of Enventis have
been  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  the  effective  date  of  the  acquisition.    For  the  period  of 
October 16, 2014 through December 31, 2014, Enventis contributed operating revenues of $37.6 million and a net loss of 
$1.4 million, which included $5.7 million in acquisition related costs.  

The following unaudited pro forma information presents our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 
as if the acquisition of Enventis occurred on January 1, 2013.  The adjustments to arrive at the pro forma information 
below  included:  additional  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  for  the  fair  value  increases  to  property,  plant  and 
equipment  and  intangible  assets  acquired;  increase  in  interest  expense  to  reflect  the  additional  debt  entered  into  to 
finance a portion of the acquisition; and the exclusion of certain acquisition related costs.  Shares used to calculate the 
basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  were  adjusted  to  reflect  the  additional  shares  of  common  stock  issued  to  fund a
portion of the acquisition price.

F-18

 
     
 
(Unaudited; in thousands, except per share amounts)
Operating revenues
Income from operations
Net income 
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to common stockholders

Net income per common share-basic and diluted

2014
$790,745
$ 104,674
$ 18,648
321
$ 18,327

$

0.37

Transaction costs related to the acquisition of Enventis were $11.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, 
which are included in acquisition and other transaction costs in the consolidated statements of operations.  These costs 
are considered to be non-recurring in nature and therefore have been excluded from the pro forma results of operations.

The pro forma information does not purport to present the actual results that would have resulted if the acquisition had in 
fact  occurred  at  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  period  presented,  nor  does  the  information  project  results  for  any  future 
period.  The  pro  forma  information  does  not  include  the  impact  of  any  future  cost  savings  or  synergies  that  may  be 
achieved as a result of the acquisition.

Divestitures

On  December  6,  2016,  we  completed  the  sale  of  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company’s  Enterprise  Services 
equipment and IT Services business (“EIS”) to ePlus Technology inc. (“ePlus”) for cash proceeds of $9.2 million net of a 
customary  working  capital  adjustment.    As  part  of  the  transaction,  we  entered  into  a  Co-Marketing  Agreement  with 
ePlus,  a  nationwide  systems  integrator  of  technology  solutions,  to  cross-sell  both  broadband  network  services  and  IT 
services.  The strategic partnership will provide our business customers access to a broader suite of IT solutions, and will 
also provide ePlus customers access to Consolidated’s business network services.  During the year ended December 31, 
2016,  we  recognized  a  gain  of  $0.6 million  on  the  sale,  net  of  selling  costs,  which  is  included  in  other,  net  in  the 
consolidated statement of operations.

The major classes of assets and liabilities sold consisted of the following:

(In thousands)
Current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Other assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities

$

$

$

$

7,420
1,639
4,196
90
13,345

6,351
62
6,413

On May 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the issued and outstanding stock of our non-core, 
rural  ILEC  business  located  in  northwest  Iowa,  Consolidated  Communications  of  Iowa  Company  (“CCIC”),  formerly 
Heartland Telecommunications Company of Iowa.  CCIC provides telecommunications and data services to residential 
and business customers in 11 rural communities in northwest Iowa and surrounding areas.  The sale was completed on 
September  1,  2016  for  total  cash  proceeds  of  approximately  $21.0 million,  net  of  certain  contractual  and  customary 
working capital adjustments.  

F-19

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The major classes of assets and liabilities sold consisted of the following:

(In thousands)
Current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Total assets

Current liabilities
Deferred taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities

$

$

$

$

567
20,348
7,647
28,562

255
7,041
21
7,317

In May 2016, in connection with the expected sale, the carrying value of CCIC was reduced to its estimated fair value 
and we  recognized  an  impairment  loss  of $0.6  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.    We  recognized  an 
additional loss on the sale of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, which is included in other, net in 
the consolidated statement of operations, as a result of changes in estimated working capital.  We recognized a taxable 
gain on the transaction resulting in current income tax expense of $7.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 
to reflect the tax impact of the divestiture.  

4.

INVESTMENTS

Our investments are as follows:

(In thousands)
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
Cost method investments:

GTE Mobilnet of South Texas Limited Partnership (2.34% interest)
Pittsburgh SMSA Limited Partnership (3.60% interest)
CoBank, ACB Stock
Other

Equity method investments:

GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership (20.51% interest)
Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) Limited Partnership (16.67% interest)
Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership (23.67% interest)

Totals

Cost Method

2016

2015

$

2,156

$

2,149

21,450
22,950
8,138
200

17,160
6,540
27,627
106,221

$

21,450
22,950
7,971
200

18,099
6,167
26,557
105,543

$

We own 2.34% of GTE Mobilnet of South Texas Limited Partnership (the “Mobilnet South Partnership”).  The principal 
activity of the Mobilnet South Partnership is providing cellular service in the Houston, Galveston, and Beaumont, Texas 
metropolitan areas.  We also own 3.60% of Pittsburgh SMSA Limited Partnership (“Pittsburgh SMSA”), which provides 
cellular service in and around the Pittsburgh metropolitan area.  Because of our limited influence over these partnerships, 
we  use  the  cost  method  to  account  for  both  of  these investments.    It  is  not  practicable  to  estimate  fair  value  of  these 
investments.    We  did  not  evaluate  any  of  the  investments  for  impairment  as  no  factors  indicating  impairment  existed 
during the year.  In 2016, 2015 and 2014, we received cash distributions from these partnerships totaling $12.9 million, 
$14.6 million and $14.8 million, respectively.

CoBank, ACB (“CoBank”) is a cooperative bank owned by its customers.  Annually, CoBank distributes patronage in 
the form of cash and stock in the cooperative based on the Company’s outstanding loan balance with CoBank, which has 
traditionally  been  a  significant  lender  in  the  Company’s  credit  facility.    The  investment  in  CoBank  represents  the 
accumulation of the equity patronage paid by CoBank to the Company.

F-20

Equity Method

We own 20.51% of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership (“RSA #17”), 16.67% of Pennsylvania RSA 
6(I) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(I)”) and 23.67% of Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(II)”).  RSA 
#17  provides  cellular  service  to  a  limited  rural  area  in  Texas.  RSA  6(I) and  RSA  6(II) provide  cellular  service  in  and 
around  our  Pennsylvania  service  territory.    Because  we  have  significant  influence  over  the  operating  and  financial 
policies of these three entities, we account for the investments using the equity  method.  In 2016, 2015 and 2014, we 
received cash distributions from these partnerships totaling $19.2 million, $30.7 million and $19.8 million, respectively.  
The carrying value of the investments exceeds the underlying equity in net assets of the partnerships by $32.8 million.

In  2015,  we  sold  our 6.96% interest  in  Central  Valley  Independent  Network,  LLC  (“CVIN”),  a  joint  enterprise 
comprised  of  affiliates  of  several  independent  telephone  companies  located  in  central  and  northern  California.    CVIN 
provides  network  services  and  oversees  a  broadband  infrastructure  project  designed  to  expand  and  improve  the 
availability of network services to counties in central California.  As a result of the sale, we recognized an other-than-
temporary  impairment  loss  of  $0.8 million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  to  reduce  the  investment  to  its 
estimated  fair  value. The  impairment  charge  is  included  in  investment  income  within  other  income  (expense)  in  the
consolidated statements of operations.  We did not receive any distributions from this partnership in 2015 or 2014.

The  combined  unaudited  results  of  operations  and  financial  position  of  our  three  equity  investments  in  the  cellular 
limited partnerships are summarized below:

(In thousands)
Total revenues
Income from operations
Net income before taxes
Net income

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Partnership equity

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Financial Instruments

2016
$ 334,421
97,075
95,473
95,473

$ 64,083
89,651
21,985
51,836
79,913

2015
$ 348,595
105,495
104,568
104,568

$ 57,716
96,197
20,576
52,414
80,923

2014
$ 338,575
96,606
96,763
96,763

$ 52,866
93,771
16,253
3,225
127,159

Our  derivative  instruments  related  to  interest  rate  swap  agreements  are  required  to  be  measured  at  fair  value  on  a 
recurring  basis.    The  fair  values  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  are  determined  using  valuation  models  and  are  categorized 
within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and observable market data 
of similar instruments.  See Note 7 for further discussion regarding our interest rate swap agreements.

Our interest rate swap liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as 
follows:

As of December 31, 2016

(In thousands)
Long-term interest rate swap assets
Current interest rate swap liabilities
Long-term interest rate swap liabilities
Total

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Total

$

$

$

398
(453)
(216)
(271) $

-
-
-
-

F-21

Significant
Other

Significant

Observable Unobservable

$

Inputs
(Level 2)
398
$
(453)
(216)
(271) $

$

Inputs
(Level 3)

-
-
-
-

 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Current interest rate swap liabilities
Long-term interest rate swap liabilities
Total

Total

$

(190)
(1,084)
$ (1,274)

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

$

$

-
-
-

As of December 31, 2015
Significant
Other

Significant

Observable Unobservable

Inputs
(Level 3)

Inputs
(Level 2)
$

(190)
(1,084)
$ (1,274)

$

$

-
-
-

We  have  not  elected  the  fair  value  option  for  any  of  our  financial  assets  or  liabilities.    The  carrying value  of  other 
financial  instruments,  including  cash,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  approximate  fair 
value due to their short maturities or variable-rate nature  of the respective balances.  The following table presents the 
other financial instruments that are not carried at fair value but which require fair value disclosure as of December 31, 
2016 and 2015. 

(In thousands)
Investments, equity basis
Investments, at cost
Long-term debt, excluding capital leases

Cost & Equity Method Investments

As of December 31, 2016

As of December 31, 2015

Carrying Value
51,327
$
52,738
$
1,388,786
$

Fair Value

n/a
n/a
1,390,773

$

Carrying Value
50,823
$
52,571
$
1,393,567
$

Fair Value
n/a
n/a
$ 1,312,383

Our  investments  at  December  31,  2016  and  2015  accounted  for  under  both  the  equity  and  cost  methods  consists 
primarily of minority positions in various cellular telephone limited partnerships and our investment in CoBank.  These 
investments  are  recorded  using  either  the  equity  or  cost  methods.  It  is  impracticable  to  determine  fair  value  of  these 
investments.

Long-term Debt

The fair value of our senior notes was based on quoted market prices, and the fair value of borrowings under our credit 
agreement was determined using current market rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.  We have categorized 
the long-term debt as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt outstanding, presented net of unamortized discounts, consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 
and 2015:

(In thousands)
Senior secured credit facility:

Term loan 5, net of discount of $4,662 at December 31, 2016 
Term loan 4, net of discount of $3,340 at December 31, 2015
Revolving loan

6.50% Senior notes due 2022, net of discount of $4,302 and $4,893 at December 31, 
2016 and 2015, respectively
Capital leases

Less: current portion of long-term debt and capital leases
Less: deferred debt issuance costs
Total long-term debt

Credit Agreement

2016

2015

$

$

893,088
-
-

495,698
16,857
1,405,643
(14,922)
(13,967)
1,376,754

$

$

-
888,460
10,000

495,107
7,580
1,401,147
(10,937)
(12,318)
1,377,892

In  October  2016,  the  Company,  through  certain  of  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  entered  into  a  Third  Amended  and 
Restated  Credit  Agreement  with  various  financial  institutions  (the  “Credit  Agreement”)  to  replace  the  Company’s 
previously amended credit agreement.  Under the terms of the new Credit Agreement, the Company issued initial term 

F-22

loans in the aggregate amount of $900.0 million (“Term 5”) and used the proceeds in part to repay the outstanding term 
loans from the previous agreement in its entirety.  The Company also obtained a revolving loan facility of $110.0 million 
to  replace  the  existing  $75.0 million  revolving  credit  facility  scheduled  to  mature  in  December  2018.  The  Credit 
Agreement also includes an incremental term loan facility which provides the ability to request to borrow up to $300.0
million of incremental term loans subject to certain terms and conditions and borrow more than $300.0 million, provided 
that its senior secured leverage ratio would not exceed 3.00:1.00.  Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility are 
secured  by  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  with  the  exception  of  Consolidated 
Communications  of  Illinois  Company  (formerly  Illinois  Consolidated  Telephone  Company)  and  our  majority-owned
subsidiary, East Texas Fiber Line Incorporated.

The Term 5 loan was issued in an original aggregate principal amount of $900.0 million with a maturity date of October 
5, 2023, but is subject to earlier maturity on March 31, 2022 if the Company’s unsecured Senior Notes due in October 
2022 are repaid in full or redeemed in full on or prior to March 31, 2022.  The Term 5 loan contains an original issuance 
discount  of  0.25%, which  is  being  amortized over  the  term  of  the  loan.    The  Term  5 loan requires quarterly principal 
payments of $2.25 million, which commenced December 31, 2016, and has an interest rate of 3.00% plus the London 
Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) subject to a 1.00% LIBOR floor.

The revolving credit facility has a maturity date of October 5, 2021 and an applicable margin (at our election) of between 
2.50% and  3.25% for  LIBOR-based  borrowings  or  between  1.50% and  2.25% for  alternate  base  rate  borrowings, 
depending on our leverage ratio.  Based on our leverage ratio at December 31, 2016, the borrowing margin for the next 
three month period ending March 31, 2017 will be at a weighted-average margin of 3.00% for a LIBOR-based loan or 
2.00% for  an  alternate  base  rate  loan.    The  applicable  borrowing  margin  for  the  revolving  credit  facility  is  adjusted
quarterly to reflect the leverage ratio from the prior quarter-end.  As of December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding 
borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility.    At  December  31  2015,  borrowings  of  $10.0 million  were  outstanding 
under the revolving credit facility.  A stand-by letter of credit of $1.6 million, issued in connection with the Company’s 
insurance coverage, was outstanding under our revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2016.  The stand-by letter of 
credit is renewable annually and reduces the borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility.  As of December 
31, 2016, $108.4 million was available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility.

The  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  outstanding  borrowings  under  our  credit  facility  was  4.00% and  4.24% at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Interest is payable at least quarterly.

Financing Costs

In connection with entering into the restated credit agreement in October 2016, fees of $3.9 million were capitalized as 
deferred  debt  issuance  costs.    These  capitalized  costs  are  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  debt  and  are  included  as  a 
component  of  interest  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  We  also  incurred  a  loss  on  the 
extinguishment  of  debt  of  $6.6  million  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  related  to  the  repayment  of  the 
outstanding term loan under the previous credit agreement which was scheduled to mature in December 2020.

Credit Agreement Covenant Compliance

The credit agreement contains various provisions and covenants, including, among other items, restrictions on the ability 
to pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness, and issue capital stock.  We have agreed to maintain certain financial 
ratios, including interest coverage and total net leverage ratios, all as defined in the credit agreement.  As of December 
31, 2016, we were in compliance with the credit agreement covenants.

In general, our credit agreement restricts our ability to pay dividends to the amount of our Available Cash as defined in 
our credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, and including the $19.6 million dividend declared in October 2016 and 
paid on February 1, 2017, we had $269.3 million in dividend availability under the credit facility covenant.

Under our credit agreement, if our total net leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, as of the end of any fiscal 
quarter,  is  greater  than  5.10:1.00,  we will  be  required  to  suspend  dividends  on  our  common  stock  unless  otherwise 
permitted by an exception for dividends that may be paid from the portion of proceeds of any sale of equity not used to 
fund acquisitions, or make other investments.  During any dividend suspension period, we will be required to repay debt 
in  an  amount  equal  to  50.0% of  any  increase  in  Available  Cash,  among  other  things.    In  addition,  we  will  not  be 
permitted  to  pay  dividends  if  an  event  of  default  under  the  credit  agreement  has  occurred  and  is  continuing.    Among 

F-23

other things, it will be an event of default if our total net leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio as of the end of any
fiscal  quarter  is  greater  than  5.25:1.00  and  less  than  2.25:1.00,  respectively.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  our  total  net 
leverage ratio under the credit agreement was 4.49:1.00, and our interest coverage ratio was 3.97:1.00.

Committed Financing 

In  connection  with  the  execution  of  the  Merger  Agreement,  in  December  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  two 
amendments to its Credit Agreement to secure committed financing related to the acquisition of FairPoint.  On December 
14, 2016, we entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, to increase the senior secured incremental term 
loan credit facility under the Credit Agreement from $865.0 million to an aggregate amount of $935.0 million.  Fees of 
$2.5 million paid to the lenders in connection with Amendment No. 1 are reflected as an additional discount on the Term 
5 loan and will be amortized over the term of the debt as interest expense.  On December 21, 2016, the Company entered 
into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement in which a syndicate of lenders has agreed to provide an incremental 
term loan in an aggregate principal amount of up to $935.0 million under the Credit Agreement (the “Incremental Term 
Loan”), subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  The proceeds of the Incremental Term Loan may be used, in 
part, to repay and redeem certain existing indebtedness of FairPoint and to pay certain fees and expenses in connection 
with  the  Merger  and  the  related  financing.    The  terms,  conditions  and  covenants  of  the  Incremental  Term  Loan  are 
materially  consistent  with  those  in  the  existing  Credit  Agreement,  as  described  above.    The  Incremental  Term Loan 
included  an  original  issue  discount  of  0.50% and  has  an  interest  rate  of  3.00% plus  LIBOR  based  on  the  one-month 
adjusted  rate  subject  to  a  1.00% LIBOR  floor.    Ticking  fees  will  begin  accruing  on  the  Incremental  Term  Loan 
commitments on January 15, 2017 at the rate equal to the interest rate of the Incremental Term Loan.  

Senior Notes

6.50% Senior Notes due 2022

In September 2014, we completed an offering of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 
in October 2022 (the “Existing Notes”).  The Existing Notes were priced at par, which resulted in total gross proceeds of 
$200.0 million.  On June 8, 2015, we completed an additional offering of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount 
of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “New Notes” and together with the Existing Notes, the “Senior Notes”).  The New 
Notes were issued as additional notes under the same indenture pursuant to which the Existing Notes were previously 
issued  on  in  September  2014.    The  New  Notes  were  priced  at  98.26% of  par  with  a  yield  to  maturity  of  6.80% and 
resulted  in  total  gross  proceeds  of  approximately  $294.8 million,  excluding  accrued  interest.    The  original  issuance 
discount of $5.2 million and deferred debt issuance costs of $8.3 million incurred in connection with the issuance of the 
Senior Notes are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the notes.  

The  Senior  Notes  mature  on October 1, 2022  and  interest  is  payable  semi-annually  on  April  1  and October 1  of  each 
year.  Consolidated Communications, Inc. (“CCI”) is the primary obligor under the Senior Notes, and we and certain of 
our wholly-owned subsidiaries have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Senior Notes.  The Senior Notes are senior 
unsecured obligations of the Company.

The net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, were used, in part, to finance the 
acquisition of Enventis in 2014 including related fees and expenses, to repay the existing indebtedness of Enventis and to
redeem our then outstanding $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 
Notes”).  In December 2014, we paid $84.1 million to redeem $72.8 million of the original aggregate principal amount 
of the 2020 Notes and recognized a loss of $13.8 million on the partial extinguishment of debt during the year ended 
December 31, 2014.  In June 2015, we redeemed the remaining $227.2 million of the original aggregate principal amount 
of the 2020 Notes.  In connection with the redemption of the 2020 Notes, we paid $261.9 million and recognized a loss 
on extinguishment of debt of $41.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

On  October  16,  2015,  we  completed  an  exchange  offer  to  register  all  of  the  Senior  Notes  under  the  Securities  Act  of 
1933 (“Securities Act”).  The terms of the registered Senior Notes are substantially identical to those of the Senior Notes 
prior  to  the  exchange,  except  that  the  Senior  Notes  are  now  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  and  the  transfer 
restrictions  and  registration  rights  previously  applicable  to  the  Senior  Notes  no  longer  apply  to  the  registered  Senior 
Notes.  The exchange offer did not impact the aggregate principal amount or the remaining terms of the Senior Notes 
outstanding.

F-24

  
Senior Notes Covenant Compliance

Subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, the indenture governing the Senior Notes contains customary covenants 
that,  among  other  things,  limits  CCI’s  and  its  restricted  subsidiaries’  ability  to:  incur  additional  debt  or  issue  certain 
preferred  stock;  pay  dividends  or  make  other  distributions  on  capital  stock  or  prepay  subordinated  indebtedness; 
purchase or redeem any equity interests;  make investments; create liens; sell assets; enter into agreements that restrict 
dividends or other payments by restricted subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; 
engage in transactions with its affiliates; or enter into any sale and leaseback transactions.  The indenture also contains 
customary events of default.

Among  other  matters,  the  Senior  Notes  indenture  provides  that  CCI  may  not  pay  dividends  or  make  other  restricted 
payments,  as  defined  in  the  indenture,  if  its  total  net  leverage  ratio  is  4.75:1.00  or  greater.    This  ratio  is  calculated 
differently than the comparable ratio under the Credit Agreement; among other differences, it takes into account, on a 
pro forma basis, synergies expected to be achieved as a result of certain acquisitions but not yet reflected in historical 
results.  At December 31, 2016, this ratio was 4.53:1.00.  If this ratio is  met, dividends and other restricted payments 
may be made from cumulative consolidated cash flow since April 1, 2012, less 1.75 times fixed charges, less dividends 
and other restricted payments made since May 30, 2012.  Dividends may be paid and other restricted payments may also 
be  made  from  a  “basket”  of  $50.0 million,  none  of  which  has  been  used  to  date,  and  pursuant  to  other  exceptions 
identified  in  the  indenture.    Since  dividends  of  $331.6 million  have  been  paid  since  May  30,  2012,  including  the 
quarterly  dividend  declared  in  October  2016  and  paid  on  February  1,  2017,  there  was  $451.1 million  of  the  $782.6
million of cumulative consolidated cash flow since May 30, 2012 available to pay dividends at December 31, 2016.  At 
December  31,  2016,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  terms,  conditions  and  covenants  under  the  indenture 
governing the 2022 Notes.

Future Maturities of Debt

At December 31, 2016, the aggregate maturities of our long-term debt excluding capital leases were as follows:

(In thousands)
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total maturities
Less: Unamortized discount

$

9,000
9,000
9,000
9,000
9,000
1,352,750
1,397,750
(8,964)
$1,388,786

See Note 11 regarding the future maturities of our obligations for capital leases.

7. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We may utilize interest rate swap agreements to mitigate risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates related to our 
variable rate debt.  Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in our consolidated balance sheet.  

The following interest rate swaps were outstanding at December 31, 2016:

(In thousands)
Cash Flow Hedges:

Notional
Amount

2016 Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value   

Fixed to 1-month floating LIBOR (with floor)
Fixed to 1-month floating LIBOR (with floor)
Fixed to 1-month floating LIBOR (with floor)

$ 100,000 Other assets
$ 100,000 Accrued expense
$ 50,000 Other long-term liabilities

Total Fair Values

$

$

398
(453)
(216)
(271)

F-25

The following interest rate swaps were outstanding at December 31, 2015:

(In thousands)
Cash Flow Hedges:

Notional
Amount

2015 Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Fixed to 1-month floating LIBOR (with floor)

$ 150,000 Other long-term liabilities

$

(1,084)

De-designated Hedges:

Fixed to 1-month floating LIBOR
Fixed to 1-month floating LIBOR (with floor)

$
$

50,000 Accrued expense
50,000 Accrued expense

Total Fair Values

(80)
(110)
(1,274)

$

The counterparties to our various swaps are highly rated financial institutions.  None of the swap agreements provide for 
either  us  or  the  counterparties  to  post  collateral  nor  do  the  agreements  include  any  covenants  related  to  the  financial 
condition of Consolidated or the counterparties.  The swaps of any counterparty that is a lender, as defined in our credit 
facility, are secured along with the other creditors under the credit facility.  Each of the swap agreements provides that in
the event of a bankruptcy filing by either Consolidated or the counterparty, any amounts owed between the two parties 
would be offset in order to determine the net amount due between parties.  This provision allows us to partially mitigate 
the risk of non-performance by a counterparty.

For interest rate swaps designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the unrealized gain or loss in fair value is
recorded  in  AOCI  and  reclassified  into  earnings  when  the  underlying  hedged  item  impacts  earnings.    The  ineffective 
portion of the change in fair value of the cash flow hedge is recognized immediately in earnings.  For derivative financial 
instruments that are not designated as a hedge, including those that have been de-designated changes in fair value are 
recognized in earnings as interest expense.

In  conjunction  with  the  refinancing  of  our  credit  agreement  in  October  2016  as  discussed  in  Note  6,  the  interest  rate 
swaps were simultaneously de-designated and re-designated as cash flow hedges of future anticipated interest payments 
associated with  our  variable rate  debt.    The  balance of  the  unrealized  loss included  in AOCI  as of  the  date  the  swaps 
were  de-designated  will  be  amortized  to  earnings  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  agreements.    The  interest  rate  swap 
agreements mature on various dates through September 2019.

In 2013, interest rate swaps previously designated as cash flow hedges were de-designated as a result of amendments to 
our credit agreement.  These interest rate swap agreements matured on various dates through September 2016.  Prior to 
de-designation, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swaps were recognized in AOCI.  The 
balance of the unrealized loss included in AOCI as of the date the swaps were de-designated was amortized to earnings 
over the remaining term of the swap agreements.  Changes in fair value of the de-designated swaps were immediately 
recognized in earnings as interest expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, gains of $0.2
million, $0.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were recognized as a reduction to interest expense for the change in 
fair value of the de-designated swaps.

At  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  the  pre-tax  deferred  losses  related  to  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  included  in 
AOCI  were  $0.2 million  and  $1.1 million,  respectively.    The  estimated  amount  of  losses  included  in  AOCI  as  of 
December 31, 2016 that will be recognized in earnings in the next twelve months is approximately $2.1 million.

The following table presents the effect of interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges on AOCI and on the 
consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

(In thousands)

2016

2015

2014

Unrealized loss recognized in AOCI, pretax

$

(469)

$ (1,744)

$ (1,371)

$

— $

$

$

(132)

(2,050)
—  

Deferred losses reclassified from AOCI to interest expense

Gain recognized in interest expense from ineffectiveness

$ (1,352)
  $

242

F-26

 
8. EQUITY

Share-based Compensation

Our  Board  of  Directors  may  grant  share-based  awards  from  our  shareholder  approved  Amended  and  Restated 
Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  2005  Long-term  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Plan”).    The  Plan  permits  the 
issuance  of  awards  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  stock  grants,  stock  unit  grants  and  other 
equity-based awards to eligible directors and employees at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board 
of Directors.  On May 4, 2015, the shareholders approved an amendment to the Plan to increase by 1,000,000 the number 
of shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under the Plan. Approximately 2,650,000 shares of our common 
stock are authorized for issuance under the Plan, provided that no more than 300,000 shares may be granted in the form 
of stock options or stock appreciation rights to any eligible employee or director in any calendar year.  Unless terminated 
sooner, the Plan will continue to be in effect through May 5, 2019.

We measure the fair value of RSAs based on the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. We 
recognize the expense associated with RSAs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which generally 
ranges from immediate vesting to a four year vesting period.

We  implemented  an  ongoing  performance-based  incentive  program  under  the  Plan.    The  performance-based  incentive 
program provides for annual grants of PSAs.  PSAs are restricted stock that are issued, to the extent earned, at the end of 
each  performance  cycle.    Under  the  performance-based  incentive  program,  each  participant  is  given  a  target  award 
expressed  as  a  number  of  shares,  with  a  payout  opportunity  ranging  from  0% to  120% of  the  target,  depending  on 
performance relative to predetermined goals.  An estimate of the number of PSAs that are expected to vest is made, and 
the fair value of the PSAs is expensed utilizing the fair value on the date of grant over the requisite service period.

The following table summarizes grants of RSAs and PSAs under the Plan during the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014:

RSAs Granted
PSAs Granted

Total

Grant Date
Fair Value
23.95
$
20.86
$

2016
100,040
94,066
194,106

Year Ended December 31, 
Grant Date
Fair Value
21.08
$
19.74
$

2015
83,571
77,786
161,357

2014
132,781
91,127
223,908

Grant Date
Fair Value
$ 19.74
$ 17.13

The following table summarizes the RSA and PSA activity during the year ended December 31, 2016:

RSAs

PSAs

Non-vested shares outstanding - January 1, 2016
Shares granted
Shares vested
Shares forfeited, cancelled or retired
Non-vested shares outstanding - December 31, 2016

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
19.40
23.95
21.13
19.74
22.34

Shares

99,360 $
100,040 $
(103,671) $
(2,067) $
93,662 $

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
18.75
20.86
19.44
19.81
20.12

Shares

83,224 $
94,066 $
(64,018) $
(4,112) $
109,160 $

The total fair value of the RSAs and PSAs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 
$3.4 million, $3.9 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

F-27

Share-based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes total compensation costs recognized for share-based payments during the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

(In thousands)
Restricted stock
Performance shares
Total

Year Ended December 31, 
2015

2014

2016

$

$

2.1
0.9
3.0

$

$

1.7
1.3
3.0

$

$

2.1
1.5
3.6

Income tax benefits related to share-based compensation of approximately $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million 
were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Share-based compensation expense 
is included in “selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

As  of  December  31,  2016,  total  unrecognized  compensation  costs  related  to  non-vested  RSAs  and  PSAs  was  $2.7
million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.6 years. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, by component during 
2016 and 2015:

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2014

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 
income
Net current period other comprehensive income 

Balance at December 31, 2015

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net current period other comprehensive income 

Balance at December 31, 2016

$

$

$

Pension and
Post-Retirement
Obligations

Derivative
Instruments

(31,185) $
(5,547)

(455) $

(1,072)

1,707
(3,840)
(35,025) $
(14,831)
2,706
(12,125)
(47,150) $

853
(219)
(674) $
(289)
836
547
(127) $

Total
(31,640)
(6,619)

2,560
(4,059)
(35,699)
(15,120)
3,542
(11,578)
(47,277)

The following table summarizes reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive loss during 2016 and 2015: 

(In thousands)
Amortization of pension and post-retirement items:

Prior service credit
Actuarial loss

Loss on cash flow hedges:
Interest rate derivatives

Amount Reclassified from AOCI
Year Ended December 31, 

2016

2015

Affected Line Item in the
Statement of Income

$

$

$

$

$

979
(5,423)
(4,444)
1,738
(2,706) $

(a)  

1,079 (a)
(3,884)
(2,805) Total before tax
1,098 Tax benefit
(1,707) Net of tax

(1,352) $
516
(836) $

(1,371)

Interest expense

518 Tax benefit
(853) Net of tax

(a) These items are included in the components of net periodic benefit cost for our pension and post-retirement benefit 

plans.  See Note 9 for additional details.

F-28

9. PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Defined Benefit Plans

We sponsor a qualified defined benefit pension plan (“Retirement Plan”) that is non-contributory covering certain of our 
hourly employees under collective bargaining agreements who fulfill minimum age and service requirements.  Certain 
salaried employees are also covered by the Retirement Plan, although these benefits have previously been frozen.  The 
Retirement Plan is closed to all new entrants.  Benefits for eligible participants under collective bargaining agreements 
are accrued based on a cash balance benefit plan.

We also have two non-qualified supplemental retirement plans (“Supplemental Plans”).  The Supplemental Plans provide 
supplemental retirement benefits to certain former employees by providing for incremental pension payments to partially 
offset the reduction of the amount that would have been payable under the qualified defined benefit pension plans if it 
were not for limitations imposed by federal income tax regulations. The Supplemental Plans have previously been frozen 
so that no person is eligible to become a new participant.  These plans are unfunded and have no assets.  The benefits 
paid under the Supplemental Plans are paid from the general operating funds of the Company.

The following tables summarize the change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Retirement Plan 
and Supplemental Plans (collectively the “Pension Plans”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

(In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial loss (gain)
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at the end of the year

(In thousands)
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year
Employer contributions
Actual return on plan assets
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year
Funded status at year end

2016

2015

352,206
343
16,291
12,935
(31,383)
350,392

2016

278,038
258
16,820
(31,383)
263,733
(86,659)

$

$

$

$
$

381,188
410
15,788
(22,951)
(22,229)
352,206

2015

297,118
12,224
(9,075)
(22,229)
278,038
(74,168)

$

$

$

$
$

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of:

(In thousands)
Current liabilities
Long-term liabilities

2016

2015

(245) $

$
(245)
$(86,414) $(73,923)

Amounts  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2015 
consisted of:

(In thousands)
Unamortized prior service credit
Unamortized net actuarial loss

2016

2015

$ (3,054) $ (3,512)
72,040
$ 68,528

83,367
$ 80,313

F-29

  
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic pension cost recognized in the consolidated statements 
of operations for the plans for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014: 

(In thousands)
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of:

Net actuarial loss
Prior service credit

Net periodic pension cost (benefit)

$

$

2016

2015

2014

343
16,291
(20,635)

5,423
(458)
964

$

$

410
15,788
(23,372)

4,018
(457)
(3,613)

$

$

560
16,295
(23,106)

20
(457)
(6,688)

The following table summarizes other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive 
loss, before tax effects, during 2016 and 2015. 

(In thousands)
Actuarial loss, net
Recognized actuarial loss
Recognized prior service credit
Total amount recognized in other comprehensive loss, before tax effects

2016
16,750
(5,423)
458
11,785

$

$

2015

9,497
(4,018)
457
5,936

$

$

The estimated net actuarial loss and net prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized 
from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  in  net  periodic  benefit  cost  in  2017  are  $6.8 million  and  $(0.5)  million, 
respectively.

The  assumptions  used to  determine  the  projected  benefit  obligations  and  net  periodic  benefit  cost  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

Discount rate - net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate - benefit obligation
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
Rate of compensation/salary increase

Other Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Agreements

2014

2016
2015
4.76 %   4.27 %   4.97 %
4.27 % 4.76 % 4.27 %
7.75 %   8.00 %   8.00 %
1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %

We also are liable for deferred compensation agreements with former members of the board of directors and certain other 
former employees of acquired companies.  Depending on the plan, benefits are payable in monthly or annual installments 
for a period of time based on the terms of the agreement which range from five years up to the life of the participant or to 
the beneficiary upon death of the participant and may begin as early as age 55.  Participants accrue no new benefits as 
these  plans  had  previously  been  frozen.    Payments  related  to  the  deferred  compensation  agreements  totaled 
approximately  $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The net 
present value of the remaining obligations was approximately $2.0 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 
2015,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  pension  and  post-retirement  benefit  obligations  in  the  accompanying  balance 
sheets.

We  also  maintain  25 life  insurance  policies  on  certain  of  the  participating  former  directors  and  employees.    We 
recognized  $0.2 million  in  life  insurance  proceeds  as  other  non-operating  income  in  2016.  We  did  not  recognize  any 
insurance  proceeds  in  2015.    The  excess  of  the  cash  surrender  value  of  the  remaining  life  insurance  policies  over  the 
notes payable balances related to these policies is determined by an independent consultant, and totaled $2.2 million and 
$2.1 million  at  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  These  amounts  are  included  in  investments  in  the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  Cash principal payments for the policies and any proceeds from the policies 
are classified as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.  The aggregate death benefit payment 
payable under these policies totaled $6.8 million and $7.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

F-30

 
  
Post-retirement Benefit Obligations

We  sponsor  various  healthcare  and  life insurance  plans  (“Post-retirement  Plans”)  that  provide  post-retirement  medical 
and life insurance benefits to certain groups of retired employees.  Certain plans have previously been frozen so that no
person is eligible to become a new participant.  Retirees share in the cost of healthcare benefits, making contributions 
that are adjusted periodically—either based upon collective bargaining agreements or because total costs of the program 
have changed.  Covered expenses for retiree health benefits are paid as they are incurred.  Post-retirement life insurance 
benefits are fully insured.  A majority of the healthcare plans are unfunded and have no assets, and benefits are paid from 
the general operating funds of the Company.  However, a plan acquired in the purchase of another company is funded by  
assets that are separately designated within the Retirement Plan for the sole purpose of providing payments of the retiree 
medical benefits for this specific plan.   

The  following  tables  summarize  the  change  in  benefit  obligation,  plan  assets  and  funded  status  of  the  post-retirement 
benefit obligations as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

(In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participant contributions
Actuarial loss (gain)
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at the end of the year

(In thousands)
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year
Employer contributions
Plan participant’s contributions
Actual return on plan assets
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year
Funded status at year end

2016

2015

40,538
602
2,019
544
6,767
(4,152)
46,318

$

$

42,135
601
1,713
657
(910)
(3,658)
40,538

2016

2015

$

2,985
3,608
544
(699)
(4,152)
2,286
$
(44,032) $

3,329
3,001
657
(344)
(3,658)
2,985
(37,553)

$

$

$

$
$

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 consist of:

(In thousands)
Current liabilities
Long-term liabilities

2016

2015

$ (1,555) $
(566)
$(42,477) $(36,987)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 consist 
of:

(In thousands)
Unamortized prior service credit
Unamortized net actuarial loss (gain)

2016

2015

$ (4,616) $ (5,137)
(6,658)
$ (3,660) $(11,795)

956

F-31

  
  
  
The following table summarizes the components of the net periodic costs for post-retirement benefits for the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014: 

(In thousands)
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of:

Net actuarial gain
Prior service credit

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost

2016

2015

2014

$

$

602
2,019
(148)

—
(521)
1,952

$

$

601
1,713
(150)

(134)
(622)
1,408

$

$

479
1,565
(223)

(563)
(37)
1,221

The following table summarizes other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive 
loss, before tax effects, during 2016 and 2015: 

(In thousands)
Actuarial loss (gain), net
Recognized actuarial gain
Recognized prior service credit
Total amount recognized in other comprehensive loss, before tax effects

2016
$ 7,614
—
521
$ 8,135

2015
$ (417)
134
622
339

$

The estimated net prior service credit that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net periodic 
postretirement cost in 2017 is approximately $0.5 million. In 2017, there is not expected to be any amortization of the 
unamortized net actuarial loss in net periodic postretirement cost.

The discount rate assumptions utilized for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

Net periodic benefit cost
Benefit obligation

2016
2015
4.61 %   4.11 %   4.55 %
4.12 %   4.61 %   4.11 %

2014

For purposes of determining the cost and obligation for pre-Medicare post-retirement medical benefits, a 7.50% annual 
rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., healthcare trend rate) was assumed for the plan in 2016, 
declining  to  a  rate  of  5.00% in  2022. Assumed  healthcare  cost  trend  rates  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  amounts 
reported for  healthcare  plans.    A  one  percent  change  in  the  assumed  healthcare  cost  trend  rate  would  have  had  the 
following effects:

(In thousands)
Effect on total of service and interest cost
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

1% Increase
185
$
2,429
$

1% Decrease
(160)
$
(2,157)
$

Plan Assets

Our  investment  strategy  is  designed  to  provide  a  stable  environment  to  earn  a  rate  of  return  over  time  to  satisfy  the 
benefit obligations and minimize the reliance on contributions as a source of benefit security.  The objectives are based 
on  a  long-term  (5  to  15 year)  investment  horizon,  so  that  interim  fluctuations  should  be  viewed  with  appropriate 
perspective.  The assets of the fund are to be invested to achieve the greatest return for the pension plans consistent with 
a prudent level of risk.

The asset return objective is to achieve, as a minimum over time, the passively managed return earned by managed index 
funds,  weighted  in  the  proportions  outlined  by  the  asset  class  exposures  identified  in  the  pension  plan’s  strategic 
allocation. We update our long-term, strategic asset allocations every few years to ensure they are in line with our fund 
objectives.  The target allocation of the Pension Plan assets is approximately 60% in equities with the remainder in fixed 
income funds and cash equivalents.  Currently, we believe that there are no significant concentrations of risk associated 
with the pension plan assets.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies for assets measured at fair value utilizing the fair value 
hierarchy discussed in Note 1, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value. 
The  fair  value  measurements  used  to  value  our  plan  assets  as  of  December  31,  2016  were  generated  by  using  market 

F-32

transactions involving identical or comparable assets.  There were no changes in the valuation techniques used during 
2016. 

In 2016, we retrospectively adopted ASU 2015-07, as discussed in Note 1, and as a result, we have removed investments 
that are measured using NAV per share as a practical expedient from the fair value hierarchy and restated prior period 
amounts accordingly.

Common and Preferred Stocks: Includes domestic and international common and preferred stocks and are valued at the 
closing price as of the measurement date as reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded.

Mutual Funds: Valued at the daily closing NAV based on the closing price reported on the active market on which the 
funds are traded.  

U.S. Treasury and Government Agency Securities: Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which 
the  individual  securities  are  traded  (Level  1).    Government  issued  mortgage-backed  securities  are  valued  based  on 
external pricing indices ( Level 2). 

Corporate and Municipal Bonds:  Valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with 
similar credit ratings.

Mortgage/Asset-backed Securities: Valued based on market prices from external pricing indices based on recent market 
activity.

Common Collective Trusts and Commingled Funds: Units in the fund are valued based on the NAV of the funds, which 
is based on the fair value of the underlying investments held by the fund less its liabilities as reported by the issuer of the 
fund. The NAV per share is used as a practical expedient to estimate fair value. This practical expedient is not used when 
it is determined to be probable that the fund will sell the investment for an amount different than the reported net asset 
value. These investments have no unfunded commitments, are redeemable daily or monthly and have redemption notice 
periods of up to 10 days.

F-33

The fair values of our assets for our defined benefit pension plans at December 31, 2016 and 2015, by asset category 
were as follows:

(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
Equities:
Stocks:

U.S. common stocks
International stocks

Funds:

U.S. mid cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income:
U.S. treasury and government agency securities
Corporate and municipal bonds
Mortgage/asset-backed securities
Mutual funds
Total plan assets in the fair value hierarchy
Common Collective Trusts measured at NAV: (1)
Short-term investments (2)
Equities:

U.S. small cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income
Total plan assets 
Other liabilities (3)
Net plan assets

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

As of December 31, 2016
Significant
Other

Significant

Observable Unobservable

Inputs
(Level 2)

Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

$

671

$

671

$

— $

23,285
8,756

9,294
7,564
14,382
47,784

—
—

—
—
—
—

8,794
—
—
20,055
140,585

8,027
6,712
4,171
—
$ 18,910

$

$

23,285
8,756

9,294
7,564
14,382
47,784

16,821
6,712
4,171
20,055
159,495

7,330

10,093
14,064
7,865
15,434
52,340
266,621
(2,888)
  $ 263,733

F-34

 
 
 
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
Equities:
Stocks:

U.S. common stocks
International stocks

Funds:

U.S. mid cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income:
U.S. treasury and government agency securities
Corporate and municipal bonds
Mortgage/asset-backed securities
Mutual funds
Total plan assets in the fair value hierarchy
Common Collective Trusts measured at NAV: (1)
Short-term investments (2)
Equities:

U.S. small cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income
Total plan assets
Other liabilities (3)
Net plan assets

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

As of December 31, 2015
Significant
Other

Significant

Observable Unobservable

Inputs
(Level 2)

Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

$

1,692

$

1,692

$

— $

27,192
9,173

7,956
8,297
12,822
47,966

—
—

—
—
—
—

8,895
—
—
24,871
148,864

7,964
6,540
5,910
—
$ 20,414

$

$

27,192
9,173

7,956
8,297
12,822
47,966

16,859
6,540
5,910
24,871
169,278

5,028

11,018
13,822
6,588
15,696
58,882
280,312
(2,274)
$ 278,038

(1) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share as a practical expedient have not been categorized in 
the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value 
hierarchy to the total plan assets.

(2) Short-term  investments  include  an  investment  in  a  common  collective  trust  which  is  principally  comprised  of  certificates  of 

deposit, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury bills with maturities less than one year.

(3) Net amount due for securities purchased and sold.

F-35

The fair values of our assets for our post-retirement benefit plans at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

As of December 31, 2016
Significant
Other

Significant

Observable Unobservable

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Inputs
(Level 2)
$ — $

$

$

6

225
84

90
73
139
462

85
—
—
194
1,358

$

Inputs
(Level 3)

—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

78
65
40
—
183

$

(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
Equities:

U.S. common stocks
International stocks

Funds:

U.S. mid cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income:
U.S. treasury and government agency securities
Corporate and municipal bonds
Mortgage/asset-backed securities
Mutual funds
Total plan assets in the fair value hierarchy
Common Collective Trusts measured at NAV: (1)
Short-term investments (2)
Equities:

U.S. small cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income
Total plan assets
Benefit payments payable
Other liabilities (3)
Net plan assets

Total
6

$

225
84

90
73
139
462

163
65
40
194
1,541

71

98
136
76
149
506
2,577
(263)
(28)
$ 2,286

F-36

(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
Equities:

U.S. common stocks
International stocks

Funds:

U.S. mid cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income:
U.S. treasury and government agency securities
Corporate and municipal bonds
Mortgage/asset-backed securities
Mutual funds
Total plan assets in the fair value hierarchy
Common Collective Trusts measured at NAV: (1)
Short-term investments (2)
Equities:

U.S. small cap
U.S. large cap
Emerging markets
International

Fixed Income
Total plan assets
Benefit payments payable
Other liabilities (3)
Net plan assets

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

As of December 31, 2015
Significant
Other

Significant

Observable Unobservable

Inputs
(Level 2)
$ — $

Inputs
(Level 3)

—  

Total

$

20

$

20

315
106

92
96
148
555

103
—
—
288
1,723

$

$

—
—

—
—
—
—

92
75
69
—
236

$

—  
—

—
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—
—

315
106

92
96
148
555

195
75
69
288
1,959

58

127
160
76
181
681
3,242
(230)
(27)
$ 2,985

(1) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using  NAV per share as a practical expedient have not been categorized in
the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value 
hierarchy to the total plan assets.

(2) Short-term investments include investment in a common collective trust which is principally comprised of certificates of deposit, 

commercial paper and U.S. Treasury bills with maturities less than one year.

(3) Net amount due for securities purchased and sold.

Cash Flows

Contributions

Our funding policy is to contribute annually an actuarially determined amount necessary to meet the minimum funding 
requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws.  We expect to contribute approximately $2.9 million to our
pension plans and $3.9 million to our other post-retirement plans in 2017.  

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Future Benefit Payments

As of December 31, 2016, benefit payments expected to be paid over the next ten years are outlined in the following 
table:

(In thousands)
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 - 2026

Defined Contribution Plans

$

Pension
Plans

23,667
23,594
23,590
23,565
23,409
113,431

Other
Post-retirement
Plans

$

3,872
4,016
4,077
4,058
3,886
16,111

We offer defined contribution 401(k) plans to substantially all of our employees.  Contributions made under the defined 
contribution plans include a match, at the Company’s discretion, of employee contributions to the plans.  We recognized 
expense with respect to these plans of $6.5 million, $6.9 million and $5.3 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  
The increase in 2015 is attributable to the acquisition of Enventis which accounted for $1.8 million of the total expense.

10. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following components:

(In thousands)

Current:

Federal
State

Total current expense (benefit)

Deferred:
Federal
State

Total deferred expense
Total income tax expense

For the Year Ended 
2015

2014

2016

$ 1,390
709
2,099

$ (3,708) $ 1,769
1,014
2,783

655
(3,053)

20,087
776
20,863
$ 22,962

4,321
1,507
5,828
$ 2,775

8,136
2,108
10,244
$ 13,027

The following is a reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate for the years ended December 
31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

(In percentages)

Statutory federal income tax rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Transaction costs
Other permanent differences
Change in uncertain tax positions
Change in deferred tax rate
Valuation allowance
Provision to return
Sale of stock in subsidiary
Non deductible goodwill
Other

F-38

For the Year Ended 
2015

2014

2016

35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %
(37.9)
2.9
-
-
10.8
0.9
(8.2)
-
91.9
(4.0)
43.4
1.6
(1.5)
0.3
-
19.1
-
3.8
0.6
(1.6)
60.2 %   131.9 %   45.8 %

1.2
2.6
0.4
-
7.4
(0.7)
-
-  
-  
(0.1)

Deferred Taxes

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  the  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-17,  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of 
Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”).  ASU 2015-17 requires that all deferred tax liabilities and tax assets, and any related 
valuation allowance, be classified as non-current in a classified balance sheet. The classification change simplifies the 
Company’s process as it eliminates the need to separately identify the net current and net non-current deferred tax asset 
or  liability  in  each  jurisdiction  and  allocate  valuation  allowances.  ASU  2015-17  is  effective  for  annual  and  interim 
periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted, and may be applied either prospectively or 
retrospectively.  We  early  adopted  this  guidance  prospectively  as  of  December  31,  2015,  and  as  a  result,  we  have 
classified all net deferred tax liabilities as non-current in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

The components of the net deferred tax liability are as follows:

(In thousands)

Non-current deferred tax assets:

Reserve for uncollectible accounts
Accrued vacation pay deducted when paid
Accrued expenses and deferred revenue
Net operating loss carryforwards
Pension and postretirement obligations
Share-based compensation
Derivative instruments
Financing costs
Tax credit carryforwards
Other

Valuation allowance

Net non-current deferred tax assets

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill and other intangibles
Basis in investment 
Partnership investments
Property, plant and equipment

Net non-current deferred taxes

Year Ended December 31, 

2016

2015

$

1,090
2,286
7,687
13,068
50,353
189
80
492
5,383
22
80,650
(1,775)
78,875

$

1,268
2,112
9,051
31,695
44,266
268
421
310
3,973
23
93,387
(2,652)
90,735

(36,558)
(38)
(22,360)
(264,217)
(323,173)
$(244,298)

(38,658)
(39)
(22,058)
(266,509)
(327,264)
$(236,529)

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial 
reporting purposes and assets and liabilities recognized for tax purposes.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets 
depends  upon  taxable  income during  the  future  periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.    To 
determine whether deferred tax assets can be realized, management assesses whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, taking into consideration the scheduled reversal of deferred 
tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies.

Based upon historical taxable income, taxable temporary differences, available and prudent tax planning strategies and 
projections  for  future  pre-tax  book  income  over  the  periods  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  deductible,  management 
believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these temporary differences.  However, 
management may reduce the amount of deferred tax assets it considers realizable in the near term if estimates of future 
taxable  income  during  the  carryforward  period  are  reduced.    Estimates  of  future  taxable  income  are  based  on  the 
estimated recognition of taxable temporary differences, available and prudent tax planning strategies and projections of 
future pre-tax book income.  The amount of estimated future taxable income is expected to allow for the full utilization 
of the net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, partial utilization of the state NOL carryforwards and partial utilization 
of the state credit carryforwards, as described below.

Consolidated  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  which  file  a  consolidated  federal  income  tax  return,  estimates  it  has 
available  federal  NOL  carryforwards  as  of  December  31,  2016  of  $20.7 million  and  related  deferred  tax  assets  of 

F-39

$7.2 million.  The  amount  of  federal  NOL  carryforwards  and  related  deferred  tax  assets  for  which  a  benefit  would  be 
recorded in additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) when realized is $5.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively.  The federal 
NOL carryforwards expire in 2035. 

ETFL,  a  nonconsolidated  subsidiary  for  federal  income  tax  return  purposes,  estimates  it  has  available  NOL 
carryforwards as of December 31, 2016 of $1.6 million and related deferred tax assets of $0.6 million. ETFL’s federal 
NOL carryforwards expire from 2021 to 2024.

We  estimate  that  we  have  available  state  NOL  carryforwards  as  of  December  31,  2016  of  $154.9 million  and  related 
deferred tax assets of $7.5 million.  The amount of state NOL carryforwards and related deferred tax assets for which a 
benefit would be recorded in APIC when realized is $9.4 million and less than $0.2 million, respectively.  The state NOL 
carryforwards expire from 2017 to 2035. Management believes that it is more likely than not that we will not be able to 
realize  state  NOL  carryforwards  of $11.1 million  and  related  deferred  tax  asset  of  $0.5 million  and  have  placed  a 
valuation allowance on this amount.  The related NOL carryforwards expire from 2017 to 2035.  If or when recognized, 
the  tax  benefits  related  to  any  reversal  of  the  valuation  allowance  will  be  accounted  for  as  a  reduction  of  income  tax 
expense.

We estimate that we have available federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) credit carryforwards as of December 31, 
2016 of $2.2 million and related deferred tax assets of $2.2 million.  The AMT credits are available to offset future tax 
liabilities  only  to  the  extent  that  the  Company  has  regular  tax  liabilities  in  excess  of  AMT  tax  liabilities.  The  federal 
AMT credit carryforward does not expire.

We estimate that we have available state tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2016 of $5.0 million and related 
deferred tax assets of $3.3 million.  The state tax credit carryforwards are limited annually and expire from 2017 to 2027.  
Management believes that it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize state tax carryforwards of $2.0
million and related deferred tax asset of $1.3 million and has placed a valuation allowance on this amount.  The related 
state tax credit carryforwards expires from 2017 to 2021.  If or when recognized, the tax benefits related to any reversal 
of the valuation allowance will be accounted for as a reduction of income tax expense.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Under the accounting guidance applicable to uncertainty in income taxes, we have analyzed filing positions in all of the 
federal  and  state  jurisdictions  where  we  are  required  to  file  income  tax  returns  as  well  as  all  open  tax  years  in  these 
jurisdictions.    This  accounting  guidance  clarifies  the  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  recognized  in  a 
company’s financial statements; prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return; and provides guidance on 
description, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Our unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $0.1 million.  The net amount of unrecognized 
benefits that, if recognized, would result in an impact to the effective rate is less than $0.1 million. 

Our  practice  is  to  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  interest  expense  and  general  and 
administrative expense, respectively.  During 2016 and 2015, we did not have a material liability for interest or penalties 
and had no material interest or penalty expense.

The  periods  subject  to  examination  for  our  federal  return  are  years  2013  through  2015.   The  periods  subject  to 
examination for our state returns are years 2012 through 2015.  We are not currently under examination by federal or 
state taxing authorities.

We do not expect that the total unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest will significantly change due to the 
settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations in the next twelve months. There were no material changes 
to these amounts during 2016 and there were no material effects on the Company’s effective tax rate.

F-40

The following is a reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

(In thousands)

Balance at January 1
Additions for tax positions in the current year
Reduction for tax positions of prior years
Reduction for lapse of state statute of limitations
Balance at December 31

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Liability for
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits

2016

2015

$

$

66
-
-
(2)
64

$

$

238
1
(158)
(15)
66

We have certain other obligations for various contractual agreements to secure future rights to goods and services to be 
used  in  the  normal  course  of  our  operations.  These  include  purchase  commitments  for  planned  capital  expenditures, 
agreements securing dedicated access and transport services, and service and support agreements.  Additionally, we have 
procured transport resale arrangements with several interexchange carriers for our long distance services.

As  of  December  31,  2016,  future  minimum  contractual  obligations,  including  capital  and  operating  leases,  and  the 
estimated timing and effect the obligations will have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods are as follows:

Minimum Annual Contractual Obligations

(in thousands)
Operating lease agreements 
Capital lease agreements
Capital expenditures (1)
Service and support agreements (2)
Transport and data connectivity

Total

2017
$ 11,304
5,922
3,151
6,724
20,870
$ 47,971

2018
$ 10,000
6,187
—
3,378
9,132
$ 28,697

$

2019
8,838
3,486
—
1,266
7,515
$ 21,105

2020
$ 7,069
889
—
725
6,817
$ 15,500

2021
$ 4,287
373
—
236
6,822
$ 11,718

Thereafter
$ 12,605
—
—
354
6,752
$ 19,711

Total
$ 54,103
16,857
3,151
12,683
57,908
$ 144,702

(1) We have binding commitments with numerous suppliers for future capital expenditures.
(2)   We  have  entered  into  service  and  maintenance  agreements  to  support  various  computer  hardware  and  software 

applications and certain equipment.  

Leases

Operating

We have entered into various non-cancelable operating leases with terms greater than one year for certain facilities and 
equipment  used  in  our  operations.  The  facility  leases  generally  require  us  to  pay  operating  costs,  including  property 
taxes, insurance and maintenance, and certain of them contain scheduled rent increases and renewal options. Leasehold 
improvements are amortized over their estimated useful lives or lease period, whichever is shorter. We recognize rent 
expense on a straight-line basis over the term of each lease.

We incurred rent expense of $12.7 million, $12.1 million and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 
and 2014, respectively.

Capital Leases

We lease certain facilities and equipment under various capital lease arrangements, all of which expire between 2017 and 
2021.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  the  present  value  of  the  minimum  remaining  lease  commitments,  net  of  imputed 
interest of $2.0 million, was approximately $16.9 million, of which $5.9 million was due and payable within the next 
twelve months.  See Note 12 for information regarding the capital leases we have entered into with related parties.

F-41

Litigation, Regulatory Proceedings and Other Contingencies

FairPoint

On February 7, 2017, an alleged class action complaint was filed by a purported stockholder of FairPoint in the United 
States  District  Court  for  the  Western  District  of  North  Carolina  (Case  No.  3:17-cv-51)  against  us,  FairPoint  and  its 
directors.  Among other things, the complaint alleges that the disclosures in our Form S-4 Registration Statement filed 
with the SEC on January 26, 2017, in connection with the Merger Agreement, are materially incomplete and misleading 
in  violation  of  Sections  14(a)  and  20(a)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.    The  plaintiff  seeks  to 
enjoin us from consummating the merger with FairPoint on the agreed-upon terms or, alternatively, to rescind the merger 
in  the  event  that  we  consummate  the  merger,  in  addition  to  damages  and  attorney  fees  and  costs.    We  believe  the 
allegations made in this complaint are without merit.  We have not yet filed an answer or other responsive pleading to the 
complaint.

Access Charges

In 2014, Sprint Communications Company L.P. (“Sprint”) along with MCI Communications Services, Inc. and Verizon 
Select  Services  Inc.  (collectively,  “Verizon”) filed  lawsuits  against  us  and  many  other  Local  Exchange  Carriers 
(“LECs”)  throughout  the  country  challenging  the  switched  access  charges  LECs  assessed  Sprint  and  Verizon,  as 
interexchange carriers (“IXCs”), for certain calls originating from or terminating to mobile and wireline devices that are 
routed  to  us  through  these  IXCs. The  plaintiffs’  position  is  based  on  their  interpretation  of  federal  law,  among  other 
things, and they are seeking refunds of past access charges paid for such calls.  The disputed amounts total $2.4 million 
and cover periods dating back to 2006.  CenturyLink, Inc., which is a defendant in both groups of cases, requested that 
the  U.S.  Judicial  Panel  on  Multidistrict  Litigation  (the  “Panel”),  which  has  the  authority  to  transfer  the  pretrial 
proceedings to a single court for multiple civil cases involving common questions of fact, transfer and consolidate these 
cases  in  one  court.    The  Panel  granted  CenturyLink’s  request  and  ordered  that  these  cases  be  transferred  to  and 
centralized in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas (the “Court”).  On November 17, 2015, the Court 
dismissed these complaints based on its interpretation of federal law and held that LECs could assess switched access 
charges for the calls at issue (the “November 2015 Order”).  The November 2015 Order also allowed the plaintiffs to 
amend their complaints to assert claims that arise under state laws independent of the dismissed claims asserted under 
federal law.  While Verizon did not make such a filing, on May 16, 2016, Sprint filed amended complaints and on June 
30, 2016, the LEC defendants named in such complaints filed a Joint Motion to Strike or Dismiss them.  Briefing on this 
Joint Motion concluded in August 2016 and the Court has yet to issue a decision on it.  

Relatedly,  in  2015,  numerous  LECs  across  the  country,  including  a  number  of  our  LEC  entities,  filed  complaints  in 
various U.S. district courts against Level 3 Communications, LLC and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Level 3”) 
for its failure to pay access charges for certain calls that the November 2015 Order held could be assessed by LECs.  The 
total amount our LEC entities seek from Level 3 in this proceeding is at least approximately $0.3 million, excluding late 
payment  charges/penalties  and  attorneys’  fees.    These  complaint  cases  were  transferred  to  and  included  in  the  above-
referenced  consolidated  proceeding  before  the  Court.  On  May  31,  2016,  Level  3  filed  a  Motion  to  Dismiss  these 
complaints  that  largely  repeated  arguments  the  November  2015  Order  rejected.  Briefing  on  Level  3’s  Motion  has 
concluded  and  an  oral  argument  on  it  is  scheduled  for  February  15,  2017.    After  that, it  will  likely  be  a  few  months 
before the Court issues a decision on this Motion. 

While the Court adopted a Scheduling Order on July 19, 2016 for the remaining proceedings in the consolidated cases 
(including, among other things, dates for the parties to informally resolve damage claims, i.e., the amounts in dispute and 
late payment charges), that Order was recently stayed.  However, twenty days after the Court issues decisions on Level 
3's  Motion  to  Dismiss  and  the  LECs’  Joint  Motion  to  Dismiss,  the  parties  are  required  to  submit  a  joint  status  report 
proposing the appropriate procedures and deadlines for the case.  Once the proceedings before the Court become final, 
Sprint, Verizon, and Level 3 are expected to appeal the November 2015 Order along with any order that may, for similar 
reasons,  deny  Level  3’s  May  31,  2016  Motion  to  Dismiss.    We  have  interconnection  agreements  in  place  with  all 
wireless carriers and the applicable traffic is being billed at current access rates.  Absent a decision by an appellate court 
that overturns the November 2015 Order or a decision granting Level 3’s Motion to Dismiss, it will be difficult for Sprint 
and Verizon  to  succeed  on any  claims  against  us  or  for  Level  3  to  avoid  paying  the  access  charges  it  disputes  in  this 
litigation.  Therefore, we do not expect any potential settlement or judgment to have an adverse material impact on our 
financial results or cash flows.   

F-42

Gross Receipts Tax

Two  of  our  subsidiaries,  Consolidated  Communications  of  Pennsylvania  Company  LLC  (“CCPA”)  and  Consolidated 
Communications  Enterprise  Services  Inc.  (“CCES”),  have,  at  various  times,  received  assessment  notices  from  the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Revenue (“DOR”) increasing the amounts owed for Pennsylvania Gross 
Receipts  Tax,  and/or  have  had  audits  performed  for  the  tax  years  of  2008  through  2013.  In  addition,  a  re-audit  was 
performed on CCPA for the 2010 calendar year.     

Pennsylvania generally imposes tax on the gross receipts received from telephone messages transmitted wholly within 
the  state  and  telephone  messages  transmitted  in  interstate  commerce  where  such  messages  originate  or  terminate  in 
Pennsylvania, and the charges for such messages are billed to a service address in the state.  In a 2013 decision involving 
Verizon  Pennsylvania,  Inc.    (“Verizon  Pennsylvania”),  the  Commonwealth  Court  of  Pennsylvania  held  that  the  gross 
receipts tax applies to Verizon Pennsylvania’s installation of private phone lines because the sole purpose of private lines 
is to transmit messages.  Similarly, the court held that directory assistance is subject to the gross receipts tax because it 
makes  the  transmission  of  messages  more  effective  and  satisfactory.    However,  the  court  did  not  find  Verizon 
Pennsylvania’s nonrecurring charges for the installation of telephone lines, moves of and changes to telephone lines and 
services and repairs of telephone lines to be subject to the gross receipts tax as no telephone messages are transmitted 
when Verizon Pennsylvania performs these nonrecurring services. 

In November 2015, on appeal, the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania held in Verizon Pennsylvania, Inc. v. Commonwealth 
of Pennsylvania, 127 A.3d 745 (Pa. 2015), that charges for the installation of private phone lines, charges for directory 
assistance  and  certain  nonrecurring  charges  were  all  subject  to  the  state’s  gross  receipt  tax.  The  Supreme  Court  of 
Pennsylvania  found  that  all  of  the  services,  including  those  related  to  nonrecurring  charges,  in  some  way  made 
transmission  more  effective  or  communication  more  satisfactory  even  though  such  services  did  not  involve  actual 
transmission.    This  is  a  partial  reversal  of  the  2013  Commonwealth  Court  of  Pennsylvania  decision  described  above, 
which had ruled that while the charges for the installation of private phone lines and directory assistance were subject to 
the  state’s  gross  receipts  tax,  the  nonrecurring  charges  in  question  were  not.    As  neither  reargument  nor  for 
reconsideration was sought, the case is now final. 

For the CCES subsidiary, the total additional tax liability calculated by the auditors for the calendar years 2008 through 
2013 is approximately $4.1 million.  In May 2016, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Board of Finance and Revenue 
reviewed our appeals of cases for the audits in calendar years 2008 through 2013 and held that the charges in question 
were  subject  to  the  state’s  gross  receipts  tax.    In  June  2016,  we  filed  appeals  with  the  Pennsylvania  Commonwealth 
Court for the audits in calendar years 2008 through 2013.  These appeals are presently awaiting fact development, and no 
action is expected to occur until second quarter 2017.   

For the CCPA subsidiary, the total additional tax liability calculated by the DOR auditors for the calendar years 2008 
through 2013 (using the re-audited 2010 number) is approximately $5.0 million.  In May 2016, the Commonwealth of 
Pennsylvania Board of Finance and Revenue reviewed our appeals of cases for the audits in calendar years 2008 through 
2013 and held that the charges in question were subject to the state’s gross receipts tax.  In June 2016, we filed appeals 
with  the  Pennsylvania  Commonwealth  Court  for  the  audits  in  calendar  years  2008  through  2013.    These  appeals  are 
presently awaiting fact development, and no action is expected to occur until second quarter 2017.    

In October 2016, CCPA and CCES received Audit Assessment Notices from the DOR increasing the amounts owed for 
Pennsylvania Gross Receipts Tax for the 2014 tax year.  The total additional tax liability calculated by the DOR auditors 
for CCPA and CCES for 2014 is approximately $0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  In January 2017, we filed 
Petitions for Reassessment with the DOR’s Board of Appeals, contesting the audit assessments.  The Petitions request 
that the matters be stayed pending final action of the Commonwealth Court in litigation involving the same issues related 
to CCPA’s 2008 through 2013 tax periods.

We  believe  that  certain  of  the  DOR’s  findings regarding  the  Company’s  additional  tax  liability  for  the  calendar  years
2008 through 2014, for which we have filed appeals, continue to lack merit.  However, in light of the Supreme Court of 
Pennsylvania’s  decision,  we  have  accrued  $1.4  million  and  $1.2  million  for  our  CCES  and  CCPA  subsidiaries, 
respectively.    These  accruals  also  include  the  Company’s  best  estimate  of  the  potential  2014  and  2015  additional  tax 
liabilities.    We  do  not  believe  that  the  outcome  of  these  claims  will  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial 
results or cash flows. 

F-43

   
Other

On  April  14,  2008,  Salsgiver  Inc.,  a  Pennsylvania-based  telecommunications  company,  and  certain  of  its  affiliates 
(“Salsgiver”)  filed  a  lawsuit  against  us  and  our  former  subsidiaries  North  Pittsburgh  Telephone  Company  and  North 
Pittsburgh  Systems  Inc.  in  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Allegheny  County,  Pennsylvania  alleging  that  we  had 
prevented  Salsgiver  from  connecting  their  fiber  optic  cables  to  our  utility  poles.  Salsgiver  sought  compensatory  and 
punitive  damages  as  the  result  of  alleged  lost  projected  profits,  damage  to  its  business  reputation  and  other 
costs.  Salsgiver  originally  claimed  to  have  sustained  losses  of  approximately  $125.0  million.  We  believed  that  these 
claims were without merit and that the alleged damages were completely unfounded.  We had previously recorded $0.4 
million in 2011 and $0.9 million in 2013 in anticipation of the settlement of this case, which included estimated legal 
fees.  A jury trial concluded on May 14, 2015 with the jury ruling in our favor.  Salsgiver subsequently filed a post-trial 
motion  asking  the  judge  to  overturn  the  jury  verdict.  That  motion  was  denied.    On  June  17,  2015,  Salsgiver  filed  an 
appeal in the Pennsylvania Superior Court. Salsgiver’s brief was filed with the Superior Court on December 4, 2015, and 
the Company filed its response on January 18, 2016.  The Pennsylvania Superior Court held oral arguments on May 17, 
2016.  On November 10, 2016, the Pennsylvania Superior Court entered an order affirming the judgment in our favor.  
Salsgiver did not attempt to take an appeal to the Pennsylvania Superior Court.  This case is now concluded.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2016, we reversed the reserve of approximately $1.3 million related to the potential settlement 
previously recognized in 2011 and 2013.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation that we believe is of the type common to companies in our industry, 
including regulatory issues.  While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that 
the  outcome  of  any  of  these  legal  matters  will  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  results  of  operations, 
financial condition or cash flows.

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Capital Leases

Richard  A.  Lumpkin,  a  member  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  together  with  his  family,  beneficially  owned 37.0% and 
33.5% of  Agracel, Inc.  (“Agracel”),  a  real  estate  investment  company,  at  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  
Mr. Lumpkin  also  is  a  director  of  Agracel.  Agracel  is  the  sole  managing  member  and  50% owner  of LATEL  LLC 
(“LATEL”).    Mr. Lumpkin  and  his  immediate  family  had  a  68.5% and  66.7% beneficial  ownership  of  LATEL  at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, we had three capital lease agreements with LATEL for the occupancy of three buildings on a 
triple net lease basis.  In accordance with the Company’s related person transactions policy, these leases were approved 
by  our  Audit  Committee  and  Board  of  Directors  (“BOD”). We  have  accounted  for  these  leases  as  capital  leases  in 
accordance  with  ASC  Topic  840,  Leases,  and  have  capitalized  the  lower  of  the  present  value  of  the  future  minimum 
lease payments or their fair value.  The capital lease agreements require us to pay substantially all expenses associated 
with general maintenance and repair, utilities, insurance and taxes.  Each of the three lease agreements have a maturity 
date of May 31, 2021 and each have two five-year options to extend the terms of the lease after the initial expiration date.  
We are required to pay LATEL approximately $7.9 million over the terms of the lease agreements.  The carrying value 
of the capital leases at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $2.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively.  We 
recognized  $0.4 million  in  interest  expense  in  each  2016 and  2015  and  $0.5 million  in  interest  expense  in  2014  and 
amortization expense of $0.4 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014 related to the capitalized leases.

Long-Term Debt

A portion of the 2020 Notes was sold to accredited investors consisting of certain members of the Company’s Board of 
Directors or a trust of which a director is the beneficiary (“related parties”). In May 2012, the related parties purchased 
$10.8 million of the 2020 Notes on the same terms available to other investors, except that the related parties were not 
entitled to registration rights. In 2015, the 2020 Notes were fully redeemed and we paid an early redemption premium of 
$1.5 million  and  recognized  approximately  $0.7 million  and  $1.3 million  in  2015  and  2014,  respectively,  in  interest 
expense in the aggregate for the 2020 Notes purchased by related parties.  In September 2014, $5.0 million of the 2022 
Notes were sold to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors and we recognized
approximately $0.3 million in each 2016 and 2015 in interest expense for the 2022 Notes purchased by the related party. 

F-44

   
Other Services

Mr.  Lumpkin  also  has  a  minority  ownership  interest  in  First  Mid-Illinois  Bancshares,  Inc.  (“First  Mid-Illinois”).  We 
provide telecommunication products and services to First Mid-Illinois and we received approximately $0.7 million, $0.8
million and $0.5 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for these services. 

13. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

2016

Net revenues
Operating income
Net income (loss) attributable to common 

stockholders

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

2015

Net revenues
Operating income
Net income (loss) attributable to common 

stockholders

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

March 31, 

Quarter Ended

June 30, 

September 30, 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

December 31, 

188,846 $
24,310 $

186,871 $
22,954 $

191,541 $
22,736 $

175,919
17,440

7,849 $
0.15 $

76 $
— $

7,012 $
0.14 $

(6)
—

Quarter Ended

March 31, 

192,578
26,745

7,810
0.15

$
$

$
$

June 30, 

September 30, 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
193,958
13,648

201,010
27,675

$
$

(15,968) $
(0.32) $

2,595
0.05

December 31, 

$
$

$
$

188,191
19,707

4,682
0.09

In October 2016, we amended our Credit Agreement to restate and amend our term loan credit facilities as described in 
Note  6.    In  connection  with  entering  into  the  amended  and  restated  credit  agreement,  we  incurred  a  loss  on  the 
extinguishment of debt of $6.6 million during the quarter ended December 31, 2016.

In connection with the redemption of the 2020 Notes, as described in Note 6, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of 
debt of $41.2 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2015.

As  part  of  the  Company’s  continued  integration  efforts,  an  early  retirement  program  was  initiated  during  the  quarter 
ended September 30, 2015 to a group of select employees who were 55 years of age or older and who have provided 15
or  more  years  of  service.    The  employees  were  primarily  in  non-customer  facing  positions  or  positions  in  which  the 
Company believed the retiree’s workload could be absorbed internally as part of the Company’s continuing cost saving 
initiatives.    The  early  retirement  package  was  accepted  by  approximately  60 employees  and,  as  a  result,  one-time 
severance  costs  of  $7.2 million  were  incurred  during  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2015.    The  Company  expects 
approximately $4.8 million in future annual savings as a result of the early retirement program.  

14. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Consolidated Communications, Inc. is the primary obligor under the unsecured Senior Notes. We and substantially all of 
our  subsidiaries,  excluding  Consolidated  Communications  of  Illinois  Company  (formerly  Illinois  Consolidated 
Telephone Company), have jointly and severally guaranteed the Senior Notes.  All of the subsidiary guarantors are 100% 
direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the parent, and all guarantees are full, unconditional and joint and several 
with respect to principal, interest and liquidated damages, if any.  As such, we present condensed consolidating balance 
sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and condensed consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the
years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014  for  each  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  (Parent), 
Consolidated Communications, Inc. (Subsidiary Issuer), guarantor subsidiaries and other non-guarantor subsidiaries with 
any consolidating adjustments.  See Note 6 for more information regarding our Senior Notes.

F-45

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
(amounts in thousands)

Parent

Subsidiary 
Issuer

Guarantors Non-Guarantors Eliminations Consolidated

December 31, 2016

ASSETS 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, net 
Income taxes receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

$

Total current assets 

— $
—
20,756
—
20,756

$

27,064
—
—
12,856
39,920

13
48,911
885
15,310
65,119

$

— $

7,347
(25)
126
7,448

— $
(42)
—
—
(42)

27,077
56,216
21,616
28,292
133,201

Property, plant and equipment, net 

—

—

999,416

55,770

—

1,055,186

—
—
66,181
9,087
87,171
—
41
225,698

—
(4,226,527)
—
—
(2,039,797)
(17,150)
—
$ (6,283,516)

106,221
—
756,877
31,612
—
—
9,661
$ 2,092,758

— $

1,457
—
969
—
880

187
3,493

602
—
27,796

21,608
480
53,979

30,000
141,719

171,719
—
171,719
225,698

— $
—
—
—
—
(42)

6,766
26,438
19,605
16,971
11,260
54,123

—
(42)

14,922
150,085

—
(2,039,797)
(17,150)

—
—
(2,056,989)

1,376,754
—
244,298

130,793
14,573
1,916,503

(47,411)
(4,179,116)

506
170,448

(4,226,527)
—
(4,226,527)
$ (6,283,516)

170,954
5,301
176,255
$ 2,092,758

Intangibles and other assets: 

Investments 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Advances due to/from affiliates, net 
Deferred income taxes 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ 
EQUITY
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Advance billings and customer deposits 
Dividends payable 
Accrued compensation 
Accrued interest
Accrued expense 
Current portion of long term debt and 
capital lease obligations 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations 
Advances due to/from affiliates, net 
Deferred income taxes 
Pension and postretirement benefit 
obligations 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity: 
Common Stock 
Other shareholders’ equity 
Total Consolidated Communications
Holdings, Inc. shareholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interest 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$

$

—
2,192,556
—
—
—
17,150
—
$ 2,230,462

8,338
2,019,692
—
—
1,524,906
—
1,562
$ 3,594,418

97,883
14,279
690,696
22,525
427,720
—
8,058
$ 2,325,696

$

— $
—
19,605
—
—
36

— $
—
—
—
10,824
15,057

—
19,641

9,000
34,881

—
2,039,797
—

—
70
2,059,508

1,365,820
—
984

—
216
1,401,901

6,766
24,981
—
16,002
436
38,192

5,735
92,112

10,332
—
232,668

109,185
13,807
458,104

506
170,448

—
2,192,517

17,411
1,844,880

170,954
—
170,954
$ 2,230,462

2,192,517
—
2,192,517
$ 3,594,418

1,862,291
5,301
1,867,592
$ 2,325,696

$

F-46

    
Parent

Subsidiary 
Issuer

Guarantors Non-Guarantors Eliminations Consolidated

December 31, 2015

ASSETS 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, net 
Income taxes receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

$

Total current assets 

— $
—
23,390
—

23,390

$

$

5,877
—
—
—

5,877

7,629
62,460
352
17,456

87,897

$

2,372
6,388
125
359

9,244

Property, plant and equipment, net 

—

—

1,043,594

49,667

— $
—
—
—

—

—

15,878
68,848
23,867
17,815

126,408

1,093,261

Intangibles and other assets: 

Investments 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 

Advances due to/from affiliates, net 
Deferred income taxes 

Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ 
EQUITY 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Advance billings and customer deposits 
Dividends payable 
Accrued compensation 
Accrued interest
Accrued expense 
Current portion of long term debt and 
capital lease obligations 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations 
Advances due to/from affiliates, net 
Deferred income taxes 
Pension and postretirement benefit 
obligations 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity: 
Common Stock 
Other shareholders’ equity 
Total Consolidated Communications 
Holdings, Inc. shareholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interest 

Total shareholders’ equity 

—
2,189,142
—
—
—
32,641
—

8,171
2,018,472
—
—
1,548,990
—
—

97,372
13,567
698,449
34,410
360,715
—
5,187

—
—
66,181
9,087
70,083
—
—

—
(4,221,181)
—
—
(1,979,788)
(32,641)
—

105,543
—
764,630
43,497
—
—
5,187

$ 2,245,173

$ 3,581,510

$ 2,341,191

$

204,262

$ (6,233,610)

$ 2,138,526

$

— $
—
19,551
—
136
35

— $
—
—
—
9,084
190

—

19,722

9,100

18,374

—
1,979,788
—

—
—

1,372,149
—
762

—
1,084

1,999,510

1,392,369

12,576
26,023
—
21,094
133
41,201

1,745

102,772

5,101
—
245,579

93,097
14,540

461,089

505
245,158

245,663
—

245,663

—
2,189,141

2,189,141
—

2,189,141

17,411
1,857,655

1,875,066
5,036

1,880,102

$

— $

1,593
—
789
—
958

92

3,432

642
—
22,829

19,869
516

47,288

30,000
126,974

156,974
—

156,974

— $
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
(1,979,788)
(32,641)

—
—

12,576
27,616
19,551
21,883
9,353
42,384

10,937

144,300

1,377,892
—
236,529

112,966
16,140

(2,012,429)

1,887,827

(47,411)
(4,173,770)

(4,221,181)
—

(4,221,181)

505
245,158

245,663
5,036

250,699

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$ 2,245,173

$ 3,581,510

$ 2,341,191

$

204,262

$ (6,233,610)

$ 2,138,526

F-47

    
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
(amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net revenues 
Operating expenses: 

Cost of services and products (exclusive of 
depreciation and amortization) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Acquisition and other transaction costs 
Loss on impairment
Depreciation and amortization 

Operating income (loss) 
Other income (expense): 

Interest expense, net of interest income 
Intercompany interest income (expense) 
Loss on extinguishment of debt 
Investment income 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net 
Other, net 

Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 

Net income (loss) 
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling 
interest 
Net income (loss) attributable to Consolidated 
Communications Holdings, Inc. 

Parent

Subsidiary 
Issuer

$

— $

(15)

—
3,331
1,214
—
—

—
7
—
—
—

(4,545)

(22)

46
(63,773)
—
—
58,208
—

(10,064)
(24,995)

14,931

(76,213)
97,102
(6,559)
166
56,600
(328)

70,746
12,538

58,208

Guarantors Non-Guarantors Eliminations Consolidated
$ 743,177
$ 697,557

(13,150)

58,785

$

$

323,112
141,533
—
610
164,577

67,725

(694)
(34,846)
—
32,806
711
1,478

67,180
25,807

41,373

12,401
12,669
—
—
9,433

24,282

35
1,517
—
—
—
(19)

25,815
9,612

16,203

—

(12,721)
(429)
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(115,519)
—

(115,519)
—

(115,519)

322,792
157,111
1,214
610
174,010

87,440

(76,826)
—
(6,559)
32,972
—
1,131

38,158
22,962

15,196

—

265

$

$

16,203

$ (115,519)

$

14,931

14,744

$

(91,816)

$

3,353

—

—

265

$ 14,931

$ 58,208

$

41,108

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to 
common shareholders

$

3,353

$ 46,630

$

30,442

F-48

Net revenues
Operating expenses:

Cost of services and products (exclusive of 
depreciation and amortization)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Acquisition and other transaction costs 
Depreciation and amortization

Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense):

Interest expense, net of interest income
Intercompany interest income (expense)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Investment income
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net
Other, net

Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling 
interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Consolidated 
Communications Holdings, Inc.

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to 
common shareholders

Net revenues
Operating expenses:

Cost of services and products (exclusive of 
depreciation and amortization)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Acquisition and other transaction costs 
Depreciation and amortization

Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense):

Interest expense, net of interest income
Intercompany interest income (expense)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Investment income
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net
Other, net

Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)

Net income (loss)
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling 
interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Consolidated 
Communications Holdings, Inc.

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Parent

Subsidiary 
Issuer

$

— $

121

Guarantors Non-Guarantors Eliminations Consolidated
$ 775,737
$ 728,910

(13,388)

60,094

$

$

—
3,160
1,413
—
(4,573)

(104)
(153,713)
—
—
93,391
—
(64,999)
(64,118)
(881)

—
150
—
—
(29)

(79,680)
166,838
(41,242)
326
64,812
(26)
110,999
17,608
93,391

328,714
156,380
—
171,232
72,584

154
(15,917)
—
36,364
567
(1,346)
92,406
40,346
52,060

12,567
19,044
—
8,690
19,793

12
2,792
—
—
—
(129)
22,468
8,939
13,529

(12,881)
(507)
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
(158,770)
—
(158,770)
—
(158,770)

—

—

210

—

—

$

$

(881) $

93,391

$

51,850

(4,940) $

89,332

$

48,434

$

$

13,529

$ (158,770)

13,105

$ (150,871)

$

$

Year Ended December 31, 2014

328,400
178,227
1,413
179,922
87,775

(79,618)
—
(41,242)
36,690
—
(1,501)
2,104
2,775
(671)

210

(881)

(4,940)

Parent

Subsidiary 
Issuer

$

— $

(7)

Guarantors Non-Guarantors Eliminations Consolidated
635,738
$ 585,148

(13,783)

64,380

$

$

$

—
3,975
10,808
—

—
126
581
—

(14,783)

(714)

36
(108,366)
—
—
94,458
53

(28,602)
(43,669)

15,067

(82,617)
125,932
(13,785)
(5)
77,156
(553)

105,414
10,956

94,458

242,354
119,649
428
141,673

81,044

55
(19,677)
—
34,521
870
(236)

96,577
35,022

61,555

—

—

321

$

15,067

$

94,458

$

61,234

13,391
17,585
—
7,762

25,642

(11)
2,111
—
—
—
(232)

27,510
10,718

16,792

—

(13,084)
(699)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(172,484)
—

(172,484)
—

(172,484)

242,661
140,636
11,817
149,435

91,189

(82,537)
—
(13,785)
34,516
—
(968)

28,415
13,027

15,388

—

321

$

$

16,792

$ (172,484)

$

15,067

2,780

$ (110,016)

$

(15,573)

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to 
common shareholders

$

(15,573) $

63,818

$

43,418

F-49

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
(amounts in thousands)

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

$

(23,634)

$

13,315

Parent

Subsidiary 
Issuer

Guarantors
200,098

$

Non-Guarantors
28,454
$

Consolidated
218,233
$

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Cash flows from investing activities:

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired
Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of assets
Proceeds from business dispositions

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Payment of capital lease obligation
Payment on long-term debt
Payment of financing costs
Share repurchases for minimum tax withholding
Dividends on common stock
Transactions with affiliates, net

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

(13,422)
—

—
30,119

16,697

—
—
—
—
(1,231)
(78,419)
86,587

6,937

—
—

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

— $

—
—

—
—

—

—
(111,389)

198
—

—
(13,803)

(13,422)
(125,192)

10
—

208
30,119

(111,191)

(13,793)

(108,287)

936,750
—
(943,050)
(9,912)
—
—
24,084

7,872

21,187
5,877

27,064

—
(2,743)
—
—
—
—
(93,780)

(96,523)

(7,616)
7,629

—
(142)
—
—
—
—
(16,891)

(17,033)

(2,372)
2,372

$

13

$

— $

936,750
(2,885)
(943,050)
(9,912)
(1,231)
(78,419)
—

(98,747)

11,199
15,878

27,077

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of assets
Proceeds from sale of investments

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from bond offering
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Payment of capital lease obligation
Payment on long-term debt
Redemption of senior notes
Payment of financing costs
Share repurchases for minimum tax withholding
Dividends on common stock
Transactions with affiliates, net

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Parent
$ (119,472)

Subsidiary 
Issuer

$

76,962

Guarantors
240,372

$

Non-Guarantors
21,317
$

Consolidated
219,179
$

—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,125)
(78,209)
198,806

119,472

—
—

—
—
—

—

294,780
69,000
—
(107,100)
(261,874)
(4,805)
—
—
(66,026)

(76,025)

937
4,940

5,877

$

(126,168)
13,535
846

(111,787)

—
—
(1,029)
—
—
—
—
—
(120,747)

(121,776)

6,809
820

7,629

$

(7,766)
13
—

(7,753)

—
—
(78)
—
—
—
—
—
(12,033)

(12,111)

1,453
919

2,372

(133,934)
13,548
846

(119,540)

294,780
69,000
(1,107)
(107,100)
(261,874)
(4,805)
(1,125)
(78,209)
—

(90,440)

9,199
6,679

$

15,878

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

— $

F-50

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

$

(71,646)

$

37,972

Parent

Subsidiary
Issuer

Guarantors
196,186

$

Non-Guarantors
25,273
$

Consolidated
187,785
$

Year Ended December 31, 2014

Cash flows from investing activities:

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of investments
Proceeds from sale of assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from bond offering
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Payment of capital lease obligation
Payment on long-term debt
Partial redemption of senior notes
Payment of financing costs
Share repurchases for minimum tax withholding
Dividends on common stock
Transactions with affiliates, net
Other

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

(139,558)
—
—
—

(139,558)

—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,856)
(62,341)
275,632
(231)

211,204

—
—

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

— $

—
—
—
—

—

200,000
80,000
—
(63,100)
(84,127)
(7,438)
—
—
(158,453)
—

(33,118)

4,854
86

4,940

—
(103,509)
(100)
1,740

(101,869)

—
—
(638)
—
—
—
—
—
(95,225)
—

(95,863)

(1,546)
2,366

—
(5,489)
—
55

(5,434)

—
—
(65)
—
—
—
—
—
(21,954)
—

(22,019)

(2,180)
3,099

$

820

$

919

$

(139,558)
(108,998)
(100)
1,795

(246,861)

200,000
80,000
(703)
(63,100)
(84,127)
(7,438)
(1,856)
(62,341)
—
(231)

60,204

1,128
5,551

6,679

F-51

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

The Partners of Pennsylvania RSA No. 6 (II)
Limited Partnership 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership, which 
comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of income and comprehensive 
income, changes in partners’ capital and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial 
statements.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control 
relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in 
accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor 
considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to
design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating 
the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its 
cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Orlando, FL

February 26, 2016

S-1 

Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership

Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 
(Dollars in Thousands)

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
Due from affiliate
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $713 and $938
Unbilled revenue
Prepaid expenses

Total current assets

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - NET
OTHER ASSETS
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Advance billings and other
Financing obligation
Deferred rent

Total current liabilities

LONG TERM LIABILITIES:
Financing obligation
Deferred rent

Total long term liabilities
Total liabilities

PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

General Partner's interest
Limited Partners' interest
Total partners' capital

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
(Audited)

$

$

$

$

$

$

5,199
22,311
958
768
29,236

17,568
6,927
53,731

4,772
4,076
47
13
8,908

421
1,076
1,497
10,405

22,153
21,173
43,326

2,621
18,136
1,031
259
22,047

18,525
6,718
47,290

4,141
4,397
46
13
8,597

423
1,030
1,453
10,050

19,040
18,200
37,240

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

$

53,731

$

47,290

See notes to financial statements. 

S-2 

 
 
 
 
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership

Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income – For the Years Ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 
(Dollars in Thousands)

OPERATING REVENUE:

Service revenue
Equipment revenue
Other

Total operating revenue

OPERATING EXPENSES:

Cost of service (exclusive of depreciation and 
amortization)
Cost of equipment
Depreciation and amortization
Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses

OPERATING INCOME

INTEREST INCOME, NET

NET INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Allocation of Net Income:

General Partners
Limited Partners

See notes to financial statements.

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
Audited

2014
Audited

$

114,071
26,780
8,077
148,928

$

121,247
28,121
8,007
157,375

$

125,490
17,135
9,177
151,802

51,138
31,532
3,334
32,599
118,603

47,596
35,448
3,223
36,075
122,342

44,109
30,428
2,520
38,682
115,739

30,325

35,033

36,063

11

114

94

$

$
$

30,336

15,512
14,824

$

$
$

35,147

17,969
17,178

$

$
$

36,157

18,486
17,671

S-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
P
e
n
n
s
y
l
v
a
n
i
a
R
S
A
N
o

.
6
(
I
I
)
L
m

i

i
t
e
d
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
h
p

i

S
-
4

N
e

t

I

n
c
o
m
e

i

D
s
t
r
i
b
u

t
i

o
n
s

N
e

t

I

n
c
o
m
e

i

D
s
t
r
i
b
u

t
i

o
n
s

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
5
(

A
u
d

i
t

e
d
)

N
e

t

I

n
c
o
m
e

i

D
s
t
r
i
b
u

t
i

o
n
s

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
4
(

A
u
d

i
t

e
d
)

1
5
,
5
1
2

(
1
2
,
3
9
9
)

1
9
,
0
4
0

1
7
,
9
6
9

(
1
3
,
9
5
8
)

1
5
,
0
2
9

1
8
,
4
8
6

(
1
8
,
9
1
8
)

2
,
5
8
8

(
2
,
0
6
9
)

3
,
1
7
7

2
,
9
9
9

(
2
,
3
2
9
)

2
,
5
0
7

3
,
0
8
4

(
3
,
1
5
6
)

7
,
1
8
0

(
5
,
7
4
0
)

8
,
8
1
5

8
,
3
2
0

(
6
,
4
6
2
)

6
,
9
5
7

8
,
5
5
8

(
8
,
7
5
8
)

5
,
0
5
6

(
4
,
0
4
2
)

6
,
2
0
8

5
,
8
5
9

(
4
,
5
5
1
)

4
,
9
0
0

6
,
0
2
9

(
6
,
1
6
8
)

S
e
e
n
o

t

e
s

t

o

f
i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a

t

e
m
e
n
t
s
.

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
6
(

U
n
a
u
d

i
t

e
d
)

$

2
2
,
1
5
3

$

3
,
6
9
6

$

1
0
,
2
5
5

$

7
,
2
2
2

$

4
3
,
3
2
6

3
0
,
3
3
6

(
2
4
,
2
5
0
)

3
7
,
2
4
0

3
5
,
1
4
7

(
2
7
,
3
0
0
)

2
9
,
3
9
3

3
6
,
1
5
7

(
3
7
,
0
0
0
)

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
J
a
n
u
a
r
y
1
s
t
,

2
0
1
4

$

1
5
,
4
6
1

$

2
,
5
7
9

$

7
,
1
5
7

$

5
,
0
3
9

$

3
0
,
2
3
6

P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
h
p

i

C
e
l
l
c
o

P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
h
p

i

C
e
l
l
c
o

S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
,

I

n
c
.

E
n
t
e
r
p
r
i
s
e

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
,

I

n
c
.

T
e
l
e
p
h
o
n
e

V
e
n
u
s
C
e
l
l

u
l
a
r

C
a
p
i
t
a
l

T
o
t
a
l

P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
’

(

D
o

l
l

a
r
s

i

n
T
h
o
u
s
a
n
d
s
)

G
e
n
e
r
a
l

P
a
r
t
n
e
r

i

L
m

i
t
e
d
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s

C
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
t
e
d

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
o
f

C
h
a
n
g
e
s

i

n
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s

’

C
a
p
i
t
a

l

–
F
o
r

t

h
e
Y
e
a
r
s
E
n
d
e
d
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
6
,
2
0
1
5
,
a
n
d
2
0
1
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership

Statements of Cash Flows – For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 
2014 
(Dollars in Thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net Income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 
operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Imputed interest on financing obligation
Provision for losses on accounts receivable
Changes in certain assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Unbilled revenue
Prepaid expenses
Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Advance billings and other
Deferred rent

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Capital expenditures
Fixed asset transfers out
Change in due from affiliate

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from financing obligation, net
Repayments of financing obligation
Distributions

Net cash used in financing activities

CHANGE IN CASH

CASH—Beginning of year
CASH—End of year

NONCASH TRANSACTIONS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Accruals for capital expenditures

See notes to financial statements

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
(Audited)

2014
(Audited)

$

30,336

$ 35,147

$ 36,157

3,334
45
502

(4,677)
73
(510)
(208)
604
(321)
46
29,224

(2,791)
441
(2,578)
(4,928)

3,223
34
1,638

(7,698)
(70)
(15)
(4,748)
303
(724)
404
27,494

(6,886)
536
5,720
(630)

2,520
-
739

(640)
(42)
(244)
(1,783)
589
1,264
12
38,572

(5,759)
415
3,772
(1,572)

-
(46)
(24,250)
(24,296)

474
(38)
(27,300)
(26,864)

-
-
(37,000)
(37,000)

-

-
-

$

-

-
-

$

-

-
-

49

$

22

$

379

$

$

S-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership

Notes to Financial Statements - Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 
(Dollars in Thousands)

1. ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

Pennsylvania RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership, (the “Partnership”) was formed in 
1991. The principal activity of the Partnership is providing cellular service in the 
Pennsylvania Rural Service Area 6-B2. Under the terms of the partnership 
agreement, the partnership expires on January 1, 2091.

In accordance with the partnership agreement, Cellco Partnership (“Cellco”), doing 
business as Verizon Wireless, is responsible for managing the operations of the 
Partnership (see Note 7).

The partners and their respective ownership percentages of the Partnership as of 
December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 are as follows:

General Partner:

Cellco Partnership

Limited Partners:

Cellco Partnership
Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc.
Venus Cellular Telephone Company, Inc.

51.13 %

8.53 %
23.67 %
16.67 %

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of estimates – The financial statements are prepared using U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.

Examples  of  significant  estimates  include:  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  the 
recoverability of property, plant and equipment, the recoverability of intangible assets 
and  other  long-lived  assets,  unbilled  revenues,  fair  values  of  financial  instruments, 
accrued expenses and contingencies.

Revenue recognition – The Partnership offers products and services to customers 
through bundled arrangements. These arrangements involve multiple deliverables 
which may include products, services, or a combination of products and services.

S-6 

    
    
 
The Partnership earns revenue primarily by providing access to and usage of its 
network as well as the sale of equipment. In general, access revenue is billed one 
month in advance and recognized when earned. Usage revenue is generally billed in 
arrears and recognized when service is rendered. Equipment revenue associated 
with the sale of wireless devices and accessories is generally recognized when the 
products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as equipment sales is 
considered to be a separate earnings process from providing wireless services. For 
agreements involving the resale of third-party services in which the Partnership is 
considered the primary obligor in the arrangements, the revenue is recorded gross at 
the time of sale. 

Under the Verizon device payment plan program, eligible wireless customers 
purchase wireless devices under a device payment plan agreement.  On select 
devices, certain marketing promotions have been revocably offered to customers to 
upgrade to a new device after paying down a certain specified portion of the required 
device payment plan agreement amount as well as trading in their device in good 
working order. When a customer enters into a device payment plan agreement with 
the right to upgrade to a new device, the Partnership accounts for this trade-in right 
as a guarantee obligation. The full amount of the trade-in right’s fair value (not an 
allocated value) is recognized as a guarantee liability and the remaining allocable 
consideration is allocated to the device. The value of the guarantee liability 
effectively results in a reduction to the revenue recognized for the sale of the device. 
The Partnership may offer customers certain promotions where a customer can 
trade-in his or her owned device in connection with the purchase of a new device. 
Under these types of promotions, the customer will receive trade-in credits that are 
applied to the customer’s monthly bill. As a result, the Partnership recognizes a 
trade-in obligation measured at fair value using weighted-average selling prices 
obtained in recent resale of devices eligible for trade-in.

In multiple element arrangements that bundle devices and monthly wireless service, 
revenue is allocated to each unit of accounting using a relative selling price method. 
At the inception of the arrangement, the amount allocable to the delivered units of 
accounting is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of the 
monthly wireless service (the noncontingent amount). The Partnership effectively 
recognizes revenue on the delivered device at the lesser of the amount allocated 
based on the relative selling price of the device or the noncontingent amount owed 
when the device is sold.

Roaming revenue reflects service revenue earned by the Partnership when 
customers not associated with the Partnership operate in the service area of the 
Partnership and use the Partnership’s network. The roaming rates with third party 
carriers associated with those customers are based on agreements with such 
carriers. The roaming rates charged by the Partnership to Cellco are established by 
Cellco on a periodic basis and may not reflect current market rates (see Note 7).

Other revenues primarily consist of certain fees billed to customers for surcharges 
and elected services as well as non-customer related revenues. The Partnership 
reports taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing 

S-7 

transactions between the Partnership and its customers which is passed through to 
the customers on a net basis. Other revenues resulting from a cell sharing 
agreement, which excludes sharing of site expenses, with Cellco are recognized 
based upon a rate per minute of use (see Note 7).

Operating expenses – Operating expenses include expenses incurred directly by 
the Partnership, as well as an allocation of selling, general and administrative, and 
operating costs incurred by Cellco or its affiliates on behalf of the Partnership. 
Employees of Cellco provide services on behalf of the Partnership. These 
employees are not employees of the Partnership, therefore operating expenses 
include direct and allocated charges of salary and employee benefit costs for the 
services provided to the Partnership. Cellco believes such allocations, principally 
based on the Partnership’s percentage of certain revenue streams, total customers, 
customer gross additions or minutes-of-use, are calculated in accordance with the 
Partnership agreement and are a reasonable method of allocating such costs (see 
Note 7). 

Cost of roaming reflects costs incurred by the Partnership when customers 
associated with the Partnership operate in a service area not associated with the 
Partnership and use a network not associated with the Partnership. The roaming 
rates with third party carriers are based on agreements with such carriers. The 
roaming rates charged to the Partnership by Cellco are established by Cellco on a 
periodic basis and may not reflect current market rates (see Note 7).

Cost of equipment is recorded upon sale of the related equipment at Cellco’s cost 
basis. Inventory is wholly owned by Cellco and is not recorded in the financial 
statements of the Partnership.

Maintenance and repairs – The cost of maintenance and repairs, including the cost 
of replacing minor items not constituting substantial betterments, is charged 
principally to Cost of service as these costs are incurred.

Advertising costs – Costs for advertising products and services as well as other 
promotional and sponsorship costs are charged to Selling, general and 
administrative expense in the periods in which they are incurred. 

Comprehensive income – Comprehensive income is the same as net income as 
presented in the accompanying statements of income and comprehensive income.

Income taxes – The Partnership is treated as a pass through entity for income tax 
purposes and, therefore, is not subject to federal, state or local income taxes. 
Accordingly, no provision has been recorded for income taxes in the Partnership’s 
financial statements. The results of operations, including taxable income, gains, 
losses, deductions and credits, are allocated to and reflected on the income tax 
returns of the respective partners.

The Partnership files federal and state tax returns. The 2013 through 2016 tax years 
for the Partnership remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service 

S-8 

and state tax jurisdiction. Because the application of tax laws and regulations to 
many types of transactions is susceptible to varying interpretations, amounts 
reported in the financial statements could be changed at a later date upon final 
determination by taxing authorities. 

Due to/from affiliate – Due to/from affiliate principally represents the Partnership’s 
cash position with Cellco. Cellco manages, on behalf of the Partnership, all cash, 
investing and financing activities of the Partnership. As such, the change in due 
to/from affiliate is reflected as an investing activity or a financing activity in the 
statements of cash flows depending on whether it represents a net asset or net 
liability for the Partnership.

Additionally, cost of equipment, administrative and operating costs incurred by 
Cellco on behalf of the Partnership, as well as property, plant and equipment 
transactions with affiliates, are charged to the Partnership through this account. 
Interest income on due from affiliate is based on the Applicable Federal Rate which 
was approximately 0.7%, 0.5%, and 0.3% for the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015, and 2014 respectively. Interest expense on due to affiliate is calculated by 
applying Cellco’s average cost of borrowing from Verizon Communications Inc., 
which was approximately 4.8%, 4.8%, and 5.0% for the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively to the outstanding due to/from affiliate balance. 
Included in Interest income, net is interest income of $41 (Unaudited), $29, and $27 
for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively, related to due 
to/from affiliate. 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts – Accounts receivable 
are recorded in the financial statements at cost, net of allowance for credit losses, 
with the exception of device payment plan agreement receivables which are initially 
recorded at fair value. The Partnership maintains allowances for uncollectible 
accounts receivable, including device payment plan agreement receivables, for 
estimated losses resulting from the failure or inability of customers to make required 
payments. The allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable is based on Cellco’s 
assessment of the collectability of each Partnership’s specific customer accounts 
and includes consideration of the credit worthiness and financial condition of those 
customers. The Partnership records an allowance to reduce the receivables to the 
amount that is reasonably believed to be collectible.  The Partnership also records 
an allowance for all other receivables based on multiple factors including historical 
experience with bad debts, the general economic environment, and the aging of 
such receivables. Similar to traditional service revenue accounting treatment, bad 
debt expense related to device payment plan agreement receivables is recorded 
based on an estimate of the percentage of device payment plan agreement 
receivables that will not be collected. This estimate is based on a number of factors
including historical write-off experience, credit quality of the customer base and other 
factors such as macro-economic conditions. Due to the device payment plan 
agreement receivables being incorporated in the standard Verizon Wireless bill, the 
collection and risk strategies continue to follow historical practices. The Partnership 
monitors the aging of accounts receivable, including device payment plan agreement 

S-9 

receivables, and writes off account balances if collection efforts are unsuccessful 
and future collection is unlikely.

Property, plant and equipment – Property, plant and equipment is recorded at 
cost. Property, plant and equipment are generally depreciated on a straight-line 
basis. 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated life of the 
improvement or the remaining term of the related lease, calculated from the time the 
asset was placed in service.

When the depreciable assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost 
and accumulated depreciation are deducted from the property, plant and equipment 
accounts and any gains or losses on disposition are recognized in income. Transfers 
of property, plant and equipment between Cellco and affiliates are recorded at net 
book value on the date of the transfer with an offsetting entry included in due to/from 
affiliate.

Interest associated with the construction of network-related assets is capitalized. 
Capitalized interest is reported as a reduction in interest expense and depreciated as 
part of the cost of the network-related assets.

In connection with the ongoing review of estimated useful lives of property, plant and 
equipment during 2016, Cellco determined that the average useful lives of certain 
leasehold improvements would be increased from 5 to 7 years. This change was 
immaterial to the Partnership in 2016. While the timing and extent of current 
deployment plans are subject to ongoing analysis and modification, Cellco and the 
Partnership believes the current estimates of useful lives are reasonable.

Other assets – Other assets primarily include long term device payment plan 
agreement receivables, net of allowances of $214 (Unaudited), $317 and $0 at 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Impairment – All long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be 
recoverable. If any indications were to become present, the Partnership would test 
for recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the net 
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the asset group. If those net 
undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the carrying amount, the next step would be 
to determine the fair value of the asset and record an impairment, if any. The 
Partnership re-evaluates the useful life determinations for these long-lived assets 
each year to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to their 
remaining useful lives.

Wireless licenses – Cellco maintains wireless licenses that provide the wireless 
operations with the exclusive right to utilize designated radio frequency spectrum to 
provide wireless communications services. While licenses are issued for only a fixed 
time, generally ten years, such licenses are subject to renewal by the Federal 

S-10

Communications Commission (FCC). License renewals, which are managed by 
Cellco, have historically occurred routinely and at nominal cost. Moreover, Cellco 
management has determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, 
contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful life of wireless 
licenses. As a result, wireless licenses are treated as an indefinite-lived intangible 
asset. The useful life determination for wireless licenses is re-evaluated each year to 
determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful 
life.

The Partnership owns wireless licenses in the service area which have no carrying 
value. The average remaining renewal period of the Partnership’s wireless license 
portfolio was 3.8 years as of December 31, 2016.

Cellco tests the wireless licenses balance for potential impairment annually or more 
frequently if impairment indicators are present. In 2016, Cellco performed a 
qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of the wireless licenses was less than the carrying amount. As part of the 
assessment, several qualitative factors were considered including market 
transactions, the business enterprise value of Cellco, macroeconomic conditions 
(including changes in interest rates and discount rates), industry and market 
considerations (including industry revenue and EBITDA (Earnings before interest, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization) margin projections), the projected financial 
performance of Cellco, as well as other factors. 

In addition, Cellco believes that under the Partnership agreement it has the right to 
allocate, based on a reasonable methodology, any impairment loss recognized by 
Cellco for licenses included in Cellco’s national footprint. Cellco evaluated its 
wireless licenses for potential impairment as of December 15, 2016 and 2015. These 
evaluations resulted in no impairment of wireless licenses.

Financial instruments – The Partnership’s trade receivables and payables are 
short-term in nature, and accordingly, their carrying value approximates fair value.

Fair value measurements – Fair value of financial and non-financial assets and 
liabilities is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received
to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants. The three-tier hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value, which 
prioritizes the inputs used in the methodologies of measuring fair value for assets 
and liabilities, is as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical 
assets and liabilities

Level 3 - No observable pricing inputs in the market

S-11

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The 
assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements 
requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being 
measured and their categorization within the fair value hierarchy. 

Distributions – The Partnership is required to make distributions to its partners 
based upon the Partnership’s operating results, due to/from affiliate status, and 
financing needs as determined by the General Partner at the date of the distribution.

Recent accounting standards – In August 2016, the accounting standard update 
related to the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments was issued. 
This standard update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of 
reducing the existing diversity in practice for these issues. Among the updates, this 
standard update requires cash receipts from payments on a transferor’s beneficial 
interests in securitized trade receivables to be classified as cash inflows from 
investing activities. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2018; 
however, early adoption is permitted. The Partnership is currently evaluating the 
impact that this standard update will have on the financial statements. The 
Partnership expects the amendment relating to beneficial interests in securitization 
transactions will have an impact on the presentation of collections of the deferred 
purchase price from sales of wireless device payment plan agreement receivables in 
the statements of cash flows.

In June 2016, the standard update related to the measurement of credit losses on 
financial instruments was issued. This standard update requires that certain financial 
assets be measured at amortized cost reflecting an allowance for estimated credit 
losses expected to occur over the life of the assets. The estimate of credit losses 
must be based on all relevant information including historical information, current 
conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of 
the amounts. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2020; 
however early adoption is permitted. The Partnership is currently evaluating the 
impact that this standard update will have on the financial statements.

In February 2016, the accounting standard update related to leases was issued.  
This standard update intends to increase transparency and improve comparability by 
requiring entities to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for all 
leases, with certain exceptions. In addition, through improved disclosure 
requirements, the standard update will enable users of financial statements to 
further understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from 
leases. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2019; however 
early adoption is permitted. The Partnership’s current operating lease portfolio is 
primarily comprised of spectrum, network, real estate, and equipment leases. Upon 
adoption of the standard, the balance sheet is expected to include a right of use 
asset and liability related to substantially all operating lease arrangements. At 
Cellco, a cross-functional coordinated implementation team has been established to 
implement the standard update related to leases. The Partnership is in the process 

S-12

of assessing the impact to its systems, processes and internal controls to meet the 
standard update’s reporting and disclosure requirements.

In May 2014, the accounting standard update related to the recognition of revenue 
from contracts with customers was issued. This standard update along with related 
subsequently issued updates clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and 
develops a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP. The standard update also
amends current guidance for the recognition of costs to obtain and fulfill contracts
with customers such that incremental costs of obtaining and direct costs of fulfilling
contracts with customers will be deferred and amortized consistent with the transfer
of the related good or service. The standard update intends to provide a more robust 
framework for addressing revenue issues; improve comparability of revenue 
recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets; 
and provide more useful information to users of financial statements through 
improved disclosure requirements. The two permitted transition methods under the 
new standard are the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be 
applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of 
applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown, or the 
modified retrospective method, in which case the standard is applied only to the 
most current period presented and the cumulative effect of applying the standard 
would be recognized at the date of initial application. In August 2015, an accounting 
standard update was issued that delays the effective date of this standard update 
until the first quarter of 2018, at which time the Partnership plans to adopt the 
standard. 

The Partnership is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard update. 
The ultimate impact on revenue resulting from the application of the new standard 
will be subject to assessments that are dependent on many variables, including, but 
not limited to, the terms of contractual arrangements and the mix of business. Upon 
adoption, the Partnership expects that the allocation of revenue between equipment 
and service for wireless fixed-term service plans will result in more revenue 
allocated to equipment and recognized earlier as compared with current GAAP. The 
timing of recognition of sales commission expenses is also expected to be impacted, 
as a substantial portion of these costs (which are currently expensed) will be 
capitalized and amortized as described above. The available transition methods will 
continue to be evaluated. The Partnership’s considerations include, but are not 
limited to, the comparability of financial statements and the comparability within the 
industry from application of the new standard to contractual arrangements. The 
Partnership plans to select a transition method by the second half of 2017.  

At Cellco, a cross-functional coordinated implementation team has been established 
to implement the standard update related to the recognition of revenue from
contracts with customers. The Partnership has identified and is in the process of 
implementing changes to its systems, processes and internal controls to meet the 
standard update’s reporting and disclosure requirements.

Reclassifications – The Partnership reclassified certain prior year amounts to 
conform to the current year presentation.

S-13

Subsequent events – Events subsequent to December 31, 2016 have been 
evaluated through February 28, 2017, the date the financial statements were issued.

3. WIRELESS DEVICE INSTALLMENT PLANS

Under the Verizon device payment program, eligible wireless customers purchase 
wireless devices under a device payment plan agreement. Customers that activate 
service on devices purchased under the device payment program pay lower service 
fees as compared to those under fixed-term service plans, and their device payment 
plan charge is included in their standard wireless monthly bill. 

Wireless device payment plan agreement receivables – The following table 
displays device payment plan agreement receivables, net, that continue to be 
recognized in the accompanying balance sheets:

Device payment plan agreement receivables, gross
Unamortized imputed interest
Device payment plan agreement receivables, net of 

unamortized imputed interest

Allowance for credit losses
Device payment plan agreement receivables, net

Classified on the balance sheets:
Accounts receivable, net
Other assets
Device payment plan agreement receivables, net

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
(Audited)

24,528
(1,017)
23,511

(708)
22,803

15,950
6,853
22,803

$

$

$

$

18,622
(791)
17,831

(906)
16,925

10,303
6,622
16,925

$

$

$

$

The Partnership may offer customers certain promotions where a customer can 
trade-in his or her owned device in connection with the purchase of a new device. 
Under these types of promotions, the customer will receive trade-in credits that are 
applied to the customer’s monthly bill. As a result, the Partnership recognizes a 
trade-in obligation measured at fair value using weighted-average selling prices 
obtained in recent resales of devices eligible for trade-in. Device payment plan 
agreement receivables, net does not reflect this trade-in obligation. At December 31, 
2016 and 2015, the amount of trade-in obligations was not material.

At the time of sale, the Partnership imputes risk adjusted interest on the device 
payment plan agreement receivables. Imputed interest is recorded as a reduction to 
the related accounts receivable. Interest income, which is included within Other 
revenues on the statements of income and comprehensive income, is recognized 
over the financed payment term.

When originating device payment plan agreements, the Partnership uses internal 
and external data sources to create a credit risk score to measure the credit quality 

S-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of a customer and to determine eligibility for the device payment program.  If a 
customer is either new to the Partnership or has less than 210 days of customer 
tenure (a new customer), the credit decision process relies more heavily on external 
data sources. If the customer has 210 days or more of customer tenure (an existing 
customer), the credit decision process relies on internal data sources. For a small 
portion of new customer applications, a traditional credit report is not available from 
one of the national credit reporting agencies because the potential customer does 
not have sufficient credit history. In those instances, alternate credit data is used for 
the risk assessment. The experience has been that the payment attributes of longer 
tenured customers are highly predictive when considering their ability to pay in the 
future. External data sources include obtaining a credit report from a national 
consumer credit reporting agency, if available. Internal data and/or credit data 
obtained from the credit reporting agencies is used to create a custom credit risk 
score. The custom credit risk score is generated automatically (except with respect 
to a small number of applications where the information needs manual intervention) 
from the applicant’s credit data using Verizon’s proprietary custom credit models, 
which are empirically derived and demonstrably and statistically sound. The credit 
risk score measures the likelihood that the potential customer will become severely 
delinquent and be disconnected for non-payment. 

Based on the custom credit risk score, each customer is assigned to a credit class, 
each of which has a specified required down payment percentage and specified 
credit limits. Device payment plan agreement receivables originated from customers 
assigned to credit classes requiring no down payment represent the lowest risk. 
Device payment plan agreement receivables originated from customers assigned to 
credit classes requiring a down payment represent a higher risk.

Subsequent to origination, the Partnership monitors delinquency and write-off 
experience as key credit quality indicators for its portfolio of device payment plan 
agreements and fixed-term service plans. The extent of collection efforts with 
respect to a particular customer are based on the results of proprietary custom 
empirically derived internal behavioral scoring models which analyze the customer’s 
past performance to predict the likelihood of the customer falling further delinquent. 
These customer scoring models assess a number of variables, including origination 
characteristics, customer account history and payment patterns. Based on the score 
derived from these models, accounts are grouped by risk category to determine the 
collection strategy to be applied to such accounts. The Partnership continuously 
monitors collection performance results and the credit quality of device payment plan 
agreement receivables based on a variety of metrics, including aging. The 
Partnership considers an account to be delinquent and in default status if there are 
unpaid charges remaining on the account on the day after the bill’s due date.

As of December 31, 2016, the balance and aging of the device payment plan 
agreement receivables on a gross basis was as follows:

Unbilled

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
(Audited)

$

23,043

$

17,694

S-15

 
 
Billed:

Current 
Past due

Device payment plan agreement receivables, gross

$

1,269
216
24,528

$

806
122
18,622

Activity in the allowance for credit losses for the device payment plan agreement 
receivables was as follows:

Balance at January 1
Bad debt expenses
Write-offs
Other

Balance at December 31

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
(Audited)

$

$

906
203
(401)
—
708

$

$

163
945
(138)
(64)
906

Customers entering into device payment plan agreements prior to May 31, 2015, 
have the right to upgrade their device, subject to certain conditions, including making 
a stated portion of the required device payment plan agreement payments and 
trading in their device in good working condition. Generally, customers entering into 
device payment plan agreements on or after June 1, 2015 are required to repay all 
amounts due under their device payment agreement before being eligible to 
upgrade their device. However, on select devices, certain marketing promotions 
have been revocably offered to customers to upgrade to a new device after paying 
down a certain specified portion of the device payment plan agreement amount as 
well as trading in their device in good working order. When a customer enters into a 
device payment plan agreement with the right to upgrade to a new device or for a 
device that is subject to an upgrade promotion, the Partnership records a guarantee 
liability in accordance with the Partnership’s accounting policy. The guarantee 
liability related to this program, which was $115 (Unaudited) at December 31, 2016 
and $408 at December 31, 2015, was included in Advance billings and other on the 
accompanying balance sheets.

S-16

 
 
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2016 and
2015: 

Buildings and improvements (15-45 years)
Wireless plant and equipment (3-50 years)
Furniture, fixtures and equipment (3-10 years)
Leasehold improvements (5-7 years)

Less: accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net

2016
(Unaudited)
9,883
$
29,049
482
2,466
41,880
(24,312)
17,568

$

2015
(Audited)

$

$

9,576
27,486
479
2,262
39,803
(21,278)
18,525

Capitalized network engineering costs of $164 (Unaudited) and $376, were recorded 
during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Construction in 
progress included in certain classifications shown above, principally consists of 
wireless plant and equipment, amounted to $334 (Unaudited) and $1,067, as of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Depreciation expense of $3,329 
(Unaudited), $3,220, and $2,520 was incurred during the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014.

5. TOWER MONETIZATION TRANSACTION

During March 2015, Verizon Communications, the parent company of Cellco, 
entered into an agreement with American Tower Corporation (ATC) giving ATC 
exclusive rights to lease and operate approximately 11,300 wireless towers owned 
and operated by Cellco and its subsidiaries for an upfront payment of $5.0 billion 
(not in thousands). Verizon Communications also sold 162 towers to ATC for an 
upfront payment of $0.1 billion (not in thousands). Under the terms of the lease 
agreements, ATC has exclusive rights to lease and operate the towers over an 
average term of approximately 28 years. As the leases expire, ATC has fixed-price 
purchase options to acquire these towers based on their anticipated fair market 
values at the end of the lease terms. The Partnership has subleased capacity on the 
towers from ATC for a minimum of 10 years at current market rates, with options to 
renew. The Partnership participated in this arrangement and has leased 2 towers to 
ATC for an upfront payment of $849. The upfront payment was accounted for as 
deferred rent and as a financing obligation. The $375 accounted for as deferred rent 
was included in cash flows provided by operating activities and relates to the portion 
of the towers for which the right-of-use has passed to ATC. The deferred rent is 
being recognized on a straight-line basis over the Partnership’s average lease term 
of 30 years.  At December 31, 2015, a financing obligation in the amount of $474 
was included in cash flows provided by financing activities, which relates to the
portion of the towers that continue to be occupied and used for the Partnership’s 
network operations. The Partnership makes a sublease payment to ATC for $1.9 per 
month per site, with annual increases of 2 percent. During 2016 and 2015, the 

S-17

Partnership made $46 and $38, respectively, of sublease payments to ATC, which is 
recorded as Repayments of financing obligation. 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the balance of deferred rent was $352 (Unaudited) 
and $365, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the balance of the 
financing obligation was $468 (Unaudited) and $469, respectively. 

6. CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 
2016 and 2015: 

Accounts payable
Non-income based taxes and regulatory fees
Accrued commissions
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
(Audited)

$

$

2,713
590
1,469
4,772

$

$

1,960
706
1,475
4,141

Advance billings and other consist of the following as of December 31, 2016 and
2015: 

Advance billings
Customer deposits
Guarantee liability
Advance billings and other

2016
(Unaudited)

2015
(Audited)

$

$

3,524
437
115
4,076

$

$

3,664
325
408
4,397

7. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND RELATED PARTIES

In addition to fixed asset purchases and right to use licenses substantially all of 
service revenues, equipment revenues, other revenues, cost of service, cost of 
equipment, and selling, general and administrative expenses represent transactions 
processed by affiliates (Cellco and its related parties) on behalf of the Partnership or 
represent transactions with affiliates. These transactions consist of (1) revenues and 
expenses that pertain to the Partnership which are processed by Cellco and directly 
attributed to or directly charged to the Partnership; (2) roaming revenue by 
customers of other Cellco affiliated markets within the Partnership market or 
Partnership customers’ cost when roaming in other Cellco affiliated markets; (3) 
certain revenues and expenses that are processed or incurred by Cellco which are 
allocated to the Partnership based on factors such as the Partnership’s percentage 
of revenue streams, customers, gross customer additions, or minutes of use; (4) 
certain costs of operating switches which are allocated to the Partnership; and (5) 
lease agreements with Cellco, whereas the Partnership has the right to use certain 
spectrum. These transactions do not necessarily represent arm’s length transactions 
and may not represent all revenues and costs that would be present if the 

S-18

Partnership operated on a standalone basis. Cellco periodically reviews the 
methodology and allocation bases for allocating certain revenues, operating costs, 
selling, general and administrative expenses to the Partnership. Resulting changes, 
if any, in the allocated amounts have historically not been significant.

Service revenues – Service revenues include monthly customer billings processed 
by Cellco on behalf of the Partnership and roaming revenues relating to customers 
of other affiliated markets that are specifically identified to the Partnership. For the 
years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 roaming revenues were $25,198 
(Unaudited), $25,063, and $23,732, respectively. Service revenues also include long 
distance, data, and certain revenue reductions including revenue concessions that 
are processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors 
deemed appropriate by Cellco.

Equipment revenues – Equipment revenues include equipment sales processed by 
Cellco and specifically identified to the Partnership, as well as certain handset and 
accessory revenues, contra-revenues including equipment concessions, and coupon 
rebates that are processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on 
certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco. 

Other revenues – Other revenues include cell sharing revenue and other fees and 
surcharges charged to the customer that are specifically identified to the Partnership. 

Cost of service – Cost of service includes roaming costs relating to the 
Partnership’s customers roaming in other affiliated markets and switch costs that are 
incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed 
appropriate by Cellco. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 
roaming costs were $39,340 (Unaudited), $36,313, and $32,019, and switch costs 
were $3,484 (Unaudited), $3,408, and $3,897, respectively. Cost of service also 
includes cost of telecom, long distance and application content that are incurred by 
Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate 
by Cellco. The Partnership has lease agreements for the right to use additional 
spectrum owned by Cellco. See Note 8 for further information regarding this 
arrangement.

Cost of equipment – Cost of equipment is recorded at Cellco’s cost basis (see Note 
2). Cost of equipment also includes certain costs related to handsets, accessories 
and other costs incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain 
factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

Selling, general and administrative – Selling, general and administrative expenses 
include commissions, customer billing, office telecom, customer care, salaries, sales 
and marketing and advertising expenses that are specifically identified to the 
Partnership as well as incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on 
certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco. The Partnership recorded $2,627 
(Unaudited), $2,344, and $2,525 in advertising costs for the years ended December 
31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

S-19

Property, plant and equipment – Property, plant and equipment includes assets 
purchased by Cellco and directly charged to the Partnership as well as assets 
transferred between Cellco and the Partnership (see Note 2).

8. COMMITMENTS

Cellco, on behalf of the Partnership, and the Partnership itself have entered into 
operating leases for facilities, and equipment used in its operations. Lease contracts 
include renewal options that include rent expense adjustments based on the 
Consumer Price Index as well as annual and end-of-lease term adjustments. Rent 
expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. The noncancellable lease term used to 
calculate the amount of the straight-line rent expense is generally determined to be 
the initial lease term, including any optional renewal terms that are reasonably 
assured of occurring. Leasehold improvements related to these operating leases are 
amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the noncancellable lease 
term. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Partnership 
incurred a total of $2,249 (Unaudited), $1,800, and $1,478 respectively, as rent 
expense related to these operating leases, which was included in Cost of service 
and Selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of 
income and comprehensive income. Aggregate future minimum rental commitments 
under noncancellable operating leases, excluding renewal options that are not 
reasonably assured of occurring for the years shown are as follows:

Years

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 and thereafter

Total minimum payments

     Amount

$ 1,936
1,861
1,687
1,579
1,471
4,524

$ 13,058

The Partnership has also entered into certain agreements with Cellco, whereas the 
Partnership leases certain spectrum from Cellco that overlaps the Pennsylvania 
Rural Service Area 6-B2. Total rent expense under these spectrum leases amounted 
to $659 (Unaudited) in 2016, $658 in 2015, and $583 in 2014, which is included in 
Cost of service in the accompanying statements of income and comprehensive 
income.

Based on the terms of these leases as of December 31, 2016, future spectrum lease 
obligations are expected to be as follows:

S-20

Years

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 and thereafter

Total minimum payments

     Amount

$

636
625
482
340
340
3,398

$ 5,821

The General Partner currently expects that the renewal option in the leases will be 
exercised. 

9. CONTINGENCIES

Cellco and the Partnership are subject to lawsuits and other claims including class 
actions, product liability, patent infringement, intellectual property, antitrust, 
partnership disputes, and claims involving relations with resellers and agents. Cellco 
is also currently defending lawsuits filed against it and other participants in the 
wireless industry alleging various adverse effects as a result of wireless phone 
usage. Various consumer class action lawsuits allege that Cellco violated certain 
state consumer protection laws and other statutes and defrauded customers through 
misleading billing practices or statements. These matters may involve 
indemnification obligations by third parties and/or affiliated parties covering all or part 
of any potential damage awards against Cellco and the Partnership and/or insurance 
coverage. All of the above matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the 
outcomes are not currently predictable.

The Partnership may be allocated a portion of the damages that may result upon 
adjudication of these matters if the claimants prevail in their actions. In none of the 
currently pending matters is the amount of accrual material to the Partnership. An 
estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss with respect to these 
matters as of December 31, 2016 cannot be made at this time due to various factors 
typical in contested proceedings, including (1) uncertain damage theories and 
demands; (2) a less than complete factual record; (3) uncertainty concerning legal 
theories and their resolution by courts or regulators; and (4) the unpredictable nature 
of the opposing party and its demands. The Partnership continuously monitors these 
proceedings as they develop and will adjust any accrual or disclosure as needed. It 
is not expected that the ultimate resolution of any pending regulatory or legal matter 
in future periods will have a material effect on the financial condition of the 
Partnership, but it could have a material effect on the results of operations for a 
given reporting period.

S-21

10. RECONCILIATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

     Balance at      Additions      Write-offs      Balance at

Beginning
of the Year

Charged to
Operations

Net of
Recoveries

End
of the Year

Accounts Receivable Allowances:

2016 (Unaudited)
2015 (Audited)
2014 (Audited)

$

$

1,255
498
225

$

502
1,638
739

$

(830)
(881)
(466)

927
1,255
498

S-22

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

The Partners of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17
Limited Partnership 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17
Limited Partnership, which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of 
income and comprehensive income, changes in partners’ capital and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2016, and the related notes to the financial statements. 

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal 
control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in 
accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor 
considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to 
design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating 
the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit 
opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and 
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Orlando, FL

February 28, 2017

S-23

GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership

Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 
(Dollars in Thousands)

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
Due from affiliate
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,122 and $691
Unbilled revenue
Prepaid expenses

Total current assets

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - NET

WIRELESS LICENSES

OTHER ASSETS
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Advance billings and other
Financing obligation
Deferred rent

Total current liabilities

LONG TERM LIABILITIES:
Financing obligation
Deferred rent

Total long term liabilities
Total liabilities

PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

General Partner's interest
Limited Partners' interest
Total partners' capital

$

$

$

2016

2015

$

$

$

13,086
9,028
2,287
425
24,826

48,462

441

2,252
75,981

4,389
1,740
2,412
702
9,243

21,356
19,857
41,213
50,456

5,105
20,420
25,525

11,610
7,957
2,311
444
22,322

57,180

441

1,954
81,897

3,895
1,848
2,364
702
8,809

21,478
20,165
41,643
50,452

6,289
25,156
31,445

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

$

75,981

$

81,897

See notes to financial statements. 

S-24

    
    
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership

Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income – For the Years Ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 
(Dollars in Thousands)

OPERATING REVENUE:

Service revenues
Equipment revenues
Other

Total operating revenue

OPERATING EXPENSES:

2016

2015

2014

$ 113,816
7,119
5,613
126,548

$ 117,289
7,011
4,900
129,200

$ 113,153
5,796
3,942
122,891

Cost of service (exclusive of depreciation and 
amortization)
Cost of equipment
Depreciation and amortization
Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses

40,711
10,040
10,364
20,662
81,777

39,702
10,606
11,348
23,356
85,012

36,454
12,892
11,874
23,655
84,875

OPERATING INCOME

44,771

44,188

38,016

OTHER EXPENSE:

Interest (expense) income, net
Other

Total other interest expense

NET INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Allocation of Net Income:
General Partner
Limited Partners

See notes to financial statements.

(1,391)
-
(1,391)

43,380

8,676
34,704

$

$
$

(914)
(392)
(1,306)

42,882

8,576
34,306

$

$
$

36
-
36

$

$
$

38,052

7,611
30,441

S-25

    
    
    
S
-
2
6

S
e
e
n
o

t

e
s

t

o

f
i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a

t

e
m
e
n
t
s
.

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
6

$

5

,

1
0
5

$

5
,
2
3
6

$

5
,
2
3
6

$

4
,
3
4
5

$

3
,
0
4
1

$

2
,
5
6
2

$

2
5
,
5
2
5

N
e

t

I

n
c
o
m
e

i

D
s
t
r
i
b
u

t
i

o
n
s

N
e

t

I

n
c
o
m
e

i

D
s
t
r
i
b
u

t
i

o
n
s

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
5

8

,

6
7
6

8
,
8
9
9

8
,
8
9
9

(
9

,

8
6
0
)

(
1
0
,
1
1
3
)

(
1
0
,
1
1
3
)

6

,

2
8
9

8

,

5
7
6

6
,
4
5
0

8
,
7
9
6

6
,
4
5
0

8
,
7
9
6

7
,
3
8
4

(
8
,
3
9
1
)

5
,
3
5
2

7
,
2
9
9

5
,
1
6
8

4
,
3
5
4

4
3
,
3
8
0

(
5
,
8
7
4
)

(
4
,
9
4
9
)

(
4
9
,
3
0
0
)

3
,
7
4
7

5
,
1
1
0

3
,
1
5
7

4
,
3
0
5

3
1
,
4
4
5

4
2
,
8
8
2

(
1
8

,

6
0
0
)

(
1
9
,
0
7
7
)

(
1
9
,
0
7
7
)

(
1
5
,
8
3
0
)

(
1
1
,
0
8
1
)

(
9
,
3
3
5
)

(
9
3
,
0
0
0
)

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
4

1
6

,

3
1
3

1
6
,
7
3
1

N
e

t

I

n
c
o
m
e

i

D
s
t
r
i
b
u

t
i

o
n
s

7

,

6
1
1

7
,
8
0
6

(
6

,

7
0
0
)

(
6
,
8
7
2
)

1
6
,
7
3
1

7
,
8
0
6

(
6
,
8
7
2
)

1
3
,
8
8
3

6
,
4
7
7

9
,
7
1
8

4
,
5
3
3

8
,
1
8
7

3
,
8
1
9

8
1
,
5
6
3

3
8
,
0
5
2

(
5
,
7
0
2
)

(
3
,
9
9
1
)

(
3
,
3
6
3
)

(
3
3
,
5
0
0
)

B
A
L
A
N
C
E
—
J
a
n
u
a
r
y
1

,

2
0
1
4

$

1
5

,

4
0
2

$

1
5
,
7
9
7

$

1
5
,
7
9
7

$

1
3
,
1
0
8

$

9
,
1
7
6

$

7
,
7
3
1

$

7
7
,
0
1
1

G
T
E
M
o
b

i
l

n
e
t
o
f
T
e
x
a
s
R
S
A
#
1
7
L
m

i

i
t
e
d
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
h
p

i

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
o
f

C
h
a
n
g
e
s

i

n
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s

’

C
a
p
i
t
a

l

–
F
o
r

t

h
e
Y
e
a
r
s
E
n
d
e
d
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1

,

2
0
1
6
,
2
0
1
5
a
n
d
2
0
1
4

(

D
o

l
l

a
r
s

i

n
T
h
o
u
s
a
n
d
s
)

P
a
r
t
n
e
r

G
e
n
e
r
a

l

S
a
n
A
n
t
o
n
o

i

I

n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s
,

T
e
l
c
o
m

E
a
s
t
e
x

M
T
A

,

.

L
P

.

L
L
C

C
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
t
e
d

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s

A

l
l
t
e
l

S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
,

I

n
c
.

E
n
t
e
r
p
r
i
s
e

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s

S
a
n
A
n
t
o
n
o

i

L
L
C

M
T
A

,

.

L
P

.

i

L
m

i
t
e
d
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s

(

V
A
W

)
L
L
C

W

i
r
e
l
e
s
s

V
e
r
i
z
o
n

C
a
p
i
t
a
l

P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s

'

T
o
t
a
l

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership

Statements of Cash Flows – For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014 
(Dollars in Thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net Income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided 
by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Imputed interest on financing obligation
Provision for losses on accounts receivable
Changes in certain assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Unbilled revenue
Prepaid expenses
Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Advance billings and other
Deferred rent

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Capital expenditures
Fixed asset transfers out
Acquisition of wireless licenses
Change in due from affiliate

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from financing obligation
Repayments of financing obligation
Distributions

Net cash used in financing activities

CHANGE IN CASH

CASH—Beginning of year
CASH—End of year

NONCASH TRANSACTIONS FROM INVESTING 
ACTIVITIES:

Accruals for capital expenditures

See notes to financial statements.

2016

2015

2014

$

43,380

$

42,882

$

38,052

10,364
2,289
2,128

(3,200)
24
19
(298)
324
(108)
(308)
54,614

(1,980)
506
-
(1,476)
(2,950)

11,348
1,704
1,546

(3,337)
(180)
(313)
(1,327)
315
(230)
19,591
71,999

(4,734)
1,341
(441)
2,696
(1,138)

-
(2,364)
(49,300)
(51,664)

24,077
(1,938)
(93,000)
(70,861)

-

-
-

$

-

-
-

$

11,874
-
1,421

(2,796)
(204)
(118)
(605)
515
498
250
48,887

(16,813)
4,403
-
(2,977)
(15,387)

-
-
(33,500)
(33,500)

-

-
-

242

$

71

$

133

$

$

S-27

    
    
    
GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership

Notes to Financial Statements - Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 
(Dollars in Thousands)

1. ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) was formed 
in 1989. The principal activity of the Partnership is providing cellular service in the 
Texas #17 rural service area. 

Cellco Partnership (“Cellco”), doing business as Verizon Wireless, indirectly wholly-
owns San Antonio MTA, L.P. and through such ownership, manages the operations 
of the Partnership (see Note 8).

The partners and their respective ownership percentages of the Partnership as of 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

General Partner:

San Antonio MTA, L.P. 

Limited Partners:

Eastex Telecom Investments, LLC
Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc. 
Alltel Communications, LLC *
San Antonio MTA, L.P. 
Verizon Wireless (VAW) LLC *

20.000000 %

20.512855 %
20.512855 %
17.021300 %
11.914800 %
10.038190 %

*Verizon Wireless (VAW) LLC and Alltel Communications, LLC are wholly-owned 
and indirectly wholly owned, respectively, subsidiaries of Cellco.

2.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of estimates – The financial statements are prepared using U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.

Examples of significant estimates include: the allowance for doubtful accounts, the 
recoverability of property, plant and equipment, the recoverability of intangible assets 
and other long-lived assets, unbilled revenues, fair values of financial instruments, 
accrued expenses and contingencies.

Revenue recognition – The Partnership offers products and services to customers 
through bundled arrangements. These arrangements involve multiple deliverables 
which may include products, services, or a combination of products and services.

S-28

    
    
The Partnership earns revenue primarily by providing access to and usage of its 
network as well as the sale of equipment. In general, access revenue is billed one 
month in advance and recognized when earned. Usage revenue is generally billed in 
arrears and recognized when service is rendered. Equipment revenue associated 
with the sale of wireless devices and accessories is generally recognized when the 
products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as equipment sales is 
considered to be a separate earnings process from providing wireless services. For 
agreements involving the resale of third-party services in which the Partnership is 
considered the primary obligor in the arrangements, the revenue is recorded gross at 
the time of sale. 

Under the Verizon device payment program, eligible wireless customers purchase 
wireless devices under a device payment plan agreement. On select devices, certain 
marketing promotions have been revocably offered to customers to upgrade to a 
new device after paying down a certain specified portion of the required device 
payment plan agreement amount as well as trading in their device in good working 
order. When a customer enters into a device payment plan agreement with the right 
to upgrade to a new device, the Partnership accounts for this trade-in right as a 
guarantee obligation. The full amount of the trade-in right’s fair value (not an 
allocated value) is recognized as a guarantee liability and the remaining allocable 
consideration is allocated to the device. The value of the guarantee liability 
effectively results in a reduction to the revenue recognized for the sale of the device. 
The Partnership may offer customers certain promotions where a customer can 
trade-in his or her owned device in connection with the purchase of a new device. 
Under these types of promotions, the customer will receive trade-in credits that are 
applied to the customer’s monthly bill. As a result, the Partnership recognizes a 
trade-in obligation measured at fair value using weighted-average selling prices 
obtained in recent resales of devices eligible for trade-in.

In multiple element arrangements that bundle devices and monthly wireless service, 
revenue is allocated to each unit of accounting using a relative selling price method. 
At the inception of the arrangement, the amount allocable to the delivered units of 
accounting is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of the 
monthly wireless service (the noncontingent amount). The Partnership effectively 
recognizes revenue on the delivered device at the lesser of the amount allocated 
based on the relative selling price of the device or the noncontingent amount owed 
when the device is sold.

Roaming revenue reflects service revenue earned by the Partnership when 
customers not associated with the Partnership operate in the service area of the 
Partnership and use the Partnership’s network. The roaming rates with third party 
carriers associated with those customers are based on agreements with such 
carriers. The roaming rates charged by the Partnership to Cellco are established by 
Cellco on a periodic basis and may not reflect current market rates (see Note 8).

Other revenues primarily consist of certain fees billed to customers for surcharges 
and elected services as well as non-customer related revenues. The Partnership 
reports taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing 

S-29

transactions between the Partnership and its customers which is passed through to 
the customers on a net basis.

Operating expenses – Operating expenses include expenses incurred directly by 
the Partnership, as well as an allocation of selling, general and administrative, and 
operating costs incurred by Cellco or its affiliates on behalf of the Partnership. 
Employees of Cellco provide services on behalf of the Partnership. These 
employees are not employees of the Partnership, therefore operating expenses 
include direct and allocated charges of salary and employee benefit costs for the 
services provided to the Partnership. Cellco believes such allocations, principally 
based on the Partnership’s percentage of certain revenue streams, total customers, 
customer gross additions or minutes-of-use, are calculated in accordance with the 
Partnership agreement and are a reasonable method of allocating such costs (see 
Note 8). 

Cost of roaming reflects costs incurred by the Partnership when customers 
associated with the Partnership operate in a service area not associated with the 
Partnership and use a network not associated with the Partnership. The roaming 
rates with third party carriers are based on agreements with such carriers. The 
roaming rates charged to the Partnership by Cellco are established by Cellco on a 
periodic basis and may not reflect current market rates (see Note 8).

Cost of equipment is recorded upon sale of the related equipment at Cellco’s cost 
basis. Inventory is wholly owned by Cellco and is not recorded in the financial 
statements of the Partnership.

Maintenance and repairs – The cost of maintenance and repairs, including the cost 
of replacing minor items not constituting substantial betterments, is charged 
principally to Cost of service as these costs are incurred.

Advertising costs – Costs for advertising products and services as well as other 
promotional and sponsorship costs are charged to Selling, general and 
administrative expense in the periods in which they are incurred. 

Comprehensive income – Comprehensive income is the same as net income as 
presented in the accompanying statements of income and comprehensive income.

Income taxes – The Partnership is treated as a pass through entity for income tax 
purposes and, therefore, is not subject to federal, state or local income taxes. 
Accordingly, no provision has been recorded for income taxes in the Partnership’s 
financial statements. The results of operations, including taxable income, gains, 
losses, deductions and credits, are allocated to and reflected on the income tax 
returns of the respective partners.

The Partnership files federal and state tax returns. The 2013 through 2016 tax years 
for the Partnership remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service 
and state tax jurisdiction. Because the application of tax laws and regulations to 
many types of transactions is susceptible to varying interpretations, amounts 

S-30

reported in the financial statements could be changed at a later date upon final 
determination by taxing authorities. 

Due to/from affiliate – Due to/from affiliate principally represents the Partnership’s 
cash position with Cellco. Cellco manages, on behalf of the Partnership, all cash, 
investing and financing activities of the Partnership. As such, the change in due 
to/from affiliate is reflected as an investing activity or a financing activity in the 
statements of cash flows depending on whether it represents a net asset or net 
liability for the Partnership.

Additionally, cost of equipment, administrative and operating costs incurred by 
Cellco on behalf of the Partnership, as well as property, plant and equipment and 
wireless license transactions with affiliates, are charged to the Partnership through 
this account. Interest income on due from affiliate is based on the Applicable Federal 
Rate which was approximately 0.7%, 0.5% and 0.3% for the years ended December 
31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interest expense on due to affiliate is 
calculated by applying Cellco’s average cost of borrowing from Verizon 
Communications Inc., which was approximately 4.8%, 4.8% and 5.0% for the years 
ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively to the outstanding due 
to/from affiliate balance. Included in Interest (expense) income, net is interest 
income of $97, $177 and $25 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014, respectively, related to due to/from affiliate. 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts – Accounts receivable 
are recorded in the financial statements at cost, net of allowance for credit losses, 
with the exception of device payment plan agreement receivables which are initially 
recorded at fair value. The Partnership maintains allowances for uncollectible 
accounts receivable, including device payment plan receivables, for estimated 
losses resulting from the failure or inability of customers to make required payments. 
The allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable is based on Cellco’s 
assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts and includes 
consideration of the credit worthiness and financial condition of those customers. 
The Partnership records an allowance to reduce the receivables to the amount that 
is reasonably believed to be collectible. The Partnership also records an allowance 
for all other receivables based on multiple factors including historical experience with 
bad debts, the general economic environment and the aging of such receivables. 
Similar to traditional service revenue accounting treatment, the device payment plan 
bad debt expense is recorded based on an estimate of the percentage of device 
payment plan agreement receivables that will not be collected. This estimate is 
based on a number of factors including historical write-off experience, credit quality 
of the customer base and other factors such as macro-economic conditions. Due to 
the device payment plan being incorporated in the standard Verizon Wireless bill, the 
collection and risk strategies continue to follow historical practices. The Partnership 
monitors the aging of accounts with device payment plan receivables and writes off 
account balances if collection efforts are unsuccessful and future collection is 
unlikely. 

S-31

Property, plant and equipment – Property, plant and equipment is recorded at 
cost. Property, plant and equipment are generally depreciated on a straight-line 
basis. 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated life of the 
improvement or the remaining term of the related lease, calculated from the time the 
asset was placed in service.

When the depreciable assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost 
and accumulated depreciation are deducted from the property, plant and equipment 
accounts and any gains or losses on disposition are recognized in income. Transfers 
of property, plant and equipment between Cellco and affiliates are recorded at net 
book value on the date of the transfer with an offsetting entry included in due to/from 
affiliate.

Interest associated with the acquisition or construction of network-related assets is 
capitalized. Capitalized interest is reported as a reduction in interest expense and 
depreciated as part of the cost of the network-related assets.

In connection with the ongoing review of estimated useful lives of property, plant and 
equipment during 2016, Cellco determined that the average useful lives of certain 
leasehold improvements would be increased from 5 to 7 years. This change was 
immaterial to the Partnership in 2016. While the timing and extent of current 
deployment plans are subject to ongoing analysis and modification, Cellco and the 
Partnership believes the current estimates of useful lives are reasonable. 

Other assets – Other assets primarily include long term device payment plan 
agreement receivables, net of allowances of $289 and $93 at December 31, 2016 
and 2015, respectively.

Impairment – All long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be 
recoverable. If any indications were to become present, the Partnership would test 
for recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the net 
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the asset group. If those net 
undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the carrying amount, the next step would be 
to determine the fair value of the asset and record an impairment, if any. The 
Partnership re-evaluates the useful life determinations for these long-lived assets 
each year to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to their 
remaining useful lives.

Wireless licenses –Intangible assets are wireless licenses that provide the 
Partnership wireless operations with the exclusive right to utilize designated radio 
frequency spectrum to provide wireless communications services. In addition, Cellco 
maintains wireless licenses that provide the Partnership’s operations with the 
exclusive right to utilize designated radio frequency spectrum to provide wireless 
communications services. While licenses are issued for only a fixed time, generally 
ten years, such licenses are subject to renewal by the Federal Communications 

S-32

Commission (FCC). License renewals, which are managed by Cellco, have 
historically occurred routinely and at nominal cost. Moreover, the Partnership 
determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, 
economic or other factors that limit the useful life of wireless licenses. As a result, 
wireless licenses are treated as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. The useful life 
determination for wireless licenses is re-evaluated each year to determine whether 
events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. The 
Partnership aggregates wireless licenses into one single unit of accounting, as they 
are utilized on an integrated basis.

Cellco and the Partnership test the wireless licenses balance for potential 
impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators are present. In 2016 
and 2015, the Partnership performed a qualitative assessment to determine whether 
it is more likely than not that the fair value of wireless licenses was less than the 
carrying amount. As part of the assessment, several qualitative factors were 
considered including market transactions, the business enterprise value, 
macroeconomic conditions (including changes in interest rates and discount rates), 
industry and market considerations (including industry revenue and EBITDA 
(Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) margin projections), 
the projected financial performance, as well as other factors. In 2016, Cellco also 
performed a qualitative assessment similar to that described for the Partnership. In 
2015, Cellco performed a quantitative assessment which consisted of comparing the 
estimated fair value of its aggregate wireless licenses to the aggregated carrying 
amount as of the test date.

Interest expense incurred while qualifying activities are performed to ready wireless 
licenses for their intended use is capitalized as part of wireless licenses (see Note 
4). The capitalization period ends when the development is discontinued or 
substantially complete and the license is ready for its intended use. 

In addition, Cellco believes that under the Partnership agreement it has the right to 
allocate, based on a reasonable methodology, any impairment loss recognized by 
Cellco for licenses included in Cellco’s national footprint. Cellco and the Partnership 
evaluated their wireless licenses for potential impairment as of December 15, 2016 
and 2015. These evaluations resulted in no impairment of wireless licenses.  

Financial instruments – The Partnership’s trade receivables and payables are 
short-term in nature, and accordingly, their carrying value approximates fair value.

Fair value measurements – Fair value of financial and non-financial assets and 
liabilities is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received 
to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants. The three-tier hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value, which 
prioritizes the inputs used in the methodologies of measuring fair value for assets 
and liabilities, is as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

S-33

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical 
assets and liabilities

Level 3 - No observable pricing inputs in the market

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The 
assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements 
requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being 
measured and their categorization within the fair value hierarchy. 

Distributions – The Partnership is required to make distributions to its partners 
based upon the Partnership’s operating results, due to/from affiliate status, and 
financing needs as determined by the General Partner at the date of the distribution.

Recent accounting standards – In August 2016, the accounting standard update 
related to the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments was issued. 
This standard update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of 
reducing the existing diversity in practice for these issues. Among the updates, this 
standard update requires cash receipts from payments on a transferor’s beneficial 
interests in securitized trade receivables to be classified as cash inflows from 
investing activities. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2018; 
however, early adoption is permitted. The Partnership is currently evaluating the 
impact that this standard update will have on the financial statements. 

In June 2016, the standard update related to the measurement of credit losses on 
financial instruments was issued. This standard update requires that certain financial 
assets be measured at amortized cost reflecting an allowance for estimated credit 
losses expected to occur over the life of the assets. The estimate of credit losses 
must be based on all relevant information including historical information, current 
conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of 
the amounts. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2020; 
however early adoption is permitted. The Partnership is currently evaluating the 
impact that this standard update will have on the financial statements.

In February 2016, the accounting standard update related to leases was issued. 
This standard update intends to increase transparency and improve comparability by 
requiring entities to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for all 
leases, with certain exceptions. In addition, through improved disclosure 
requirements, the standard update will enable users of financial statements to 
further understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from 
leases. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2019; however 
early adoption is permitted. The Partnership’s current operating lease portfolio is 
primarily comprised of spectrum, network, real estate, and equipment leases. Upon 
adoption of the standard, the balance sheet is expected to include a right of use 
asset and liability related to substantially all operating lease arrangements. At 
Cellco, a cross-functional coordinated implementation team has been established to 
implement the standard update related to leases. The Partnership is in the process 

S-34

of assessing the impact to its systems, processes and internal controls to meet the 
standard update’s reporting and disclosure requirements.

In May 2014, the accounting standard update related to the recognition of revenue 
from contracts with customers was issued. This standard update along with related 
subsequently issued updates clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and 
develops a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP. The standard update also
amends current guidance for the recognition of costs to obtain and fulfill contracts
with customers such that incremental costs of obtaining and direct costs of fulfilling
contracts with customers will be deferred and amortized consistent with the transfer
of the related good or service. The standard update intends to provide a more robust 
framework for addressing revenue issues; improve comparability of revenue 
recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets; 
and provide more useful information to users of financial statements through 
improved disclosure requirements. The two permitted transition methods under the 
new standard are the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be 
applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of 
applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown, or the 
modified retrospective method, in which case the standard is applied only to the 
most current period presented and the cumulative effect of applying the standard 
would be recognized at the date of initial application. In August 2015, an accounting 
standard update was issued that delays the effective date of this standard update 
until the first quarter of 2018, at which time the Partnership plans to adopt the 
standard. 

The Partnership is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard update. 
The ultimate impact on revenue resulting from the application of the new standard 
will be subject to assessments that are dependent on many variables, including, but 
not limited to, the terms of contractual arrangements and the mix of business. Upon 
adoption, the Partnership expects that the allocation of revenue between equipment 
and service for wireless fixed-term service plans will result in more revenue 
allocated to equipment and recognized earlier as compared with current GAAP. The 
timing of recognition of sales commission expenses is also expected to be impacted, 
as a substantial portion of these costs (which are currently expensed) will be 
capitalized and amortized as described above. The available transition methods will 
continue to be evaluated. The Partnership’s considerations include, but are not 
limited to, the comparability of financial statements and the comparability within the 
industry from application of the new standard to contractual arrangements. The 
Partnership plans to select a transition method by the second half of 2017. 

At Cellco, a cross-functional coordinated implementation team has been established 
to implement the standard update related to the recognition of revenue from 
contracts with customers. The Partnership has identified and is in the process of 
implementing changes to its systems, processes and internal controls to meet the 
standard update’s reporting and disclosure requirements.

Reclassifications – The Partnership reclassified certain prior year amounts to 
conform to the current year presentation.

S-35

Subsequent events – Events subsequent to December 31, 2016 have been 
evaluated through February 28, 2017 the date the financial statements were issued.

3. WIRELESS DEVICE INSTALLMENT PLANS

Under the Verizon device payment program, eligible wireless customers purchase 
wireless devices under a device payment plan agreement. Customers that activate 
service on devices purchased under the device payment program pay lower service 
fees as compared to those under fixed-term service plans, and their device payment 
plan charge is included in their standard wireless monthly bill. 

Wireless device payment plan agreement receivables – The following table 
displays device payment plan agreement receivables, net, that continue to be 
recognized in the accompanying balance sheets:

Device payment plan agreement receivables, gross
Unamortized imputed interest
Device payment plan agreement receivables, net of 

unamortized imputed interest

Allowance for credit losses
Device payment plan agreement receivables, net

Classified on the balance sheets:
Accounts receivable, net
Other assets
Device payment plan agreement receivables, net

$

$

$

$

2016

2015

8,516
(351)
8,165

(939)
7,226

5,011
2,215
7,226

$

$

$

$

5,512
(230)
5,282

(254)
5,028

3,104
1,924
5,028

The Partnership may offer customers certain promotions where a customer can 
trade-in his or her owned device in connection with the purchase of a new device. 
Under these types of promotions, the customer will receive trade-in credits that are 
applied to the customer’s monthly bill. As a result, the Partnership recognizes a 
trade-in obligation measured at fair value using weighted-average selling prices 
obtained in recent resales of devices eligible for trade-in. Device payment plan 
agreement receivables, net does not reflect this trade-in obligation. At December 31, 
2016 and 2015, the amount of trade-in obligations was not significant.

At the time of sale, the Partnership imputes risk adjusted interest on the device 
payment plan agreement receivables. Imputed interest is recorded as a reduction to 
the related accounts receivable. Interest income, which is included within Other 
revenues on the statements of income and comprehensive income, is recognized 
over the financed payment term.

When originating device payment plan agreements, the Partnership uses internal 
and external data sources to create a credit risk score to measure the credit quality 
of a customer and to determine eligibility for the device payment program. If a 
customer is either new to the Partnership or has less than 210 days of customer 
tenure (a new customer), the credit decision process relies more heavily on external 

S-36

 
 
 
 
 
data sources. For a small portion of new customer applications, a traditional credit 
report is not available from one of the national credit reporting agencies because the 
potential customer does not have sufficient credit history. In those instances, 
alternate credit data is used for the risk assessment. If the customer has 210 days or 
more of customer tenure (an existing customer), the credit decision process relies on 
internal data sources. The experience has been that the payment attributes of longer 
tenured customers are highly predictive when considering their ability to pay in the 
future. External data sources include obtaining a credit report from a national 
consumer credit reporting agency, if available. Internal data and/or credit data 
obtained from the credit reporting agencies is used to create a custom credit risk 
score. The custom credit risk score is generated automatically (except with respect 
to a small number of applications where the information needs manual intervention) 
from the applicant’s credit data using Verizon’s proprietary custom credit models, 
which are empirically derived and demonstrably and statistically sound. The credit 
risk score measures the likelihood that the potential customer will become severely 
delinquent and be disconnected for non-payment. 

Based on the custom credit risk score, each customer is assigned to a credit class, 
each of which has a specified required down payment percentage and specified 
credit limits. Device payment plan agreement receivables originated from customers 
assigned to credit classes requiring no down payment represent the lowest risk. 
Device payment plan agreement receivables originated from customers assigned to 
credit classes requiring a down payment represent a higher risk.

Subsequent to origination, the Partnership monitors delinquency and write-off 
experience as key credit quality indicators for its portfolio of device payment plan 
agreements and fixed-term service plans. The extent of collection efforts with 
respect to a particular customer are based on the results of proprietary custom 
empirically derived internal behavioral scoring models which analyze the customer’s 
past performance to predict the likelihood of the customer falling further delinquent. 
These customer scoring models assess a number of variables, including origination 
characteristics, customer account history and payment patterns. Based on the score 
derived from these models, accounts are grouped by risk category to determine the 
collection strategy to be applied to such accounts. The Partnership continuously 
monitors collection performance results and the credit quality of device payment plan 
agreement receivables based on a variety of metrics, including aging. The 
Partnership considers an account to be delinquent and in default status if there are 
unpaid charges remaining on the account on the day after the bill’s due date.

As of December 31, 2016, the balance and aging of the device payment plan 
agreement receivables on a gross basis was as follows:

2016

2015

Unbilled
Billed:

Current 
Past due

Device payment plan agreement receivables, gross

$

S-37

$

7,912

$

418
186
8,516

$

5,180

256
76
5,512

 
 
Activity in the allowance for credit losses for the device payment plan agreement 
receivables was as follows:

Balance at January 1
Bad debt expenses
Write-offs
Other

Balance at December 31

2016

2015

$

$

254
1,182
(500)
3
939

$

$

33
374
(155)
2
254

Customers entering into device payment plan agreements prior to May 31, 2015, 
have the right to upgrade their device, subject to certain conditions, including making 
a stated portion of the required device payment plan agreement payments and 
trading in their device in good working condition. Generally, customers entering into 
device payment plan agreements on or after June 1, 2015 are required to repay all 
amounts due under their device payment agreement before being eligible to 
upgrade their device. However, on select devices, certain marketing promotions 
have been revocably offered to customers to upgrade to a new device after paying 
down a certain specified portion of the device payment plan agreement amount as 
well as trading in their device in good working order. When a customer enters into a 
device payment plan agreement with the right to upgrade to a new device or for a 
device that is subject to an upgrade promotion, the Partnership records a guarantee 
liability in accordance with the Partnership’s accounting policy. The gross guarantee 
liability related to this program, which was $54 at December 31, 2016 and $149 at 
December 31, 2015, was included in Advance billings and other on the 
accompanying balance sheets.

4. SPECTRUM LICENSE TRANSACTION

On January 29, 2015, the FCC completed an auction of 65 MHz of spectrum, which
it identified as the AWS-3 band. Cellco participated in that auction and was the high 
bidder on the licenses covering the Partnership service area. The licenses were 
deemed to be right to use assets and were allocated and recorded 
by the Partnership as wireless licenses. The cash payment made by the Partnership 
of $441 is classified within Acquisition of wireless licenses on the statement of cash 
flows for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The average remaining renewal period of the Partnership’s wireless license portfolio 
was 5.7 years as of December 31, 2016.

S-38

5.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2016 and
2015: 

Buildings and improvements (15-45 years)
Wireless plant and equipment (3-50 years)
Furniture, fixtures and equipment (3-10 years)
Leasehold improvements (5-7 years)

Less: accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net

2016

2015

27,890
96,639
295
7,259
132,083
(83,621)
48,462

$

$

27,956
96,011
296
7,146
131,409
(74,229)
57,180

$

$

Capitalized network engineering costs of $72 and $233, were recorded during the 
years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Construction in progress 
included in certain classifications shown above, principally consists of wireless plant 
and equipment, amounted to $1,004 and $806, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. Depreciation expense of $10,363, $11,346, and $11,871 was incurred 
during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

6.  TOWER MONETIZATION TRANSACTIONS

During March 2015, Verizon Communications, the parent company of Cellco, 
entered into an agreement with American Tower Corporation (ATC) giving ATC 
exclusive rights to lease and operate approximately 11,300 wireless towers owned 
and operated by Cellco and its subsidiaries for an upfront payment of $5.0 billion 
(not in thousands). Verizon Communications also sold 162 towers to ATC for an 
upfront payment of $0.1 billion (not in thousands). Under the terms of the lease 
agreements, ATC has exclusive rights to lease and operate the towers over an 
average term of approximately 28 years. As the leases expire, ATC has fixed-price 
purchase options to acquire these towers based on their anticipated fair market 
values at the end of the lease terms. The Partnership has subleased capacity on the 
towers from ATC for a minimum of 10 years at current market rates, with options to 
renew. The Partnership participated in this arrangement and has leased 102 towers 
to ATC for an upfront payment of $43,786. The upfront payment was accounted for 
as deferred rent and as a financing obligation. The $19,709 accounted for as 
deferred rent was included in cash flows provided by operating activities and relates 
to the portion of the towers for which the right-of-use has passed to ATC. The
deferred rent is being recognized on a straight-line basis over the Partnership’s 
average lease term of 29 years. At December 31, 2015, a financing obligation in the 
amount of $24,077  was included in cash flows provided by financing activities, 
which relates to the portion of the towers that continue to be occupied and used for 
the Partnership’s network operations. The Partnership makes a sublease payment to 
ATC for $1.9 per month per site, with annual increases of 2 percent. During 2016 
and 2015, the Partnership made $2,364 and $1,938, respectively, of sublease 
payments to ATC, which is recorded as Repayments of financing obligation. 

S-39

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the balance of deferred rent was $18,483 and 
$19,184, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the balance of the financing 
obligation was $23,768 and $23,842, respectively. 

7.  CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 
2016 and 2015: 

Accounts payable
Non-income based taxes and regulatory fees
Texas margin tax payable
Accrued commissions
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

2016

2015

$

$

2,295
888
251
955
4,389

$

$

1,954
789
233
919
3,895

Advance billings and other consist of the following as of December 31, 2016 and
2015: 

Advance billings
Customer deposits
Guarantee liability, net
Advance billings and other

2016

2015

$

$

1,650
36
54
1,740

$

$

1,617
82
149
1,848

8.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND RELATED PARTIES

In addition to fixed asset purchases and right to use licenses substantially all of 
service revenues, equipment revenues, other revenues, cost of service, cost of 
equipment, and selling, general and administrative expenses represent transactions 
processed by affiliates (Cellco and its related parties) on behalf of the Partnership or 
represent transactions with affiliates. These transactions consist of (1) revenues and
expenses that pertain to the Partnership which are processed by Cellco and directly 
attributed to or directly charged to the Partnership; (2) roaming revenue by 
customers of other Cellco affiliated markets within the Partnership market or 
Partnership customers’ cost when roaming in other Cellco affiliated markets; (3) 
certain revenues and expenses that are processed or incurred by Cellco which are 
allocated to the Partnership based on factors such as the Partnership’s percentage 
of revenue streams, customers, gross customer additions, or minutes of use; (4) 
certain costs of operating switches which are allocated to the Partnership; and (5) 
lease agreements with Cellco, whereas the Partnership has the right to use certain 
spectrum. These transactions do not necessarily represent arm’s length transactions 
and may not represent all revenues and costs that would be present if the 
Partnership operated on a standalone basis. Cellco periodically reviews the 
methodology and allocation bases for allocating certain revenues, operating costs, 
selling, general and administrative expenses to the Partnership. Resulting changes, 
if any, in the allocated amounts have historically not been significant.

S-40

Service revenues – Service revenues include monthly customer billings processed 
by Cellco on behalf of the Partnership and roaming revenues relating to customers 
of other affiliated markets that are specifically identified to the Partnership. For the 
years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 roaming revenues were $52,832,
$53,031, and $47,483, respectively. Service revenues also include long distance, 
data, and certain revenue reductions including revenue concessions that are 
processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors 
deemed appropriate by Cellco.

Equipment revenues – Equipment revenues include equipment sales processed by 
Cellco and specifically identified to the Partnership, as well as certain handset and 
accessory revenues, contra-revenues including equipment concessions, and coupon 
rebates that are processed by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on 
certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco. 

Other revenues – Other revenues include other fees and surcharges charged to the 
customer that are specifically identified to the Partnership. 

Cost of service – Cost of service includes roaming costs relating to the 
Partnership’s customers roaming in other affiliated markets and switch costs that are 
incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain factors deemed 
appropriate by Cellco. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 
roaming costs were $28,228, $27,273, and $24,116 and switch costs were $1,857, 
$1,833, and $2,075, respectively. Cost of service also includes cost of telecom, long 
distance and application content that are incurred by Cellco and allocated to the 
Partnership based on certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco. The Partnership 
has lease agreements for the right to use additional spectrum owned by Cellco. See 
Note 9 for further information regarding this arrangement.

Cost of equipment – Cost of equipment is recorded at Cellco’s cost basis (see Note 
2). Cost of equipment also includes certain costs related to handsets, accessories 
and other costs incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on certain 
factors deemed appropriate by Cellco.

Selling, general and administrative – Selling, general and administrative expenses 
include commissions, customer billing, office telecom, customer care, salaries, sales 
and marketing and advertising expenses that are specifically identified to the 
Partnership as well as incurred by Cellco and allocated to the Partnership based on 
certain factors deemed appropriate by Cellco. The Partnership incurred $1,875, 
$1,715 and $1,966 in advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively.

Property, plant and equipment – Property, plant and equipment includes assets 
purchased by Cellco and directly charged to the Partnership as well as assets 
transferred between Cellco and the Partnership (see Note 2).

S-41

Wireless licenses – Wireless licenses include the right to use assets that were 
allocated by Cellco and recorded by the Partnership in exchange for a $441 payment 
(see Note 4).

9.  COMMITMENTS

Cellco, on behalf of the Partnership, and the Partnership itself have entered into 
operating leases for facilities, and equipment used in its operations. Lease contracts 
include renewal options that include rent expense adjustments based on the 
Consumer Price Index as well as annual and end-of-lease term adjustments. Rent 
expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. The noncancellable lease term used to 
calculate the amount of the straight-line rent expense is generally determined to be 
the initial lease term, including any optional renewal terms that are reasonably 
assured of occurring. Leasehold improvements related to these operating leases are 
amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the noncancellable lease 
term. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Partnership 
incurred a total of $3,679, $3,903, and $3,803 respectively, as rent expense related 
to these operating leases, which was included in Cost of service and in the 
accompanying statements of income and comprehensive income. Aggregate future 
minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases, excluding 
renewal options that are not reasonably assured of occurring for the years shown 
are as follows:

Years
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 and thereafter

Total minimum payments

Amount

3,231
3,248
3,231
2,749
2,514
9,251

24,224

$

$

The Partnership has also entered into certain agreements with Cellco, whereas the 
Partnership leases certain spectrum from Cellco that overlaps the Texas #17 rural 
service area. Total rent expense under these spectrum leases amounted to $817, 
$817 and $817 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which is included in Cost of 
service in the accompanying statements of income and comprehensive income.

Based on the terms of these leases as of December 31, 2016, future spectrum lease 
obligations are expected to be as follows:

S-42

    
Years
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 and thereafter

Total minimum payments

Amount

817
817
644
471
471
4,998

8,218

$

$

The General Partner currently expects that the renewal option in the leases will be 
exercised. 

10.  CONTINGENCIES

Cellco and the Partnership are subject to lawsuits and other claims including class 
actions, product liability, patent infringement, intellectual property, antitrust, 
partnership disputes, and claims involving relations with resellers and agents. Cellco 
is also currently defending lawsuits filed against it and other participants in the 
wireless industry alleging various adverse effects as a result of wireless phone 
usage. Various consumer class action lawsuits allege that Cellco violated certain 
state consumer protection laws and other statutes and defrauded customers through 
misleading billing practices or statements. These matters may involve 
indemnification obligations by third parties and/or affiliated parties covering all or part 
of any potential damage awards against Cellco and the Partnership and/or insurance 
coverage. All of the above matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the 
outcomes are not currently predictable.

The Partnership may be allocated a portion of the damages that may result upon 
adjudication of these matters if the claimants prevail in their actions. In none of the 
currently pending matters is the amount of accrual material to the Partnership. An 
estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss with respect to these 
matters as of December 31, 2016 cannot be made at this time due to various factors 
typical in contested proceedings, including (1) uncertain damage theories and 
demands; (2) a less than complete factual record; (3) uncertainty concerning legal 
theories and their resolution by courts or regulators; and (4) the unpredictable nature 
of the opposing party and its demands. The Partnership continuously monitors these 
proceedings as they develop and will adjust any accrual or disclosure as needed. It 
is not expected that the ultimate resolution of any pending regulatory or legal matter 
in future periods will have a material effect on the financial condition of the 
Partnership, but it could have a material effect on the results of operations for a 
given reporting period.

S-43

    
11. RECONCILIATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

     Balance at      Additions      Write-offs      Balance at

Beginning
of the Year

Charged to
Operations

Net of
Recoveries

End
of the Year

Accounts Receivable Allowances:

2016
2015
2014

$

$

784
666
693

$

2,128
1,546
1,421

$

(1,501)
(1,428)
(1,448)

1,411
784
666

S-44

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Exhibit 21

The following is a list of subsidiaries of the Company, omitting subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate, would 
not constitute a significant subsidiary. Unless otherwise noted, all subsidiaries are 100% owned (directly or indirectly) 
by Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.

Name
Consolidated Communications, Inc.
Consolidated Communications of California Company
Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc.
Consolidated Communications of Pennsylvania Company, LLC
East Texas Fiber Line, Inc. (63% ownership)
Consolidated Communications of Illinois Company
Consolidated Communications of Minnesota Company
Consolidated Communications of Mid-Comm Company
Consolidated Communications of Fort Bend Company
Consolidated Communications of Texas Company
Crystal Communications, Inc.
Enventis Telecom, Inc.
IdeaOne Telecom, Inc.

State of Incorporation
Illinois
California
Delaware
Delaware
Texas
Illinois
Minnesota
Minnesota
Texas
Texas
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(i)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-135440) pertaining to the Consolidated Communications, Inc. 
401(k) Plan and Consolidated Communications 401(k) Plan for Texas Bargaining Associates,

(ii) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-128934) pertaining to the Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 

2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan,

(iii) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-166757) pertaining to the Consolidated Communications, Inc. 2005 

Long-Term Incentive Plan,

(iv) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-182597) pertaining to the SureWest Communications Employee Stock 

Ownership Plan of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.,

(v)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 to Form S-4/A No. 333-198000) pertaining to the Hickory Tech Corporation 
1993 Stock Award Plan;

(vi)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-203974) pertaining to the Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 

2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan;

(vii) Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-215758) pertaining to the Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 

registration of common stock, and

of  our  reports  dated,  February  28,  2017,    with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Consolidated 
Communications  Holdings, Inc.  and  subsidiaries  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of 
Consolidated  Communications  Holdings, Inc.  and  subsidiaries  included  in  this  Annual  Report  (Form 10-K)  of 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
February 28, 2017 

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-135440) pertaining to the Consolidated Communications, Inc. 
401(k) Plan and Consolidated Communications 401(k) Plan for Texas Bargaining Associates,
Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-128934)  pertaining  to  the  Consolidated  Communications 
Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan,
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-166757) pertaining to the Consolidated Communications, Inc. 
2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan,
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-182597) pertaining to the SureWest Communications Employee 
Stock Ownership Plan of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., 
Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  to  Form  S-4/A  No.  333-198000)  pertaining  to  the  Hickory  Tech
Corporation 1993 Stock Award Plan;
Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-203974)  pertaining  to  the  Consolidated  Communications 
Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, and
Registration  Statement  (Form  S-4  No.  333-215758)  pertaining  to  the  Consolidated  Communications 
Holdings, Inc. registration of common stock 

of our report dated February 28, 2017, with respect to the financial statements of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 
Limited Partnership and of our report dated February 26, 2016, with respect to the financial statements of Pennsylvania 
RSA No. 6(II) Limited Partnership included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Consolidated Communications 
Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Orlando, Florida
February 28, 2017

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT 31.1

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, C. Robert Udell Jr., certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a 
material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls 
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e) and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the effectiveness of  the registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and presented  in  this  report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

February 28, 2017 

/s/ C. Robert Udell Jr.
C. Robert Udell Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 31.2

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Steven L. Childers, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based  on my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a 
material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls 
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e) and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the effectiveness of  the registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and presented  in  this  report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

February 28, 2017

/s/ Steven L. Childers
Steven L. Childers
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section 906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002 
(“Section 906”), C. Robert Udell Jr. and Steven L. Childers, President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, respectively, of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., each certify that to his knowledge (i) the Annual 
Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2016  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of 
Section 13(a) or  15(d) of  the Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934,  and  (ii) the  information  contained  in  such  report fairly 
presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  Consolidated  Communications 
Holdings, Inc.

/s/ C. Robert Udell Jr.
C. Robert Udell Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 28, 2017

/s/ Steven L. Childers
Steven L. Childers
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer)
February 28, 2017

(cid:2)

(cid:2)